A Survey of polls collected and prepared by Philip Everts, Department of Political Science, Leiden University (updated to August, 2004) *

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "A Survey of polls collected and prepared by Philip Everts, Department of Political Science, Leiden University (updated to August, 2004) *"

Transcription

1 Public opinion on the problems of terrorism (in USA) A Survey of polls collected and prepared by Philip Everts, Department of Political Science, Leiden University (updated to August, 2004) * Table of Contents Interest in question, following the news, knowledge 3 Appreciation of quality and role of media, censorship Information Interests involved and importance of the issues 18 Importance Seriousness Moral and legal justification of actions Perceptions of Muslims/Arab world/ Terrorists 29 Relations between Muslims and Western world 36 Osama Bin Laden 41 Causes of the conflict. Who is responsible? 46 U.S. itself to blame? Prevention of terrorist attacks Images of other countries and people; threat perceptions 56 Expectations of factual developments 59 Likelihood of terrorist attacks Implications; duration War in Afghanistan Other aspects Expectations of success or failure of actions against terrorism 85 Worries, Fears 94 Personal reactions to terrorist attacks 105 Feelings Reactions Life style Flying Other aspects Perceptions, evaluation and support of US and of US foreign and defense policy 132 * Additional poll data for the U.S. which have been collected as part of international comparative surveys can be found in the parallel volume Worldwide public opinion on the problems of terrorism (excl USA). Polls on Iraq have been excluded here, since they form part of a separate collection of poll data Public opinion on Iraq A Survey of polls collected and prepared by Philip Everts, Institute for International Studies, Leiden University (updated to 31 December, 2004). Both volumes are available from the editor (Everts@fsw.leidenuniv.nl). [..] = Text of the question unknown, reconstructed from context 1

2 United States in general, Sympathy US foreign policy Defense policy Combating international terrorism in general 139 Specific policy aims, interests and strategies 151 Support of US military action against terrorists 168 Support of air strikes 182 Support of sending ground forces 182 Other strategies and measures 185 Peacekeeping force in Afghanistan Other measures against terrorism Internal security Other measures Views of policies of other countries 218 Expectations of risks and casualties 219 Risks Role and acceptance of risks and casualties 221 Casualties Military Civilian Treatment of prisoners 227 Treatment of suspected terrorists 228 The anthrax attacks 234 Other issues: Iraq: see separate survey of polls Evaluation of Pres. Bush performance 241 Rating of handling of the situation after terrorist attacks Satisfaction with and confidence in government policies 253 Approval of government Confidence in government Other aspects of policymaking 269 Handling of intelligence 271 Bush vs Kerry 287 Various 289 Sources of polls 301 2

3 Interest in question, following the news, knowledge Table 1 Have you been following the news? - Now I will read a list of some stories covered by news organizations this past month. As I read each item, tell me if you happened to follow this news story very closely, fairly closely, not too closely, or not at all closely? [INSERT ITEM, ROTATE] The U.S. military effort in Afghanistan Very Fairly Not too Not at all DK/Ref Closely Closely Closely Closely January, October, November, November, December, January, February, April, Apr. 26- May 12, June, July, Defending against terrorist attacks in the U.S. June, * Mid-September, * Early October, * Mid-October, Early November, Mid-November, December, April, June, July, The terrorist bombing of a nightclub in Bali, Indonesia October, PSRA Table 2 How closely have you been following the news? - How closely have you been following news-- very closely, fairly closely, not too closely, or not at all closely? a. about the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center in New York and the Pentagon in Washington Very closely Fairly closely Not too closely Not at all closely? DK January, June, * July, * September, * 1-3 October, * October,

4 31 Oct.-7 Nov., Nov., b. about what's being done in the U.S. to defend against future terrorist attacks 1-3 October, c. about U.S. efforts to form a coalition with other nations to take action against terrorist organizations? 1-3 October, d. about how and when the U.S. military might attack terrorist networks? 1-3 October, e. about who carried out the attacks on Sept 11 and how they did it? 1-3 October, f. about the economic and financial effects of the attacks? 1-3 October, g. about the refugee crisis in Afghanistan and neighboring countries 1-3 October, h. about the U.S. military effort in Afghanistan January, October, Oct.-7 Nov., Nov., i. Reports of Anthrax cases around the country 31 Oct. 7 Nov., Nov., j. The capture of Kabul by Afghan opponents of the Taliban Nov., k. The debate in Washington over whether airport security personnel should be federal employees or not Nov., l. The recent crash of an American Airlines plane near Kennedy Airport in New York Nov., PSRA /Pew Research Center Table 3 Following the news concerning the terrorist attacks - How closely have you been following the news concerning the terrorist attacks that occurred in New York City and Washington, D.C. this past Tuesday -- very closely, somewhat closely, not too closely, or not at all? Very closely Somewhat closely Not too closely Not at all No opinion April, April, * July, * 20 August, 1998 ^ Sept., ^ Based on one night (N=619) Asked of a half sample. 4

5 Gallup Table 4 Following the news about the attacks on the World Trade Center - How closely have you been following the news about the attacks on the World Trade Center in New York City and the Pentagon in Washington, D.C.: very closely, somewhat closely, not very closely, or not at all? Very closely Somewhat closely Not very closely Not at all Don t know 11 Sept., Sept., CBS News Table 5 Following various news items - Now I will read a list of some stories covered by news organizations this past month. As I read each item, tell me if you happened to follow this news story very closely, fairly closely, not too closely, or not at all closely? [INSERT ITEM; ROTATE] Very Fairly Not too Not at all Closely Closely Closely Closely DK/Ref The recent code orange alert about the increased risk of a terrorist attack Early September, Febr., North Korea's nuclear weapons program June, * Late October, January, February, PEW Research Center for the People and the Press/COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS, February, 2003 Table 6 Conversations with family and friends - Now I am going to read a list of things that have been in the news recently. For each, please tell me how often, if ever, it comes up in your conversations with family and friends. First how often do you talk about [INSERT ITEM]... frequently, occasionally, hardly ever or never? What about... The threat of terrorist attacks against the U.S Frequently Occasionally Hardly ever Never DK/Ref September, * June, * 2-6 October, * PRSA/Pew Research Center Table 7 Address of Pres. Bush to Congress-1 - As you may know, President Bush addressed Congress and the nation on Thursday night about the recent terrorist attacks in New York City and Washington, D.C. - Did you happen to see President Bush s address to Congress and the nation on Thursday night, or not? Yes, saw No, did not No opinion 5

6 74 26 * -Did you see parts of the address rebroadcast later on the news or other programs, or did you not see any part of the address? COMBINED RESPONSES Saw Bush s address to Congress and the nation 74 Saw rebroadcasts or excerpts of Bush s address 14 Did not see either 12 No opinion * Gallup, September, 2001 Table 8 Address of Pres. Bush to Congress-2 - Did you watch or listen to any of Bush's address to Congress tonight, or not? Yes No No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 20 September, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation. (N=526) Table 9 Bush speech and confidence in country s ability to deal with crisis - (If watched) Did Bush's speech make you more confident in this country's ability to deal with this crisis, less confident, or what? More Less No diff. No opinion confident confident (vol.) ABC News/Washington Post, 20 September, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation. (N=526) Table 10 Reaction to Bush speech - Is your reaction to the speech very favorable, somewhat favorable, neutral, somewhat unfavorable, or very unfavorable? Watched Speech Very favorable Somewhat favorable Neutral Somewhat unfavorable Very unfavorable Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News, 20 September, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation. N=513. Table 11 Seen or heard speech by Tony Blair? - Have you seen or heard Tony Blair, the British Prime Minister, talking about the terrorism of Sept 11th and our response to it? Have seen or heard Have not Harris, October, 2001 (N=888) Table 12 Seen or heard news stories about intelligence reports? - Do you happen to have heard or read recent news stories that Bush was briefed last summer, before the September 11th terrorist attacks, about intelligence reports of a possible terrorist plot to hijack American airplanes? 6

7 Yes No No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, May, 2002 (N=803) Table 13 Seen or heard proposal for Department of Homeland affairs? - Have you heard or read about President Bush's proposal for a cabinet-level Department of Homeland Security? Yes No Dk PSRA/Bloomberg News, June, 2002 (N=1,201) Table 14 Following news about investigation commission? - A government commission is investigating how the U.S. government handled intelligence about terrorist activities before the September 11th attacks. Are you following news about this commission very closely, somewhat closely, not too closely, or not closely at all? Closely Not closely No opinion Very Somewhat Not too Not at all ABC, 18 April, 2004 Table 15 Attitudes on watching reports on terrorism - I'd like to ask you a few questions about how you feel when you are watching coverage of the terrorist attacks on TV. For each statement that I read tell me if you strongly agree, agree, disagree, or strongly disagree. (INSERT ITEM; ROTATE) Do you strongly agree, agree, disagree, or strongly disagree with that statement? (Strongly) Agree a. I can't stop watching news about the terrorist attacks (Strongly) Disagree DK/Ref January, Sept., Oct., b. I feel sad when watching TV coverage of the terrorist attacks January, Sept., c. It's frightening to watch the terrorist attacks January, Sept., Oct., d. It tires me out to watch coverage of the terrorist attacks January, Sept., PSRA for Pew Research Center 7

8 Table 16 Interest in news stories about terrorism - I'd like to read you a couple of statements. Please tell me if you strongly agree, agree, disagree or strongly disagree with each. Strongly Strongly Agree Agree Disagree Disagree DK/Ref I am now more generally interested in the news than I was before the terrorist attacks March, 1991 (Gulf War) Nov., I find it hard to get interested in news stories that don't deal with terrorism in some way March, 1991 (Gulf War) Nov., PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (N=1,500) Table 17 Children and TV reporting on terrorist attacks IF HAVE CHILD BETWEEN FIVE AND TWELVE IN THE HOUSEHOLD (27 % [N=331]): - (Has/have) your (child/children) been following news about the terrorist attacks closely? Yes No Don t know/refused January, Sept., PSRA/Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=331) Table 18 Restricting watching TV reporting on terrorism - Have you been trying to restrict how much coverage of the terrorist attacks your (child/children) (watch/watches)? Yes No Don t know/refused January, Sept., * PSRA/Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=331) Table 19 How much attention to testimony of Richard Clarke? - How much attention have you paid to what former government official Richard Clarke told the commission investigating the September 11th attacks this week...? A Lot Some Not Too Much Don'tKnow PSRA/Newsweek, March, 2004 (N=1,002) Table 20 Following news about hearings on terrorist attacks? - How closely have you been following news about the hearings in Washington investigating the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001? Have you been following it very closely, somewhat closely, not too closely, or not at all? Very Closely Somewhat Closely Not Too Closely Not At All DK CBS News, 8 April,

9 NOTE: Poll is re-interview of individuals surveyed from Mar. 30-Apr. 1, Table 21 Following various news stories? - Now I will read a list of some stories covered by news organizations this past month. As I read each item, tell me if you happened to follow this news story very closely, fairly closely, not too closely, or not at all closely - the high price of gasoline these days, recent attacks on U.S. civilians and troops in Iraq, the September 11 Commission s hearings on the 2001 terrorist attacks, or former White House aide Richard Clarke s criticism of the Bush administration for mishandling the war on terrorism? Gas Attacks On 9/11 Clarke s Prices Troops/Civilians Hearings Criticisms PSRA/Pew Research Center, 1-4 April, 2004 Table 22 Heard or read about Richard Clarke? - Retired national security official Richard Clarke recently released a book in which he criticizes the Bush Administration's handling of the war on terrorism. Have you heard or read anything about Richard Clarke's criticism of the Bush Administration? Yes No Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), March, 2004 (N=900) Table 23 Believe Richard Clarke s accusations? If have heard/read about Clarke's criticism (N=580): - Do you find Richard Clarke's accusations to be very believable, somewhat believable, not very believable, or not believable at all? Very Somewhat Not Very Not At All Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), March, 2004 (N=900) Table 24 Following news about charges of Richard Clarke - How closely have you been following the news about the charges made by former counter-terrorism official Richard Clarke that the U.S. government did not pay enough attention to the threat of terrorism before the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001: very closely, somewhat closely, not too closely, or not at all? Very Closely Somewhat Closely Not Too Closely Not At All Gallup/CNN/USAToday, March, 2004 (N=1,001) Table 25 Following testimony by Condoleezza Rice - As you may know, today / yesterday the commission investigating the September 11th attacks has heard testimony from national security advisor Condoleezza Rice. How much attention have you paid to what she told the commission: a lot, some, or not too much attention?. A Lot Some/Not Too Much/ None (vol.) Don't Know

10 PSRA/Newsweek, 8-9 April, 2004 (N=1,005) Table 26 How much heard about testimony of Condoleezza Rice? - As you may know, National Security Adviser Condoleezza Rice testified today before the commission currently examining the terrorist attacks which occurred on September 11, How much have you read or heard about what Condoleezza Rice said when she spoke today: a great deal, a moderate amount, only a little, or nothing at all? Great Deal Moderate Amount Only a Little Nothing At All Not Sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 8 April, 2004 (N=1,005) Appreciation of the quality and role of the media, censorship Table 27 Rating of reporting by the press on terrorist attacks-1 - In general, how would you rate the job the press has done in covering the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon -- excellent, good, only fair, or poor? Excellent Good Only fair Poor Don t know/ref. January, 1991 (Gulf War) September, October, October, November, December, Apr. 26-May 12, PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 28 Rating of press reporting - In general, how would you rate the job the press has done in covering [INSERT ITEM], excellent, good, only fair, or poor? Excellent Good Only Fair Poor DK/Ref The U.S. military effort in Afghanistan Defending against terrorist attacks in the U.S (N=579) PSRA/Pew Research Center, 8-16 July, 2002 (N=1,365) Table 29 Confidence in truthfulness of government in dealing with terrorism - How much confidence do you have that the government is giving the public an accurate picture of how efforts to deal with terrorism in the U.S. are going? A great deal of A fair amount Not too much No confidence at all DK/Ref.. Confidence of confidence confidence Mid-November, July, PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 30 Attitudes on amount of reporting on terrorist attacks - Do you think news organizations are giving too much coverage to the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, too little coverage to the attacks, or the right amount of coverage? 10

11 Too much coverage Too little coverage Right amount of coverage Don't know/refused PSRA, 1-3 October, 2001 Table 31 Attitudes on amount of reporting on spread of anthrax - Do you think news organizations are giving too much coverage to the spread of Anthrax, too little coverage to Anthrax, or the right amount of coverage? Too much coverage Too little coverage Right amount of coverage Don't know/refused PSRA/Pew Research Center, 31 October 7 November, 2001 Table 32 Should American news media show speeches by Osama bin Laden? - Do you think the American news media should show videotaped speeches made by Osama bin Laden or not? Yes No Don't know/refused PSRA/Pew Research Center, October, 2001 (N=491) Table 33 Reporting on dangers of anthrax - Generally speaking, do you think the news media have [ROTATE] Exaggerated the danger Reported the anthrax situation Don t know/ of the anthrax situation without exaggerating the danger Refused ABC/Washington Post, 15 Oct., October, PSRA, October, 2001 Table 34 News media and solving social problems - Thinking more generally about the news media, which of the following two statements about the news media do you agree with more... The news media helps society The news media gets in the way of D.K./Ref. to solve its problems society solving its problems July, March, February, January, February, September, Nov., PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 35 Appreciation of criticism of political leaders by news media - Some people think that by criticizing leaders, news organizations keep political leaders from doing their job. Others think that such criticism is worth it because it keeps political leaders from doing things that should not be done. Which position is closer to your opinion? 11

12 Criticism by the press keeps Criticism keeps leaders from doing D.K./Ref. political leaders from doing their job things that shouldn't be done June, December, August, January, January, February, February, September, Nov., PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 36 Criticism by news media and national defense - Some people think that by criticizing the military, news organizations weaken the country's defenses. Others think that such criticism helps keep our nation militarily prepared. Which position is closer to your opinion? Weakens defenses Keeps nation prepared Don't know/refused July, December, August, March, Nov., PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 37 Confidence that the military give accurate picture of events in Afghanistan - How much confidence do you have that the military is giving the public an accurate picture of how the war is going in Afghanistan? A great deal A fair amount Not too much No confidence D.K./Ref. of confidence of confidence confidence at all January, 1991 (Gulf War) March, 1991 (Gulf War) Nov., PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 38 Should the military exert more control over the news? - Do you think the military should exert more control over how news organizations report about the war or do you think that most decisions about how to report about the war should be left to news organizations themselves? Give military News organizations Don't know/refused more control should decide October, January, 1991 (Gulf War) Oct., Nov., Feb , PSRA/Pew Research Center 12

13 Table 39 Are news reports being censored by government? - To the best of your knowledge are news reports about Anthrax and other terrorist threats here in the United States being censored by the government? IF YES, ASK: Do you think such restrictions on news reports are a good idea or bad idea? Yes, are censored No D.K./Ref. Good Bad idea Don't know/ref PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (Form 2, N=731) Table 40 Accuracy of news coverage of war in Afghanistan - Has the news coverage of the war in Afghanistan been accurate for the most part, or have too many mistakes been made? IF TOO MANY MISTAKES, ASK - Do you think these mistakes are the result of poor reporting on the part of journalists, or are these mistakes the result of the government giving out misleading information? Accurate Too many D.K./Ref. mistakes made Poor reporting on Government giving out Both Neither D.K./Ref. the part of journalists misleading information (vol.) (vol.) January, 1991 (Gulf War) n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a Nov., PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 41 Accuracy of news reporting on anthrax and other terrorist threats - Has the news coverage about Anthrax and other terrorist threats here in the United States been accurate for the most part, or have too many mistakes been made? IF 'TOO MANY MISTAKES, ASK: -Do you think these mistakes are the result of poor reporting on the part of journalists, or are these mistakes the result of the government giving out misleading information? Accurate Too many D.K./Ref. mistakes made Poor reporting on Government giving out Both Neither D.K./Ref. the part of journalists misleading information (vol.) (vol.) PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (Form 2, N=731) Table 42 Is the military hiding bad news about Afghanistan? - Do you think the military is hiding bad news about military operations in Afghanistan from the public or do you think it is telling the public as much as it can under the circumstances? Hiding bad news Telling as much as it can No opinion/don't know/refused Jan.,1991 (Gulf War) Nov.,

14 PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (Form 1, N=769) Table 43 Is the US government hiding bad news about Afghanistan? - Do you think the U.S. government is hiding bad news about Anthrax and other terrorist threats here in the United States from the public or do you think it is telling the public as much as it can under the circumstances? [Form 2, N=731] Hiding bad news Telling as much as it can No opinion/don't know/refused PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 Table 44 Are news media giving too much opportunity to Osama bin Laden to present his cause? - In trying to keep the public informed, are news organizations giving Osama bin Laden too much opportunity to promote his cause or are news organizations being careful not to give Osama bin Laden too much opportunity to promote his cause? Too much opportunity Being careful DK/Ref. August, 1986 ( Terrorists ) January, 1991 ( Saddam Hussein ) March, 1991 ( Saddam Hussein ) Nov., 2001 ( Osama bin Laden ) PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 45 News media reporting and government censorship - Which is more important to you: that the government be able to censor news stories it feels threaten national security OR that the news media be able to report stories they feel are in the national interest? Government able to censor News media able to report Both equal (vol.) DK/Ref. October, June, August, March, November, PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 46 Should news reporting be pro-american or neutral? - In your opinion, which is better: that news coverage of a war be pro-american or that news coverage of a war be neutral? Pro-American Neutral DK March, November, (Form 1, N=769) Feb , Mar. 28-Apr. 1, Apr. 2-7, PSRA/Pew Research Center 14

15 Table 47 Should news reporting be pro-american or show other points of view too? - In your opinion, which is better that news coverage of a war be pro-american or that news coverage of a war show all points of view, including those of countries not friendly to the United States? [Form 2, N=731] Pro-American Show all points of view No opinion/don't know/refused PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 Table 48 Should new media rely on government and military officials or dig hard to get all information? - When covering events in the war on terrorism, should journalists be digging hard to get all the information they can for their reports, or should they trust government and military officials if they refuse to officially release some information? Digging hard Trust officials Both equal (vol.) Don't know/refused PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (N=1,500) Form 1 (N=769) or Form 2 (N=731) Table 49 Why is the government withholding information? - When the government withholds information about the war on terrorism, is it mostly to protect American troops and the American public, or is it mostly to hide bad news to maintain support for the government's actions? Protect troops and public safety Maintain political support for actions Both equal (vol.) D.K PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (N=1,500) 77 % of Americans are following stories about what the White House knew before September 11 about possible terrorist attacks very or somewhat closely. 67% think the media is covering these stories responsibly; 21% think the media is not covering these stories responsibly. CBS News, May, Table 50 Have the news media acted responsibly? - Overall, do you feel the news media have acted responsibly or irresponsibly in handling the recent threats of terrorism in the United States? Responsibly Irresponsibly No opinion Gallup/CNN/USA Today, February, 2003 Table 51 Should TV networks show scenes of the collapse of the Twin Towers in New York or not? - Do you think television networks should -- or should not -- show scenes of the collapse of the Twin Towers at the World Trade Center on September 11 th? Yes, should No, should not No opinion Gallup, 2-4 September,

16 Table 52 Approve of role of media in war on terrorism-1? - Do you approve or disapprove of the job the media is doing covering the war on terrorism? Approve Disapprove DK Opinion Dynamics/ Fox News, Oct. 31-Nov. 1, 2001 Table 53 Approve of role of media in war on terrorism-2? - Do you approve or disapprove of the way the following people are handling the war on terrorism since September 11? How about the news media? Approve Disapprove DK Nov. 8-11, Dec. 6-9, Gallup/CNN/USA Today Table 54 Media coverage of Bush and war in Afghanistan too critical? - Do you think the media coverage of the Bush administration and its handling of the war in Afghanistan has been too critical of Bush and the administration, not critical enough of Bush and the administration, or has it been about right? Too Critical Not Critical Enough About Right DK Opinion Dynamics/ Fox News, Oct. 31-Nov. 1, 2001 Table 55 Media too supportive of Bush in covering war on terrorism? - In covering the war on terrorism, do you think the news media have been too supportive of the Bush administration, too critical of the Bush administration, or about right? (Half sample) Too Supportive About Right Too Critical DK ABC News, Jan. 8-12, 2003 Table 56 Problem in providing information? - Do you think each of the following is currently a problem or not a problem in how information is provided about the war against terrorism? Problem Not Problem The government withholding too much information from the media and the American public The media providing too much detailed information about U.S. military actions Harris Interactive, Oct. 12, 2001 Table 57 Administration cooperative enough in providing information - Thinking about the news coverage of the campaign against terrorism, do you think the Bush administration and the military have been cooperative enough in providing information to the news media, or not? Cooperative Enough Not Cooperative Enough DK Gallup/CNN/USA Today, Oct. 5-6,

17 Table 58 Which is more important: free press or government secrets? - If you had to pick, which of these would you say is more important - the right to a free press in this country or the government s ability to keep military secrets in wartime? Free Press Military Secrets DK ABC News, Jan. 8-12, 2003 Table 59 Obligations of the media in time of war - Specifically in a time of war, do you think the news media have more of an obligation to support how the government carries out the war or more of an obligation to question how the government carries out the war? Support Question DK ABC News, Jan. 8-12, 2003 Table 60 Right of government to prohibit publication of sensitive information? - Again, specifically in time of war, do you think the government should or should not have the right to prohibit the news media from reporting sensitive military information? Should Should Not DK ABC News, Jan. 8-12, 2003 Information Table 61 Clear idea of what war is about? - Do you feel that you have a clear idea of what this war is all about--that is, what we are fighting for? Yes No No opinion War on Terrorism 24 Nov., Involvement in Iraq Feb., Persian Gulf War July, Dec., Nov. 2 Dec., * Nov., Sept., Aug.- 2 Sept., Aug., Aug., Vietnam War May,

18 World War II 31 March 4 April Dec., Nov., * Less than 0.5 Gallup Table 62 Has Pres. Bush clearly explained goals of US military action? - Do you think President Bush explained the goals of current U.S. military action clearly enough, or not? Yes, explained enough No, did not No opinion Gallup September, 2001 Interests involved and importance of the issues Importance Table 63 Priority issues - What kind of priority you want to see President Bush and Congress give to the following issues: the highest priority, a priority but not the highest, a middle priority, or a lower priority? Highest High priority priority Handling the US campaign against terrorism Improving the economy Improving education and the schools Protecting the Social Security system Improving the health care system Handling national defense and the military budget

19 Helping the elderly pay for prescription drugs Keeping the federal budget balanced Protecting the environment Reforming campaign finance laws ABC News, January, 2002 Table 64 Most important foreign policy problems Here are five foreign policy problems that the US is facing these days. Thinking about the long term, please select the one that you feel is the most important. The situation in Iraq Jan., Dec., Nov., Sept., First Mean Response Rating () (1=highest possible) The Israeli-Palestinian conflict Jan., Dec., Nov., Sept., The situation with North Korea Jan., Dec., Nov., Sept., n/a Osama bin Laden s terrorist group al Q aeda Jan., Dec., Nov., Sept., The situation in Afghanistan Jan., Dec., Nov., Sept., The India-Pakistan conflict Jan., n/a Dec., 2002.n/a Nov., 2002.n/a Sept., PIPA, 19 Nov.- 1 Dec., 2002 (N=1,106), Sept., 2002 (N=709), 19 Dec, Jan, 2003 (N=1,146), Jan., 2003 Table 65 What is single most important problem? - What do you think is the single most important problem for the government-- that is, the President and Congress -- to address in the coming year? 19

20 07-10/12/ /01/ /07/02 3-6/10/ /1/03 Health Care Social Security Budget Deficit Education Medicare/Medicaid Taxes Economy Defense Poverty Crime Business corruption 6 2 Foreign Policy Jobs Abortion Moral Values Welfare War Stock market Politicians/Government Heating oil Crisis Environment Big Government Osama Bin Laden Terrorism general Other DK/NA CBSNews/New York Times Table 66 Importance of terrorism as a threat - [How important is the following as an international threat: International Terrorism?] Critical Important but not critical Not important Not sure/decline 1990 na na na na (telephone) (telephone) CCFR/Global Views, 6-12 July, 2004 (N=1,195) Table 67 Important foreign policy goals - Below is a list of possible foreign policy goals that the United States might have. For each one please select whether you think that it should be a very important foreign policy goal of the United States, a somewhat important foreign policy goal, or not an important goal at all? Combating international terrorism Very important Somewhat important Not important Not sure/ Decline (telephone) (internet) (internet)

21 CCFR/Global Views, 6-12 July, 2004 (N=1,195) Table 68 Terrorist attacks temporary setback or major change? - Thinking about the quality of life in America and our sense of freedom and security, do you think that the events of last week represent a temporary setback or a major change that will stay with us for a long time? Temporary setback Major change Depends (vol.) Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News, 20 Sept., 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation (N=513). Table 69 Should the US return to business as usual as soon as possible? - Do you think the United States SHOULD return to business as usual as soon as possible, or is it important to take more time before that happens? As soon as possible Take more time Mixed (vol.) Don't know Sept., Sept., CBS News/New York Times Table 70 Is the US ready now to return to business as usual? - Do you think the United States IS ready now to return to business as usual, or is it too soon for that? Is ready now Too soon for that Some ready/some not (vol.) DK Sept., Sept., CBS News/New York Times Table 71 What was more important in Bush speech: economy or terrorism? - Which of the following was more important to you in tonight s speech -- [ROTATED: what Bush said about the economy, (or) what Bush said about terrorism]? The economy Terrorism BOTH (vol.) NEITHER (vol.) No opinion * (vol.) Volunteered response * -- Less than 0.5 Gallup, 29 January, 2002 Table 72 Which deserves priority: economy or terrorism? - Which of these should be the higher priority for the nation right now -- the economy and jobs, or terrorism and national security? Economy Terrorism Both(vol.) DK/NA CBS, 3-5 October, 2002 Table 73 Which is bigger problem: economy or terrorism? - What do you think is a bigger problem facing the nation right now...terrorism or the economy? 21

22 Economy Terrorism DK Dec. 16, Jan , Sep. 5-8, Sep , Sep. 4-7, Sep , Oct , Jan , ABCNews/Washington Post Table 74 Which is more important for Bush: economy or terrorism? - Right now, which do you think is more important for President Bush to focus on...the economy or the war on terrorism? Economy Terrorism DK Aug , Oct. 2-6, Jan. 8-12, Apr , 2003* Jul. 14-Aug. 5, Sep , NOTE: *Question wording was...the situation in Iraq? PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 75 Which is more important for Bush: domestic policy or war on terrorism? - Right now, which do you think is more important for President Bush to focus on...domestic policy or the war on terrorism? Domestic Policy Terrorism DK Jan. 9-13, Aug , PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 76 More concerned about security or economy? - On the national level, are you more concerned about the economy or about national security? National Securiy Nation s Economy Both (vol.) DK Jun , 2002* Aug. 6-7, Sep. 8-9, Feb , Feb , NOTE: *Question wording was, Which do you think is more important national security or the nation s economy? Opinion Dynamics/Fox News Table 77 Favor or oppose construction of new skyscrapers in US? - Do you favor or oppose the construction of new skyscrapers in the United States? [FORM A, N=528] Favor Oppose No opinion 22

23 Gallup, September, 2001 Table 78 Amount of patriotism or criticism - As I read from a list, tell me if you think there has been too much, too little or the right amount of what I mention. Too Much Too Little Right Amount DK/Ref a. Showing of the flag b. Playing of patriotic songs c. Criticism of the FBI and CIA for failing to stop the attacks d. Discussion of ways to stop terrorists OTHER THAN using military force e. Discussion of the possibility of chemical or biological terrorist attacks f. Suspicion of people with Middle East backgrounds living in America g. Expressions of religious faith and prayer by political leaders PSRA, 1-3 October, 2001 Table 79 Should 9/11 become national holiday? - Do you think September 11th should or should not be a national holiday every year like Veteran's Day or Memorial Day?" Should Should not No opinion Gallup, 8-9 March, 2002 Table 80 Which is more important for Congress to concentrate on-1? - Which of the following do you think is the most important thing for Congress to concentrate on: the war on terror, the economy, or dealing with the situation in Iraq? * War on terror Economy Iraq None(vol.) DK/NA Jan., Feb., * asked of half sample CBS News Table 81 Which is more important for Congress to concentrate on-2? - Which of the following do you think is the most important thing for Congress to concentrate on: the war on terror, the economy, Iraq or North Korea? * War on terror Economy Iraq N. Korea None(vol.) DK/NA * asked of half sample CBS News, February, 2003 (N=747) 23

24 Table 82 Which is more important now, capture or kill Osama bin Laden or Saddam Hussein? - Which of the following do you feel is the more important goal for the United States at this point [ROTATED: to capture or kill Osama bin Laden, (or) to capture or kill Saddam Hussein]? Osama bin Laden Saddam Hussein Both/ equally (vol.) Neither (vol.) Other (vol.) DK * 3 Gallup, 4-6 August, 2003 Seriousness Table 83 Terrorist attacks another Pearl Harbor? - Some people have described the attacks as another Pearl Harbor. In your view, are these attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon like another Pearl Harbor, or not? Are Are not This is worse (vol.) Don't know 11 Sept., Sept., Sept., CBS News Table 84 Terrorist attacks more serious than Pearl Harbor? - Would you say that Tuesday's attacks are more serious than, equal to, or not as serious as the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor in 1941? More serious Equal to Not as serious as Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 12 September, 2001 (N=618) 24

25 Table 85 Return to normal likely or fundamental change? - Of course it is impossible to know tonight what the long-term effects of today's events will be. But looking ahead, do you tend to think that once these events pass things will return to normal, or that the events are a turning point that will fundamentally change things forever? Things will return to normal Things will change forever Both (vol.) Neither (vol.) Not sure IPSOS-Reid, 11 September, 2001 (N=500) Table 86 Fundamental change or return to business as usual? - Do you think that the terrorist attack last Tuesday will result in a fundamental change in the way Americans live their daily lives, or do you think that Americans will soon go back to business as usual? Fundamental change Business as usual Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 87 Will life ever return to normal? - Do you think life in the United States will ever completely return to normal, that is, the way it was before 9/11? Already Has Will Eventually No Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, June 26-27,

26 Table 88 Will events of 9/11 change country in a lasting way? - On another subject, do you think the events of September 11th have changed this country in a lasting way, or not? Yes No No opinion 19/12/ /03/ ABC News/Washington Post Table 89 Isolated incident or beginning of new trend? - Do you think this will prove to be an isolated incident of airplane hijackings, or do you think this will be the beginning of a new trend of more and more airplane hijackings? Isolated incident A new trend Not sure IPSOS-Reid, 11 September, 2001 (N=500) Table 90 Isolated incident or act of war against US? - Do you think this was an isolated terrorist incident, or an act of war against the U.S.? Isolated incident Act of war Both (vol.) Not sure IPSOS-Reid, 11 September, 2001 (N=500) Table 91 Attacks act of war against US? - Would you describe today's attacks as an act of war against the United States, or not? Yes, an act of war No, not an act of war No opinion Gallup 11 September, 2001 Table 92 Is the US at war, or not? - As far as you re concerned, is the United States at war, or not? Yes, at war No, not at war No opinion Gallup September, 2001 Table 93 Is the US now in state of war, or not? - In your opinion, is the United States now in a state of war, or not? In a state of war Not in a state of war Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 94 Estimated effects of terrorist attacks - Do you think that these terrorist attacks will have a major effect, a minor effect, or no real effect on whether the country experiences an economic recession? 26

27 Major effect Minor effect No real effect Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 12 September, 2001 (N=618) Table 95 Permanent change of way of life in US? - As a result of the September 11 th terrorist attacks, do you think Americans have permanently changed the way they live, or not? [Form A, N=389] Yes, changed No, have not No opinion 11 Sept., 2001^ March, Sept., ^ WORDING: As a result of today s attacks, do you think Americans will permanently change the way they live, or not? Gallup Table 96 Are things now back to normal? - Generally speaking, do you think that things in the country are -- [ROTATED: completely back to normal, somewhat back to normal, but not completely, or not yet back to normal]? Completely back to normal Somewhat back to normal Not back to normal DK 8-9 March, Aug., 2003^ * ^ Asked of a half sample (N=514) * Less than 0.5 Gallup Table 97 Has time healed the wounds? - Would you say that time has healed the wounds of the country that were caused by September 11 th, or not? Yes No No opinion 8-9 March, Sept., Aug., 2003 ^ ^ Asked of a half sample. (N=495) Gallup Table 98 How serious a problem is terrorism in the US? - Thinking now about recent events -- How serious a problem is terrorism in the United States today: very serious, only somewhat serious or hardly serious at all? Very serious Only somewhat serious Hardly serious at all Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) 27

28 Table 99 Will decline in stock markets have negative effect on world economy? - In the aftermath of the attack on Tuesday, stock markets around the world declined. Do you think the decline in the stock markets will have a long-term negative effect on the world's economy, including that of the United States, or do you think this a temporary setback and the economy will stabilize? Long-term negative effect Temporary setback Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 100 Raising level of terrorist threat a serious matter? - When the government raised the terrorist threat level to high, or orange, just over a week ago, which of the following best described your reaction [ROTATED: you thought it was a serious matter that applied to you and your family, you thought it was a serious matter that applied to other people but not to you, personally, or you did not think it was a serious matter]? Serious matter, applied to respondent Serious matter, applied to others Not a serious matter DK Gallup/CNN/USA Today, February, 2003 Table 101 Effect of 9/11 attacks? Looking back, do you tend to think that Sentinel survey conducted by Ipsos U.S. Express, Post 9-11 Anniversary Study Results N=1,000 September 5-7, 2003 Moral and legal justification of actions Table 102 Military action only with or also without authorization of UN Security Council? - (I'd like to ask you a few questions about the events (terrorist attacks) that occurred last week in New York City and Washington, DC, September 11, 2001.) Do you think that-the US should take military action against terrorist organizations in other countries only if the United Nations Security Council authorizes it, or the US should take military action against terrorist organizations in other countries regardless of whether or not the Security Council authorizes it? Take action only if UNSC authorizes it Take action whether or not UNSC authorizes it No opinion Gallup/CNN/USA Today, September, 2001 Table 103 Military action only with support of allies or also even no support of allies? - Which comes closer to your view about the circumstances under which the U.S. should use military force against another country-- [ROTATED: the U.S. should only use military force if at least some of our Western allies support that 28

29 action, the U.S. should use military force even if none of our Western allies support that action], or the U.S. should never use military force? Only if some support Even if none support Never use force No opinion June, Gallup Table 104 Justification of military force - Next, I'd like you to think about some situations in which a country has not attacked the United States, but is considered a threat. For each of the following situations, please tell me whether you think the United States would be justified -- or not justified -- in using military action against that country if there was strong evidence that -- [RANDOM ORDER]? [BASED ON NATIONAL ADULTS IN FORM A] Justified Not justified DK The country was planning to attack the U.S. in the future The country was an enemy of the U.S. and was developing chemical or biological weapons The country was an enemy of the U.S. and was developing nuclear weapons The country was aiding terrorists who were making plans to attack the U.S Gallup, June, 2002 Perceptions of Muslims/Arab world/ Terrorists Table 105 Will terrorist attacks make you more suspicious? - Do you think the attacks this week will make you personally more suspicious of people who you think are of Arab descent, or not? Yes No No opinion 13/09/ /10/ /12/ /09/ ABC News/Washington Post Table 106 Do American muslims support U.S. in war on terror? - Do you think American Muslims support the United States in the war on terror, or not? Yes No DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, June 26-27, 2002 Table 107 Now less trust in Arabs living in US? - Would you say that you have now less trust in Arabs living in this country than you did before the terrorist attacks on September 11, or has your trust in Arabs living in this country not changed? Less trust Has not changed No opinion September, 2001*^ March, September,

30 * Wording: Would you say that you have now less trust in Arabs living in this country than you did before the terrorist attacks on Tuesday, or has your trust in Arabs living in this country not changed? ^ asked of half sample Gallup Table 108 Since terrorist attacks more suspicious of people of Middle Eastern descent? - Since the terrorist attacks, have you yourself become more suspicious of people who you think are of Middle-Eastern descent, or not? Yes, more suspicious No, not more suspicious Don't know/refused 21-25/09/ /06/ /08/ PSRA/Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=1,488) Table 109 Did terrorist attacks make you more suspicious of people of Arab descent? - Have last month's terrorist attacks made you personally more suspicious of people who you think are of Arab descent, or not? Yes No No opinion ABC News, 8-9 October, 2001 Table 110 Most Arab-Americans more sympathetic to the terrorists cause-1? - Do you think that most Arab-Americans and immigrants from the Middle East feel about the terrorists cause? Do you think they are more sympathetic to the terrorists cause than other Americans, or about the same as other Americans? More Sympathetic About the Same To Terrorists Cause as Other Americans DK NPR/Kaiser/Harvard, Oct. 31-Nov. 12, 2001 Table 111 Most Arab-Americans more sympathetic to the terrorists cause-2? - How do you think most Arab-Americans and immigrants feel about the terrorists acts? Do you think they are more sympathetic to the terrorists acts than other Americans, or about the same as other Americans? More Sympathetic About The Same To Terrorists Acts As Other Americans DK NPR/Kaiser/Harvard, Oct. 31-Nov. 12, 2001 Table 112 Most Arab-Americans loyal to the U.S.? - Do you agree or disagree that most Arab-Americans and immigrants from the Middle East are loyal to the United States? Agree Disagree DK NPR/Kaiser/Harvard, Oct. 31-Nov. 12,

31 Table 113 Negative feelings toward Arabs? - These days, do you ever have any negative feelings toward Arabs because of the attack? Yes No DK 20-23/0/ /10/ CBS News/New York Times Table 114 Do most Arabs and Muslims have positive or negative view of the US? - Do you think most Arabs and Muslims around the world have a positive opinion or a negative opinion of the United States? Positive Negative No opinion ABC News, 8-9 October, 2001 Table 115 Do people in Muslim countries have favorable or unfavorable opinion of US? - In general, do you think people in Muslim countries have a very favorable, somewhat favorable, neither favorable nor unfavorable, somewhat unfavorable, or very unfavorable opinion of the United States? Very Somewhat Neither favorable nor Somewhat Very unfavorable No opinion favorable favorable unfavorable unfavorable Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 116 More sympathy with US or with attackers? - Right now, do you think that the following groups sympathize more with the United States or those who attacked us? Sympathize Sympathize with Neither D.K. with the US those who attacked us American Muslims Sept., Arab-Americans Sept., Western European countries 26 Aug. 3 Sept., Muslims in other countries Sept., Aug.-03 Sept., Governments of Islamic countries Sept., Aug. 03 Sept., Arabs in the Middle East Sept., Aug-03 Sept.,

32 Harris Poll Table 117 American Arabs more sympathetic to terrorists? - Do you think Arab Americans are more sympathetic to terrorists than other American citizens are, or not? Are more sympathetic Are not Don't know 13-14/09/ /09/ /09/ CBS News/New York Times Table 118 Access to records of people with Arab or Muslim backgroundt - To combat terrorism, do you think the government should have access to travel, credit, and medical records of the following groups of people or not? As I read each one please say yes or no. OK?...Non citizens of apparent Arab or Muslim background? Yes No DK TIPP/IBD/CSM, 4-10 August, 2003 Table 119 Views of Islam [- VIEW OF ISLAM] Very/somewhat favorable Somewhat/very unfavorable Don t know enough 1993 L.A. Times February, CBS, February, 2002 Table 120 Favorable view of Islam? - Now thinking about some specific religious groups Is your overall opinion of [INSERT ITEM] very favorable, mostly favorable, mostly unfavorable, or very unfavorable? Very Mostly Mostly /Very Never Can t Favor- Favor- Unfavor- Unfavor- Heard Of Rate able able able able Muslim Americans September, 2000* March, /11/ PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (N=1,500) NOTE: *Registered voters. Table 121 View of Muslim countries - In general, please tell me whether your opinion of Muslim countries is very favorable, somewhat favorable, neither favorable nor unfavorable, somewhat unfavorable, or very unfavorable. Very Somewhat Neither favorable nor Somewhat Very unfavorable No opinion favorable favorable unfavorable unfavorable 32

33 Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 122 How many Muslims admire Osama bin Laden? - Just your best guess, how many Muslims do you think admire Osama bin Laden -- all, most, some, only a few, or none at all? All Most Some Only a few None at all No opinion Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 123 Does Islamic religion encourage violence? - Generally speaking, do you think the Islamic religion encourages violence -- [ROTATED: more than other religions around the world, about the same amount, or less than other religions around the world]? More Same amount Less No opinion Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 124 Angry at Muslim countries? - Would you say that you are angry -- or not angry -- at Muslim countries? Angry Not angry No opinion Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 125 Suicide bombings perversion of Islam? - From what you know about Islam and its religious teachings, do you think the suicide bombings and other violence by some followers of Islam represent a perversion of Islam by extremists OR reflect an important part of Islam's teachings? A Perversion Part of Teachings Don't Know 6-7 December, December, February, PSRA/Newsweek. Table 126 Heard negative comments about Arabs living in US? - Have you, personally heard any of your friends, neighbors, fellow workers, or acquaintances make negative comments about Arabs living in this country since the terrorist attacks on Tuesday, or not? [Form B, N=508] Yes, have heard No, have not No opinion Gallup, September, 2001 Table 127 Happen to know anyone who is a Muslim? - Do you, yourself happen to know anyone who is Muslim? [DO NOT ASK IF ISLAM/MUSLIM (N=1,497)]: 33

34 Yes No Don't know/refused Oct. 8-9, 2001 ABC News /11/ PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 128 How much do you know about Muslim religion? - How much would you say you know about the Muslim religion and its practices? A great deal Some Not very much Nothing at all Don't know/refused PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (Form 2, N=731) Table 129 How much do you know about opinions and beliefs of people in Muslim countries? - How much would you say you know about the opinions and beliefs of people who live in Muslim countries -- a great deal, a moderate amount, not much, or not at all? Great deal Moderate amount Not much Not at all No opinion * Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 130 Basic understanding of Islam? - On another subject, do you feel you do or do not have a good basic understanding of the teaching and beliefs of Islam, the Muslim religion? Yes No DK Oct. 8-9, Jan. 2-6, Oct , Sep. 4-7, ABC News Table 131 Favorable opinion of Islam? - Would you say you have a generally favorable or unfavorable opinion of Islam? Favorable Unfavorable DK Oct. 8-9, Jan. 2-6, Oct , Sep. 4-7, ABC News Table 132 Do you think that Muslim religion and your religion have much in common? - From what you know, do you think that the Muslim religion and your own religion have a lot in common, or do you think that the Muslim religion and your religion are very different? [ASK ONLY IF R HAS A RELIGION OTHER THAN ISLAM (N=1,352)] A lot in common Very different Don't know/refused

35 PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (N=1,500) Table 133 Characteristics of Muslim countries - Which of the following statements, if any, do you associate with Muslim countries? How about -- [random order]? Yes, associate No, do not No opinion A. They respect Western or American values B. The people are free to control their own lives and futures C. They are eager to have better relationships with the Western world Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 134 Indicator of terrorist attack - When you hear or see each of the following, do you sometimes think it may be an indication of a terrorist attack or not...seeing people who look Middle Eastern in origin? Yes No DK Harris Interactive, 12 October, 2001 Table 135 How well do you know perpetrators of terrorist attacks? - How well would you say you know what the perpetrators of the September 11th attacks hoped to achieve by attacking the US? Please answer on a scale of 0 to 10, with 0 meaning that you have no idea at all and 10 meaning that you feel you understand completely No answer 2 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) Table 136 Do majority of people in Islamic world think US makes Middles East more or less stable? - Do you think a majority of people in the Islamic world think US policies in the Middle East make the region More stable Less stable No answer PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) Table 137 Do majority of people in Islamic world favor or oppose U.S. led fight against terrorism? 35

36 - Do you think a majority of people in the Islamic world favor or oppose US led efforts to fight terrorism? Favor Oppose No answer PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) Table 138 What do majority of people in Islamic world think about Osama bin Laden? - How do you think a majority of people in the Islamic world feel toward Osama bin Laden s terrorist group al Qaeda: They are supportive of al Qaeda s terrorist methods and share many of its feelings toward the US 16 They are opposed to al Qaeda s terrorist methods and do not share its feelings toward the US 21 They are opposed to al Qaeda a terrorist methods but share many of its feelings toward the US 57 No answer 7 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) Relations between Muslims and Western world Table 139 How important to avoid making enemies in Islamic and Arab worlds? - How important do you think it is that we avoid taking actions that would make us the enemy of most of the Islamic and Arab worlds? Very important Somewhat important Not very important Not at all important Don t know Harris Poll, 26 August- 3 September, 2002 (N=2,200) Table 140 Possible to have good relations with most Arabs? Do you think it is possible to have good relations with most Arabs and Arab governments if there is continuing violence between Israelis and Palestinians? Yes, possible No, not possible Don t know Harris Poll, 26 August- 3 September, 2002 (N=2,200) Table 141 How likely that Arab Americans and Muslim will be singled out unfairly now? - How likely do you think it is now that Arab Americans, Muslims and immigrants from the Middle East will be singled out unfairly by people in this country: very likely, somewhat likely, not too likely or not at all likely? Very likely Somewhat likely Not too likely Not at all likely Don't know 13-14/09/ /09/ CBS News/New York Times Table 142 How much does it matter to you what people in Muslim countries think? - How much does it matter to you personally what people in Muslim countries think of the U.S. -- a great deal, a moderate amount, not much, or not at all? Great deal Moderate amount Not much Not at all No opinion 36

37 * Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 [N=444 in Form A] Table 143 Would Muslim countries be better off with Western values? - Do you think most Muslim countries would be -- [ROTATED: better off, would not be affected, or would be worse off] -- if they adopted the values of the U.S. and other Western countries? Better off Not be affected Worse off No opinion Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 144 When will better understanding between US and Muslim countries ever occur? - When, if ever, do you think a better understanding between the U.S. and other Western countries and Muslim countries will occur? Please select any number from one to five. If you think that time will never come, select a one. If you think that time will come very soon select a five. If your answer is somewhere between these two positions, select a two, three or four. Very soon (5) Never (1) No opinion * Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 145 Is US at war with Muslim world? - Do you think the U.S. is at war with the Muslim world, or not? Yes, is at war No, is not at war No opinion Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 146 Does Muslim world consider itself to be at war with US? - Do you think the Muslim world considers itself at war with the U.S., or not? Yes, is at war No, is not at war No opinion Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 COMBINED RESPONSES Think both sides at war 31 Think U.S. at war with Muslims, Muslim countries not at war 2 Think Muslim countries at war, U.S. not at war 39 Think neither side is at war 24 Mixed/No opinion 4 Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 147 Do many people in Middle East believe that US responsible for the hatred that lead to terrorist attacks? - What's your impression, do you think that many people in the Middle-East and other non-western nations believe the U.S. itself bears some responsibility for the hatred that lead to the terrorist attacks, or don't you think many of them feel this way? 37

38 Yes, many believe U.S. bears some responsibility No, don't think may feel this way Don't know/refused PSRA/ Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=1,488) Table 148 Unfavorable views of Muslims of US based on misinformation? - Do you think that the unfavorable views Muslims have of the U.S. are -- [ROTATED: based mostly on what the U.S. has done (or are) based mostly on misinformation provided by their media and government about what the U.S. has done]? Based on what the U.S. has done Based on misinformation Both/Neither (vol.) No opinion Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 149 Is US doing enough to win support of Muslim people around the world? - In its anti-terrorism campaign, do you think the United States IS or IS NOT doing enough to win the support of Muslim people around the world? Yes No No opinion 07/10/ /03/ ABC News/Washington Post Table 150 Should US take active steps to give women in Muslim countries same basic rights as men? - Which comes closer to your view -- [ROTATED: the United States should take active steps to have Muslim countries give women in their countries the same basic rights that men have, (or) the U.S should not involve itself in Muslim countries' decisions about how to treat their people]? Take active steps Not involve itself No opinion Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 151 Should number of immigrants from Muslim countries to US be reduced? - Which comes closest to your view about the number of immigrants from Muslim countries that should be allowed into the U.S. -- [ROTATED: the U.S. should not allow any immigrants from Muslim countries at all, the U.S. should reduce the number of immigrants from Muslim countries, or the U.S. should continue to allow the same number of immigrants from Muslim countries as now]? Allow none at all Reduce the number Continue as now Allow more (vol.) No opinion * 2 Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 152 Military action in Afghanistan to be suspended during Muslim religious holidays? - The Muslim world is about to celebrate major religious holidays. Do you think that the U.S. military action in Afghanistan should be suspended during the Muslim religious holidays, or not? Yes No Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), November, 2001 (N=900) 38

39 Table 153 Terrorist attacks start of major conflict with people of Islam? - Do you think the terrorist attacks are the start of a major conflict between the people of America and Europe versus the people of Islam, or is it only a conflict with a small, radical group? Major conflict Conflict with a radical group Don't know/refused PSRA/Council on Foreign Relations, October, 2001 (N=1,281). Table 154 Conflict unavoidable? - Please tell me which of the following statements is closer to your own view: 11/01 26/08-3/09/03 Because Islamic religious and social traditions are intolerant and fundamentally incompatible with Western culture, violent conflict is bound to keep happening Though there are some fanatics in the Islamic world, most people there have needs and wants like those of people everywhere, so it is possible for us to find common ground No answer 6 4 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 155 How do people in Islamic world feel about U.S.? - Thinking now about the people in the Islamic world, on average, how do you think they would rate how they feel about US policies in the Middle East? Please answer on a scale of 0 to 10, with 0 being very bad and 10 being very good. Bad (0-4) 52 Neither bad nor good (5) 28 Good (6-10). 17 No answer 4 PIPA, 26 August - 3 September, 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 156 Have feelings toward US foreign policy changed in Islamic world? - Is it your perception that over the last two years throughout the Islamic world, feelings toward US foreign policy have: Gotten better Gotten worse Stayed about the same+ No answer This option was presented to respondents if they declined to choose among the other options presented. PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 157 Effects of widespread negative feeling toward US foreign policy - Do you think that when there are widespread negative feelings in the Islamic world toward US foreign policy: This makes it less likely that people there will want their governments to cooperate with US efforts to deal with the problem of terrorism 68 This does not have much effect on whether people there will want their governments to cooperate with US efforts to deal with the problem of terrorism 26 No answer 7 39

40 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 158 Effect of overthrowing Saddam Hussien in Islamic world - Do you think the fact that the US overthrew the government of Saddam Hussein has made people in the Islamic world: More likely to support US efforts to deal with the problem of terrorism 35 Less likely to support US efforts to deal with the problem of terrorism 22 Has made no difference either way 39 No answer. 4 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 159 Greater efforts to improve relations with Islamic world needed? - Do you think that the US should or should not make greater efforts to improve relations with people in the Islamic world? Should Should not No answer PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 160 What do people in Middle East want about U.S. military presence? - Do you think that most people in the Middle East want US military presence in the Middle East maintained at its present level, or do you think most people want it reduced? Maintained at its present level Reduced No answer PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 161 If people in Middle East want reduced U.S. miltary opresence should U.S. do so? - If most people in the Middle East want the US to reduce its military presence in the Middle East, do you think that it should or should not do so? Should Should not No answer PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 162 Do people in Middle East want less influential U.S. role? - In regard to the US role in the Middle East, do you think that most of the people in the Middle East want the US: To play a less prominent and influential role 66 To continue to play as prominent and influential role as it has. 30 No answer 5 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 163 If people in Middle East want less influential role of the U.S. should it do so? - If the majority of the people in the Middle East want the US to play a less prominent and influential role there do you think the US: Should play a less prominent and influential role. 63 Should not play a less prominent and influential role 31 40

41 No answer 6 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Osama Bin Laden Table 164 Retaliate with military action against Bin Laden s group itself? - What about Osama bin Laden's organization itself? Do you think the United States should retaliate against Bin Laden's group through military action, or should the United States pursue justice by bringing him to trial in the United States? Military action Bring him to trial Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 165 Should US attempt to assassinate Osama bin Laden? - Do you think the United States should attempt to assassinate Osama bin Laden? Yes No Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), September, 2001 (N=900) Table 166 Prefer to see Bin Laden assassinated or captured and brought to trial? - President Bush has said that Osama bin Laden is wanted 'dead or alive.' Would you prefer to see bin Laden assassinated or captured and brought to trial in the U.S.? Assassinated Brought To Trial Not Sure 3-4/10/ /11/ /02/ Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) Table 167 If Osama bin Laden is captured should he be executed immediately or brought to trial? - If Osama bin Laden is captured alive by the U.S. should he be executed immediately or put on a civilian or military trial? Execute him immediately Put him on trial No opinion Gallup, November, 2001 Table 168 Would capture of Osama bin Laden help or hurt the cause of terrorism? - If the United States were to capture or kill Osama Bin Laden, do you think it would do more to hurt the terrorist cause and reduce the chance of future terrorism, or make bin Laden a martyr and increase the likelihood of future attacks? Hurt the terrorist cause Make him into martyr No opinion PRSA/Newsweek, November,

42 Table 169 Is Osama bin Laden guilty? - Based on what you have heard or read, how do you feel about Osama bin Laden s role in the September 11th terrorist attacks -- [ROTATED: you have no doubts whatsoever that he is guilty, you think he is guilty but have some doubts, (or) you do not think he is guilty]? No doubts that he is guilty Think he is guilty but have doubts Do not think he is guilty No opinion * 1 Gallup, November, 2001 Table 170 Proof that Osama bin Laden planned the 9/11 attacks? - Based on what you have heard or read about the videotape of Osama bin Laden, which of the following comes closer to your view -- [ROTATED: it proves beyond a reasonable doubt that he helped to plan the September 11 th terrorist attacks, (or) it proves that he was happy the September 11 th terrorist attacks occurred, but did not prove that he helped to plan them]? Proves he helped to plan attacks Proves he was just happy attacks occurred No opinion Gallup, December, 2001 Table 171 Importance of capturing or killing of Osama bin Laden - Which comes closer to your view about what capturing or killing Osama bin Laden means for the U.S. -- [ROTATED: it will mean the U.S. has accomplished its goals in the war on terrorism, (or) it will be just one step in a long campaign against terrorism worldwide]? Accomplished basic goals One step in a long campaign No opinion Gallup, December, 2001 [Form B, N=534] Table 172 US mission in Afghanistan accomplished if Osama bin Laden not captured - Which comes closer to your view: the U.S. accomplishments in Afghanistan will be a success even if Osama bin Laden is not captured, or the U.S. accomplishments in Afghanistan will not be a success until Osama bin Laden is captured? Success Not a success Both/Neither (vol.) No Opinion 11/ /01/ /03/ /07/ Gallup Table 173 Victory if goals in Afghanistan achieved but Osama bin Laden not captured or killed? - If the U.S. achieves most of its goals in Afghanistan, but does not capture or kill Osama bin Laden, would you consider the military action in Afghanistan to be a victory for the U.S. or wouldn t you consider it a victory? Victory Not Victory DK Oct. 13, Dec , Jan , Jun ,

43 Harris Interactive Table 174 Can U.S. win the war on terror if Bin Laden is not captured or killed? Can U.S. wint the war on terror if Bin Laden is not captured or killed? Can win Cannot win DK CBS, 6-8 September, 2004 (N=1,058) Table 175 Enough to kill or capture bin Laden or other terrorists stopped too? - Is it enough for the United States to kill or capture Osama bin Laden, or should the United States also see to it that terrorists in other countries are stopped as well? Stop Other Terrorists Bin Laden enough DK CBS News, 8 October, 2001 Table 176 War of terrorism end with capture of bin Laden or until all terrorist are out of business? - Which is closer to your view of the war on terrorism: It should end with the capture of Osama bin Laden and dismantling of Al-Qaeda or it should continue until all terrorist networks are out of business? Capture Bin Laden All Terrorist Networks DK Penn/Schoen/Berland, Nov , 2001 Table 177 Which would be better: Osama bin Laden captured alive or killed? - In your opinion, which of the following would be better for the U.S. -- [ROTATED: if Osama bin Laden is killed, (or) if Osama bin Laden is captured alive]? Killed Captured alive No opinion Gallup, November, 2001 Table 178 What should US do: execute Osama bin Laden immediately or put him to trial first? - Suppose Osama bin Laden is captured alive by the U.S., which of the following would be better for the U.S. to do to him -- [ROTATED: execute him immediately, (or) put him on either a civilian or a military trial]? Execute him immediately Put him on trial No opinion Gallup, November, 2001 Table 179 How should Osama bin Laden be tried? - Suppose Osama bin Laden is captured alive and put on trial, which of the following would you prefer -- that he be -- [ROTATED: put on a public trial by an international court with judges from different countries, put on trial by a secret military tribunal by the U.S., (or) put on a public trial in a regular civilian court in the U.S.], or would it make no difference to you? International court Secret military tribunal Regular civilian court No difference No opinion

44 Gallup, November, 2001 Table 180 Osama bin Laden to be tried by international court or US authorities? - Suppose Osama bin Laden is captured alive and put on trial, do you think he should be tried by -- [ROTATED: an international court, (or by) U.S. authorities]? International court U.S. authorities No opinion Gallup, December, 2001[N=485] Table 181 Osama bin Laden to be tried by military tribunal or civilian court? - Suppose Osama bin Laden is captured alive and put on trial by the U.S., would you rather see that happen in -- [ROTATED: a regular court of law in which evidence would be presented in a public trial, (or) a military tribunal in which U.S. officers would examine evidence in secret hearings]? Regular court of law Military tribunal No opinion Gallup, December, 2001[N=485] Table 182 Death sentence or life imprisonment for Osama bin Laden? - Suppose Osama bin Laden is captured alive, put on trial, and found guilty. Do you think he should be -- [ROTATED: sentenced to death, (or should he be) sentenced to spend the rest of his life in prison with no chance of parole]? Death Life in prison with no chance of parole No opinion Gallup, December, 2001[N=485] Table 183 Is Osama bin Laden alive or dead-1? - Just your best guess, do you think Osama bin Laden is alive or dead? Alive Dead No opinion Gallup, 8-10 February, 2002 Table 184 Osama bin Laden probably dead or alive? - Do you think that Osama bin Laden is probably dead or probably alive? Probably alive Probably dead Harris Poll, 26 August- 3 September, 2002 (N=2,200) Table 185 Osama bin Laden alive or dead-2? - Just your best guess: Do you think Osama bin Laden is alive or dead? Alive Dead Not Sure June, August, November,

45 Harris Interactive/CNN/Time Table 186 Osama bin Laden alive or dead-3? [- Do you think Osama Bin Laden is dead or alive?] September, November, Alive Dead Not sure CBS News Table 187 Terrorists associated with Osama bin Laden in the US capable of launching terrorist attack? - Just your best guess: Do you think there are terrorists associated with Osama bin Laden who are currently in the United States and are capable of launching a major terrorist attack against the U.S., or not? There are There are not No opinion 2-4 September, September, Aug., December, Gallup/CNN/USA Today Table 188 When will terrorists commit act of terrorism? - Do you expect that these terrorists will commit an act of terrorism in the United States in -- less than three months, less than six months, less than one year, less than two years, in longer than two years, or never? [BASED ON WHO SAY THERE ARE TERRORISTS ASSOCIATED WITH BIN LADEN WHO ARE CURRENTLY IN THE U.S. CAPABLE OF LAUNCHING MAJOR ATTACKS] Less than 3 months Less than 6 months Less than 1 year Less than 2 years Longer than 2 years Never No opinion Sept., [COMBINED RESPONSES] Yes, there are terrorists associated with Osama bin Laden in the U.S. 86 Less than 3 months (4) Less than 6 months (16) Less than 1 year (29) Less than 2 years (19) Longer than 2 years (7) Never (4) Unsure (7) No, are not terrorists associated with Osama bin Laden in the U.S. 10 No opinion 4 Gallup Table 189 Al Qaeda network more of threat now than year ago? - Do you think the al Qaeda terrorist network poses more of a threat or less of a threat to the United States today than it did over a year ago, or is the threat today about the same as it was over a year ago? More Less Same Not Sure 45

46 19-20/11/ May 20-21, Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), November, 2002 (N=900) Table 190 Terrorist attacks more likely if Osama bin Laden still alive? - A new audiotape confirms that Osama bin Laden is still alive. Does knowing bin Laden is still alive make you think additional terrorist attacks are more likely, less likely, or do you think it doesn't matter if he is alive or not? More Less Doesn't Matter Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), November, 2002 (N=900) Table 191 Does Osama bin Laden s group need money? - Do you think that Osama bin Laden s group al-qaeda: Needs money and weapons from governments hostile to the US to operate. 36 Can operate with just the money and weapons it gets through its private support network 60 No answer 4 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 192 Do negative feelings about U.S. make it easier to recuit new members and raise funds? - Do you think that when there are widespread negative feelings in the Islamic world toward US foreign policy: This creates a climate in which it is easier for terrorist groups to recruit new members and raise funds. 77 OR This does not have much effect on the ability of terrorist groups to recruit new members and raise funds 16 No answer 7 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 193 Members of Al Qaeda in the United States? - Do you think there are members of the Al Qaeda terrorist group in the United States today? Yes No DK Jul , Opinion Dynamics/Fox News Causes of the conflict. Who is responsible? Table 194 Attack on World Trade Center act of few terrorists or part of wider conspiracy? - Now to some recent news. Considering the World Trade Center bombing, do you believe that the bombing was the act of a few terrorists or is part of a wider conspiracy involving a foreign nation? Few terrorists Involved foreign nation Other (vol.) Not sure/no opinion Zogby International, March,

47 Table 195 Attacks by band of terrorists or national government involved? - Based on what you know, do you think that these attacks were committed by a band of independent terrorists, or do you think a national government is also involved? Independent terrorists Government also involved Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, Sept., 2001 (N=821) Table 196 Blame for the terrorist attacks - Overall, how much do you blame each of the following for the terrorist attacks this past Tuesday -- a great deal, a moderate amount, only a little, or not at all? How about -- [ITEMS ROTATED]? A great deal A moderate amount Only a little Not at all DK A. Afghanistan B. Iraq C. Pakistan D. Palestinians E. Fundamentalist Muslim Leaders F. Osama bin Laden Gallup September, 2001[N=514 in Form B] Table 197 How likely that Osama bin Laden/Saddam Hussein personally involved in terrorist attacks? - How likely is it that Osama bin Laden is personally involved in Tuesday's terrorist attacks? Would you say that it is very likely, somewhat likely, not very likely, or not at all likely? - How likely is it that Saddam Hussein is personally involved in Tuesday's terrorist attacks? Would you say that it is very likely, somewhat likely, not very likely, or not at all likely? Osama bin Laden Saddam Hussein Very likely Somewhat likely Not very likely 1 9 Not at all likely - 3 Not sure 7 10 Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 13 September, 2001 Table 198 Why did terrorists attack World Trade Center and Pentagon? - In your view, why did the terrorists attack the World Trade Center and the Pentagon? [ROTATE] Was it mostly because of Was it mostly because of Both equally Other (vol.) Don't know/refused their religious beliefs their political beliefs (vol.) PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (N=1,500) 47

48 Table 199 Do you believe that groups of Arabs carried out attacks against US? - According to news reports, groups of Arabs carried out the attacks against the USA on September 11. Do you believe this to be true or not? True Not true No opinion Gallup, 1-3 March, 2002 Table 200 Do attacks signify that God is no longer protecting the US as in the past? - Some religious leaders have said that the terrorist attacks on the United States signal that God is no longer protecting the United States as much as in the past. How do you feel about this statement, do you completely agree, mostly agree, mostly disagree, or completely disagree with it? Completely agree Mostly agree Mostly disagree Completely disagree Don't know/refused PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (N=1,500) U.S. itself to blame? Table 201 Terrorist attacks direct result of US policy of intervention? - Do you think the terrorist attack last Tuesday was a direct result of United States' policy of intervention around the world, or not? Was a direct result Was not Partially (vol.) Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 202 Terrorist attacks direct result of US policy in Middle East-1? - Specifically, do you think the terrorist attack last Tuesday was a direct result of United States' policy in the Middle East or not? Was a direct result Was not Partially (vol.) Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 203 Terrorist attacks direct result of US policy in Middle East-2? - When you think about the September 11 terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, do you place a lot of blame, some blame, or no blame at all on United States policies in the Middle East over the years? A Lot Some None Don't know May, September, CBS News/New York Times Table 204 American foreign policy responsible for the rise of Islam? - Do you think that the American foreign policy is responsible too for the rise of Islamic fanaticism? 48

49 Yes, certainly Yes, somewhat No, rather not No, not at all No opinion IPSOS, September, 2001 Table 205 How much is the US itself responsible for the hatred against it? - How much responsibility do you think the U.S. itself bears for the hatred that led to the terrorist attacks? Large amount Moderate amount Small amount Tiny amount None at all D.K Gallup, November, 2001 Table 206 Why do terrorism supporters hate the US? - Which ONE of the following do you think is the main reason why those who attacked us and their supporters hate the United States? Our democracy and freedom 26 Our support for Israel 22 Our values and way of life 20 Our influence on the economy and lives of Middle Eastern countries 17 Our economic and military power 11 Not sure 4 Harris, September, 2001 (N=1,012) Table 207 Motives of terrorists - Now I'm going to read you a list of different things that might have motivated terrorists to attack the United States. As I read each one, please tell me if you think it is a major reason, a minor reason or not a reason why terrorists have targeted the U.S. What about [see below]? Is this a major reason, a minor reason, or not a reason (why terrorists have targeted the U.S.)? Major Minor Not a Reason Don't Know Opposition to U.S. ties to Israel and U.S. policies toward the Palestinian situation Resentment of U.S. military and economic power in general Opposition to the Gulf War and U.S. military presence in the Persian Gulf region Economic hardships in Muslim countries created by western capitalism Resentment of the impact of U.S. culture, such as movies and other popular entertainment, in Muslim countries PSRA/Newsweek, Sept , 2001 (N=1,005) Table 208 Do many people in Europe and elsewhere think that US itself is responsible for terrorist attacks? - What's your impression, do you think that many people in Europe and other western nations believe the U.S. itself bears some responsibility for the hatred that lead to the terrorist attacks, or don't you think many of them feel this way? Yes, many believe U.S. bears some responsibility No, don't think many feel this way Don't know/refused PSRA/Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=1,488) 49

50 Prevention of terrorist attacks Table 209 Is US doing all it reasonably can to prevent terrorism? - Do you think the United States is doing all it reasonably can do to try to prevent further terrorist attacks, or do you think it should do more? US doing all it can US should do more No opinion. 10 September, October, November, November, December, March, May, June, December, /09/ /04/ ABC/Washington Post Table 210 Did government do all it could to prevent attacks? - Do you think the United States government did all it reasonably could do to try to prevent the September 11th 2001 terrorist attacks, or do you think it could have done more? US did US could No all it could have done more opinion 11/09/2001* /09/2001* /05/ /04/ *9/13/01 and previous: "these attacks" ABC News/Washington Post, April, 2004 (N=1,201) Table 211 Has the federal government done all it can to make country safe from terrorism? - In the year since September 11/ Since the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, do you think the federal government has done all it could reasonably be expected to do to make the country safe from future terrorist attacks, or could the government have done more? [Half sample] Done All It Could Could Have Done More Don't Know 2-5 September, October, January, CBS News/New York Times Table 212 Could Attacks Have Been Prevented By Tighter Airport Security? [- Could Attacks Have Been Prevented By Tighter Airport Security?] Yes No Don t know

51 CBS News, 11 September, 2001 (N= 402) Table 213 Could hijackings have been prevented through tighter security? - U.S. commercial planes were hijacked and used in the attacks. Do you think these attacks could have been prevented if airport security was tightened up, or do you think they would have happened anyway? Could have been prevented Would have happened anyway No opinion 11/09/ /09/ /14/09/ CBS News Table 214 Should intelligence agencies have discovered attacks in advance? - Some people have said that these attacks represent the biggest failure for American intelligence operations since Pearl Harbor. Do you think that these attacks were something that government intelligence agencies should have been able to discover in advance? Yes No Don't know 11 Sept., 2001* Sept., 2001* Sept., 2001** May, * CBS News ** Los Angeles Times Table 215 Blame CIA and FBI for attacks? - When you think about the September 11th terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, do you place a lot of blame, some blame, or no blame at all on the United States intelligence agencies like the CIA and the FBI? A Lot Some None Don't know May, September, July, PSRA/Newsweek Table 216 Bush administration paying enough attention before 9/11? - Was the Bush Administration paying enough or not enough attention to terrorism prior to September 11th? Enough Not enough Don't know CBS News, May, Table 217 Bush administration paying enough attention now? - Is the Bush Administration paying enough or not enough attention to terrorism now? Enough Not enough Too much (vol.) Don't know CBS News, May,

52 Table 218 Did G.W.Bush know personally before 9/11 about terrorism warnings? - Do you think that George W. Bush personally knew before September 11th about intelligence reports that warned of possible terrorist attacks against the United States using airplanes, or not? Knew Did not know Don't know CBS News, May, Table 219 Did senior members of administration know personally before 9/11 about terrorism warnings? - Do you think that senior members of the Bush Administration personally knew before September 11th about intelligence reports that warned of possible terrorist attacks against the United States using airplanes, or not? Knew Did not know Don't know CBS News, May, Table 220 Did CIA and FBI have information that could have prevented terrorist attacks? - Do you think the intelligence agencies -- the FBI and the CIA -- had information before September 11th that could have prevented the terrorist attacks against the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, or didn't they have that information? Did have Did not have Don't know CBS News, May, Table 221 Did government have information? - Do you think the government had information before September 11, 2001 that could have prevented the terrorist attacks against the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, or didn t they have that information? Had Information Did Not Have Information DK CBS News, December, 2003 Table 222 Blame for the attacks [- WHO'S TO BLAME?] A Lot Or Some Blame For Attacks Airport security U.S. Middle East policies Intelligence agencies These views are virtually unchanged since last September, just after the terrorist attacks. CBS News, May 19-20, Table 223 Should government have been able to predict attacks? - Which comes closer to your view: no one could have predicted the attacks of September 11th, or the government should have been able to predict the attacks of September 11th given the information available to it? No one could have predicted Should have been able to predict No opinion 5/

53 6/ Gallup Table 224 How much blame for the terrorist attacks? - Overall, how much do you blame each of the following for the terrorist attacks this past Tuesday/ September 11th terrorist attacks A great deal A moderate amount Only a little Not at all No opinion A. Airport security 14-15/09/ B. The Bush administration 14-15/09/ /05/ /06/ /05/ /06/ C. The Clinton Administration 14-15/09/ /06/ D. The Central Intelligence Agency, or C.I.A /09/ /05/ /06/ E. The Federal Bureau of Investigation, or F.B.I /09/ /05/ /06/ Gallup/CNN/USA Today Table 225 How much blame for the terrorist attacks? - How much of the blame, if any, do you think each of the following deserves for allowing the September 11th terrorist attacks to happen? What about [see below]? Does this deserve a lot of the blame, some, only a little, or none? A Lot Some Only a Little None Don't Know Failure of the FBI and CIA's intelligence efforts to identify and stop terrorist plots from being carried out 13-14/09/ / Inadequate security at airports to prevent terrorists from bringing weapons on planes 13-14/09/ / Inadequate security systems to deal with hijackers while planes are in the air 13-14/09/ / PSRA/Newsweek, May, 2002 (N=1,002) 53

54 Table 226 Did intelligence agencies fail in their responsibilities? - Based on what you have heard or read, do you think that the country's intelligence-gathering agencies failed in their responsibilities to obtain information about these terrorist attacks? Yes No Not sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 13 September, 2001 Table 227 Did the Bush administration do as much as was reasonable? - Do you think that the Bush Administration did as much as was reasonable because it was impossible to predict that airplanes would be used as weapons, or do you think that the Bush Administration could have done more to prevent or warn about hijackings even if they did not know airplanes would be used as weapons? Did As Much As Reasonable Could Have Done More Not Sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 18 May, 2002 Table 228 Were the 9/11 attacks a failure of American intelligence and security systems? - Based on what you know now, do you believe that the attacks of September eleventh represented a failure of the American intelligence and security systems, or do you believe that these attacks were beyond what was reasonable to expect the American intelligence and security systems to uncover? Failure Beyond What Was Reasonable Not Sure 12/09/ /09/ /05/ /06/ Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 8-10 June, 2002 Table 229 Did people do all they could with available information? - Thinking about the warnings the Bush Administration received before the September 11th terrorist attacks, did the following individuals do all they should have with the information, or not?.. Did Did Not Don't Know Top FBI officials Top CIA officials The President's national security advisers The President himself PSRA/Newsweek, May, 2002 (N=1,002) Table 230 Should Bush administration have issued public warnings? - Now thinking about information available to the U.S. government before the September 11th attacks, do you think that the Bush Administration should have issued public warnings about possible airline hijackings? Yes, should have No Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, May, 2002 (N=1,002) 54

55 Table 231 Would warnings have prevented 9/11 attacks? - Do you think such warnings would have prevented the September 11th attacks or not? Yes, would have No Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, May, 2002 (N=1,002) Table 232 Should FBI have investigated all Arab nationals taking pilot training? - Again, thinking about information available to the U.S. government before the September 11th attacks, do you think the FBI should have investigated all Arab nationals taking pilot training or not? Yes, should have No Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, May, 2002 (N=1,002) Table 233 Did Clinton administration do all it could to detect possible terrorist attack? - Do you think the Clinton Administration did all it could have to detect and prepare for a possible terrorist attack on the United States? Yes, all it could have No Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, May, 2002 (N=1,002) Table 234 Has the US done anything wrong in its dealings with other countries? - Do you think there is anything the US has done wrong in its dealings with other countries that might have motivated the terrorist attacks, or not? Yes, dealings may have motivated attacks No Don't now/refused September, August, /07/ PSRA/ Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=666) Table 235 Has US been in any way unfair in its dealings with other countries? - Do you think there is any way that the U.S. has been unfair in its dealings with other countries that might have motivated the terrorist attacks, or not? Yes, unfair dealings may have motivated attacks No Don't know/refused 24-25/09/ August, /07/ PSRA/ Pew Research Center September, 2001(N=822) Table 236 Is the US not tough enough in its dealings with other countries? - Do you think the U.S. not being tough enough in its dealing with other countries might have motivated the terrorist attacks, or not? Yes, not being tough enough may have motivated attacks No Don't know/refused

56 PSRA/ Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=822) Images of other countries and people; threat perceptions Table 237 Favorable or unfavorable views of others - Please tell me if you have a very favorable, mostly favorable, mostly unfavorable or very unfavorable opinion of each of the following. How about -- [RANDOM ORDER]? Very favorable Mostly favorable Mostly unfavorable Very unfavorable No opinion A. Arabs 12-14/03/ /10/ B. The people of the Islamic faith 11-4/10/ C. The people of Afghanistan 11-4/10/ D. Osama bin Laden [Oh-SOM-ah Bin LAH-den] 11-4/10/01 1 * E. The ruling Taliban government in Afghanistan 11-4/10/ F. British Prime Minister Tony Blair 11-4/10/ * Less than 0.5 FAVORABILITY SUMMARY TABLE (sorted by "very favorable") Very favorable Mostly favorable Total favorable Total unfavorable D.K. British Prime Minister Tony Blair The people of the Islamic faith Arabs The people of Afghanistan The ruling Taliban in Afghanistan Osama bin Laden 1 * Gallup, October, 2001 Table 238 More or less favorable feelings - As a result of the attack on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, do you feel more favorable, less favorable, or no different toward each of the following?. More Less No Different Not Sure Israel Arab Americans Afghanistan Muslims living abroad Palestinians

57 Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 13 September, 2001 Table 239 Possession of weapons of mass destruction? - Do you think -- [RANDOM ORDER] -- currently has weapons of mass destruction, is trying to develop these weapons but does not currently have them, or is not trying to develop weapons of mass destruction? Currently has weapons Is trying to develop weapons Is not trying to develop D.K. weapons Iran Iraq North Korea If [ITEMS INSERTED] develops weapons of mass destruction, do you these would be a direct threat to the U.S., or not? - Do you think the weapons of mass destruction that [ITEMS INSERTED] has are a direct threat to the US, or not? COMBINED RESPONSES Iran Has weapons that threaten U.S. 37 Has weapons that do not threaten U.S. 11 Is trying to develop weapons that would threaten U.S. 32 Is trying to develop weapons that would not threaten U.S. 11 Is not trying to develop weapons 4 No opinion 5 Iraq Has weapons that threaten U.S. 46 Has weapons that do not threaten U.S. 9 Is trying to develop weapons that would threaten U.S. 33 Is trying to develop weapons that would not threaten U.S. 7 Is not trying to develop weapons 2 No opinion 3 North Korea Has weapons that threaten U.S. 30 Has weapons that do not threaten U.S. 20 Is trying to develop weapons that would threaten U.S. 22 Is trying to develop weapons that would not threaten U.S. 14 Is not trying to develop weapons 5 No opinion 9 Gallup, 8-10 February, 2002 Table 240 Evil governments? - Would you describe the governments of each of the following countries as evil, or not? How about -- [RANDOM ORDER]? (sorted by "evil") Evil Not evil No opinion Iraq Iran

58 North Korea Cuba China Russia Gallup, 8-10 February, 2002 Table 241 Should United States commit to a war with axis of evil countries? - In his State of the Union address, President Bush indicated three countries by name, Iran, Iraq and North Korea, as being the axis of evil in the world. Should the United States commit to a war against these three countries, like the war it fought against the Taliban in Afghanistan? Yes No No opinion IPSOS-Reid, 1-3 February, 2002 (N=803) Table 242 Likely that groups like Bin Laden s have access to nuclear weapons? - Do you think it is likely that terrorist groups like bin Laden's currently have access to nuclear weapons? Yes No Not Sure 19-20/09/ /11/ Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) Table 243 Which is bigger danger: nuclear or chemical and biological weapons? - Which do you think presents more of a real danger right now: nuclear weapons or chemical and biological weapons? Nuclear Chemical/Bio Equal (vol.) Don't Know September, November, Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), November, 2002 (N=900) Table 244 Which terrorist activity is biggest threat? - Which terrorist activity do you think is the biggest threat right now? 17-18/10/01 4-5/06/02 8-9/09/02 Chemical or biological weapons Individual suicide bombings - 16 Water or food supplies being poisoned or infected - 12 Truck or car bombs Tactical nuclear weapons or dirty bombs Planes being hijacked and crashed Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) Table 245 Do groups sympathize more with US or with attackers? - Right now, do you think that the following groups sympathize more with the United States or those who attacked us? Sympathize with. the U.S Sympathize with Those Neither DK who Attacked Us 58

59 Western European countries Muslims in other countries Governments of Islamic countries Arabs in the Middle East Harris Poll, 26 August-3 September, 2002 (N=2,200) Table 246 World now more or less dangerous than ten years ago? - In your opinion, is the world now more dangerous, less dangerous, or about the same compared to ten years ago? More dangerous Less dangerous About the same DK Aug. 21-Sep. 5, July- 5 August, * PSRA/PEW RESEARCH CENTER Table 247 Danger of attack now greater than ten years ago? - Do you think the danger of attack on the United States with a nuclear, biological, or chemical weapon is greater now than it was 10 years ago, less now than it was 10 years ago, or is it about the same? ASK FORM 2 ONLY [N=1,244]: Greater Less Same DK September, /7-5/8, PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 248 War in Iraq and likelihood of terrorist attacks - Has the military action in Iraq increased the threat of terrorism around the world, decreased the threat of terrorism around the world, or had no effect on the threat of terrorism?. Increased Decreased No Effect Not Sure IPSOS Public Affairs/Associated Press, 5-7 April, 2004 (N=1,001) Table 249 Which is the biggest threat? -Please select which of the following you believe is the greatest threat (First response) Attacks by terrorist groups using chemical or biological weapons 46 Attacks by nations using chemical or biological weapons 11 Attacks by terrorist groups using nuclear weapons 9 Attacks by nations unsing nuclear weapons 10 Attacks by terrorist groups using means other than weapons of mass destruction, such as conventional bombs or hijackings 24 No answer 1 PIPA, February, 2003 (N=3,163) Expectations of factual developments 59

60 Table 250 Confidence that things will or will not happen - Still thinking about the situation in Iraq, how confident are you that each of the following will happen?) Are you very confident, somewhat confident, not too confident, or not at all confident that... the US can launch military attacks on Iraq without provoking an increase in terrorism against the United States? Very confident Somewhat confident Not too confident Not at all confident Don't know/refused Gallup/CNN/U.S.A. Today, February, 1998 (N=1,005) Table 251 Problem on international terrorism growing or declining? - (Next, as I read you some problem areas, please tell me how you think each is affecting this country today.) Do you think the problem of...international terrorism is about the same today, is the country making progress in this area, or is the country losing ground? [Form 1, half sample] About the same Making progress Losing ground Don't know 21/3/ /04/ PSRA Table 252 More or fewer acts of terrorism in the next century? - In the next century, do you think acts of terrorism will increase, decrease, or remain about the same? Increase Decrease About the same Don't know 1-2/03/ /01/ CBS News Table 253 What creates greater risk of terrorism? - What do you think creates a greater risk of further terrorism in this country -- the United States taking military action against terrorists, or the United States NOT taking military action? US taking US not No difference No opinion action taking action (vol.) 20/09/ /10/ ABC News/Washington Post Table 254 Which are big problems making it less safe to fly commercial planes? - (Which of these do you think are big problems making it less safe to fly on commercial airplanes these days, and which are not so big?)... The threat of terrorism Big problem Not so big problem Not sure 12/03/ /11/ Yankelovich Partners/Time/CNN 60

61 Table 255 Future conditions better or worse? - I am going to mention some specific aspects of life. For each one please say whether you expect conditions in that area to be better or worse in the year 2025 than they are today. How about...the threat of terrorism? Better Worse Same (vol.) Don't know/refused Gallup/U.S.A. Today, 30 September-1 October, 1998 (N=1,055) Table 256 Would US military action against Iraq inspire terrorist acts? - If the US does take military action against Iraq, do you think it would inspire terrorist acts against American citizens? Yes No Don t Know/Refused PRSA/Newsweek, 20 February, 1998 Table 257 Effect of attacks on likelihood of terrorist actions - Do you think today's (August 20, 1998, United States) attack on these sites (in Afghanistan and Sudan) is likely to reduce terrorism directed against the US, increase terrorism directed against the US, or what? Reduce terrorism Increase terrorism No effect (vol.) No opinion ABC News, 20 August, 1998 Table 258 Would military action against those responsible for terrorist attacks reduce or increase terrorism? - If the United States took military action against those responsible every time a terrorist attack affected Americans, do you think that would reduce terrorism, or would it only make things worse? Reduce terrorism Make things worse Depends (vol.) Don't know/no answer CBS News/New York Times, August, 1998 Table 259 How well will things be going in war on terrorism in about a year? - Thinking about a year from now, how well do you think things will be going for the United States in the war on terrorism very well, somewhat well, somewhat poorly, or very poorly? Very well Somewhat well Somewhat poorly Very poorly No opinion Gallup, 5-7 December, 2003 (N=?) Likelihood of terrorist attacks Table 260 Likelihood of major terrorist attack in US - How likely is a major terrorist attack in the United States itself during 1986/in the near future: very likely, somewhat likely, not very likely, not at all likely? Very likely Somewhat likely Not too likely Not at all likely April

62 July March-April January, ABC/Washington Post (1986, 1988, 1989); CBS/NYT (1991) Table 261 Likelihood of another terrorist attack in next few months-1 - How likely do you think it is that there will be another terrorist attack on the United States within the next few months: very likely, somewhat likely, not very likely, not at all likely? Very likely Somewhat Not very Not at all Don't know 20-23/09/ /10/ /10/ /12/ /01/ /01/ /02/ /04/ /04/ /05/ /05/ /06/ /07/ /07/ /09/ /09/ /10/ /11/ /01/ /02/ /02/ /03/ /05/ /08/ /07/ /07-1/8/ /08/ CBS News Table 262 Likelihood of another terrorist attack in next few months-2 - How likely do you think it is that there will be another terrorist attack on the United States within the next several months: very likely, somewhat likely, not very likely, not likely at all? Very likely Somewhat likely Not very likely Not at all likely Don't know/refused ICR/Associated Press, 2-6 August, 2002 (N=1,011) Table 263 Likelihood of terrorist acts in next 12 months-1 - How likely do you think it is that an act of terrorism will occur somewhere in the United States in the next 12 months? 62

63 Very likely Somewhat likely Somewhat unlikely Very unlikely Not sure Yankelovich/CNN/Time, 27 April, 1995 (N=600) Table 264 Likelihood of terrorist attacks in next 12 months-2 How likely is it that there will be acts of terrorism in the United States over the next 12 months -- very likely, somewhat likely, not too likely, or not at all likely? Very likely Somewhat likely Not too likely Not at all likely DK October, Gallup [N=486 IN FORM A] Table 265 Likelihood of terrorist acts in your community - How likely is it that there will be acts of terrorism in YOUR COMMUNITY over the 12 months -- very likely, somewhat likely, not too likely, or not at all likely? Very likely Somewhat likely Not too likely Not at all likely DK October, Gallup [N=518 IN FORM B] Table 266 Likelihood of terrorist attacks over next few weeks - How likely is it that there will be further acts of terrorism in the United States over the next several weeks -- very likely, somewhat likely, not too likely, or not at all likely? Very likely Somewhat likelynot too likely Not at all likely No opinion 21-22/0/ /10/ /10/ /11/ /12/ /03/ / /5-8/ /09/ /09/ Feb 7-9, 2003 ^ March, May, July, Oct, Aug, 2003 ^ January, ^ Asked of a half sample. WORDING: How likely is it that there will be further terrorist attacks in the United States over the next several weeks -- very likely, somewhat likely, not too likely, or not at all likely? Gallup 63

64 Table 267 Likelihood of terrorist acts in your community over next few weeks - How likely is it that there will be further acts of terrorism in YOUR COMMUNITY over the next several weeks -- very likely, somewhat likely, not too likely, or not at all likely? Very likely Somewhat likely Not too likely Not at all likely No opinion 2001 Nov Mar Jul Jul Aug Oct Jan Gallup Table 268 Likelihood of another terrorist attack causing large numbers of lives to be lost - How likely do you think it is that another terrorist attack causing large numbers of American lives to be lost will happen in the near future: very likely, somewhat likely, not very likely, or not likely at all? Very Likely Somewhat Likely Not Very Likely Not Likely At All Not Sure 10/ / / / / /

65 Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) (N=900) Table 269 What is greater threat to the U.S.? - What s the greater threat to the United States at this point: the possibility of a missile attack by an unfriendly state or a terrorist group bringing weapons of mass destruction into the U.S.? Terrorists bringing weapons into US Possibility of a missile attack About same No opinion PSRA/Pew, May, 2001 Table 270 Which country/group a greater threat to peace and stability? - Which of these do you think represents the greater threat to peace and stability -- Iraq, North Korea, or terrorists such as Al Qaeda? Iraq N. Korea Al Qaeda All equal(vol.) None(vol.) DK/NA 1/4-6/ /19-22/ /10-12/ CBS/New York Times, February, 2003 (N=747) Table 271 Before the terrorist attacks, did you think them likely? - Before Tuesday's events, did you think an attack as serious as the ones on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon would happen in the United States, or did you think that an attack this serious would never happen? Would happen Would never happen Not sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 13 September, 2001 Table 272 Do attacks of 9/11 represent beginning of sustained terrorist campaign? - Do you think today's attacks do -- or do not -- represent the beginning of a sustained terrorist campaign against the United States that will continue for the next several weeks?" Do represent Do not No opinion Gallup, 11 September, 2001 Table 273 Will military strikes lead to broader war in Middle East or Asia? - If the U.S. conducts military strikes against Osama bin Laden, do you think it is likely or unlikely that this will lead to a broader war between the U.S. and other countries in the Middle East or Asia? Likely Unlikely Not sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 13 September, 2001 Table 274 Another similar terrorist attack likely? - Do you think it is likely or unlikely that the United States will experience another terrorist attack by the same people responsible for the attacks in New York City and Washington, D.C.? Likely Unlikely Not sure 65

66 Hart and Teeter/NBC News, 12 September, 2001 (N=618) Table 275 Attempts at terrorist attacks common in the future? - In the future, do you expect attempts at terrorist acts like the ones we just experienced in New York and Washington DC will be very common, somewhat common, not too common, or not at all common in this country? Very common Somewhat common Not too common Not at all common DK Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 276 Likelihood of terrorist attacks against national landmarks - In your opinion, how likely is it that more terrorist attacks will be carried out against major US (United States) cities, buildings or national landmarks in the near future? Is it...very likely, somewhat likely, not too likely, or not at all likely? Very likely Somewhat likely Not too likely Not at all likely Don't know 14/09/ /10/ /08/02* *text of the question: between now and the end of the year, 2002? Is it.? PSRA/Newsweek Table 277 Likelihood of bombings or similar acts of violence - How likely do you think it is that bombings or similar acts of violence will occur elsewhere in the United States in the near future: very likely, somewhat likely, not very likely, or not at all likely? - How likely do you think it is that bombings or similar acts of violence will occur in the community where you live in the near future: very likely, somewhat likely, not very likely, or not at all likely Very likely Somewhat likely Not very likely Not at all likely Not sure U.S Community Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 13 September, 2001 Table 278 Likelihood of additional terrorist attacks if U.S. takes military action - If the U.S. TAKES military action against the terrorists, do you think this will -- [ROTATED: increase (or) decrease] - - the chances that additional terrorist attacks against the U.S. will occur in the future? Increase Decrease No difference (vol.) No opinion Gallup, September, 2001(N=518) Table 279 Likelihood of additional terrorist attacks if U.S. does not take military action - If the U.S. DOES NOT TAKE military action against the terrorists, do you think this will -- [ROTATED: increase (or) decrease] -- the chances that additional terrorist attacks against the U.S. will occur in the future? Increase Decrease No difference (vol.) No opinion

67 Gallup, September, 2001 (N=514) Table 280 Likelihood of terrorist attack on your hometown - What do you think is the likelihood that your hometown will be the target of a terrorist attack...very likely, somewhat likely, somewhat unlikely, or very unlikely? Very likely Somewhat likely Somewhat unlikely Very unlikely Not sure Zogby International, October, 2001 (N=1,001) Table 281 Will there be future attempts of terrorist attacks on U.S. sites? - Do you think that there will be further attempts by terrorist groups to conduct terrorist attacks on U.S. sites? There will be no further terrorist attempts 5 Don't know if there will be further attempts 2 There will be further terrorist attempts and... (A total of 92 % expect more terrorist attempts and...)...us will successfully block all of them 25...Only a few terrorist attacks will succeed 55...Many terrorist attacks will succeed 10...Don't Know 3 IPSOS-Reid, October, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 282 More or fewer terrorist incidents five years from now? - Looking ahead five years from now, do you think there will be more terrorists incidents around the world, fewer terrorist incidents, or the same amount of terrorist incidents? Believe war on terrorism will end terrorism 12 Believe war will NOT end terrorism and there will be More terrorist incidents 17 Fewer terrorist incidents 36 About the same amount of terrorist incidents 29 Don't Know/Refused 6 IPSOS-Reid, October, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 283 Terrorist attacks during the holiday season? - How likely do you think it is that terrorist attacks might take place during the current holiday season -- meaning now through New Year's Eve.? Very likely Somewhat likely Not very likely Not at all likely Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), December, 2001 (N=900) Table 284 Likelihood of terrorist act on 4 th of July-1 - How likely would you say it is that an act of terrorism will occur in the U.S. on the 4th of July: very likely, somewhat likely, not very likely, or not at all likely? Very Likely Somewhat Likely Not Very Likely Not At All Likely Not Sure

68 Harris Interactive/CNN/Time, June, 2002 (N=1,003) Table 285 Likelihood of terrorist act on 4 th of July-2 - How likely do you think it is that a terrorist attack will take place in the United States over the July 4th holiday: very likely, somewhat likely, not too likely, or not likely at all? Very likely Somewhat likely Not very likely Not at all likely Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), June, 2002 Table 286 Likelihood of terrorist act on 4 th of July-3 - In your opinion, how likely is it that more terrorist attacks will be carried out against major U.S. cities, buildings or national landmarks during the Fourth of July holiday? Is it.? Very likely Somewhat likely Not too likely Not at all likely Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, June, 2002 (N=1,000) Table 287 Likelihood that member of your family will be killed or hurt - How likely or unlikely do you think it is that you or a family member will be hurt or killed in a terrorist attack? Likely Unlikely Don t know Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 288 Likelihood of attack in next six months - How likely is it that there will be more terrorist attacks in the U.S. within the next six months? Likely Unlikely Don t know Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 289 Potential threats to the U.S. in the next ten years - I'm going to read you a list of potential threats that the United States might face in the next ten years. For each one, please tell me how likely a threat you think it is: very likely, somewhat likely, somewhat unlikely, or very unlikely to occur in the next ten years... Very Likely Somewhat Likely Somewhat Unlikely Very Unlikely Not Sure The U.S. will need to mobilize a large attack on a country far away around the world The U.S. will be attacked by terrorists in a similar way that it was attacked this week The U.S. will face two major enemies at the same time the way it did during World War Two The U.S. will be attacked within its borders by terrorists possessing nuclear or biological weapons

69 The U.S. will face an attack by a single nuclear missile from a terrorist or nation The U.S. will face a full-scale attack by a large number of nuclear missiles from another major country Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, September, 2001 (N=821) Table 290 What are terrorists going to do next? - What do you think the terrorists are MOST likely to do next? Another attack with airliners 3 An attack using chemical or biological weapons 37 An attack using nuclear weapons 6 -OR- Something else 26 Bombing/Attack on public place or infrastructure 18 Economic / High-tech terrorism * Other/Assassination / Hostage situation 4 Nothing / Go into hiding 2 Can't imagine / Can't be predicted / Something shocking 2 Don't Know/Refused 28 PSRA, 1-3 October, 2001 (N=1,001) Table 291 Likelihood of events Do you think it is likely or not likely that terrorists will -- [RANDOM ORDER] -- in the U.S. within the next five years? Yes, likely No, not likely No opinion A. Shoot down an airplane with a shoulder-fired missile B. Blow up an airplane by placing explosives in the cargo area C. Hijack an airplane by getting a knife, gun, or box cutter past airport security Gallup, November, 2003 [N=496 IN FORM A] Table 292 Likely or unlikely events-1 - Now I'm going to read you a few things that people have said may or may not happen in the next several months. For each one, please tell me whether it is something you think is very likely to happen, fairly likely to happen, fairly unlikely to happen, or very unlikely to happen. Very likely Fairly likely Fairly unlikely Very unlikely There will be a terrorist attack using chemical or biological weapons in the United States in the near future Terrorists will retaliate and strike again in America Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 7 October, 2001 (N=513) Table 293 Likely or unlikely events-2 - Do you think each of the following is likely or not likely to occur in the United States in the next 12 months? Likely Not likely Not sure 69

70 .. A terrorist attack using a bomb carried in a car or truck A terrorist attack using a chemical or biological weapon other than anthrax An attack at a major public event like a concert or athletic event An attack on some part of the nation's water supply An attack against the Internet An attack on a nuclear power plant An attack against another skyscraper like the Empire State Building or Sears Tower in Chicago Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 12 October, 2001 Table 294 Likely or unlikely events-3 - For each of the following possibilities, please tell me whether you think it is very likely, fairly likely, fairly unlikely or very unlikely to happen. First,... Next,... [RANDOM ORDER] Very likely Fairly likely Fairly unlikely Very unlikely No opinion - That the United States will be attacked by another country using nuclear weapons within the next 50 years That terrorists will explode a nuclear bomb in the United States within the next 50 years That the U.S. will use nuclear weapons against an enemy in the next 50 years Gallup, March, 2002 Table 295 How long will I take before terrorist detonates nuclear device inside the U.S.? - How long do you think it will be before a terrorist detonates a nuclear device inside the United States?. Six months or less 7 7 months to 12 months 9 In the next 1-5 years years from now 8 More than 10 years from now 10 Never 22 Not sure 21. Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 4-5 June, 2002 (N=900) Table 296 What form will terrorist attack take? - If there is another terrorist attack against the United States in the near future, do you think it will most likely involve? Conventional explosives, Chemical or biological A dirty bomb that Airliners and nuclear D.K. such as a bomb in a weapons spreads radioactive skyjacking weapons vehicle or on someone's material person 27-28/06/ /08/ PSRA/Newsweek 70

71 Table 297 Will military attack against Iraq increase or decrease likelihood of terrorist attack against the U.S.? - If the United States takes military action against Iraq, do you think the threat of terrorism against the United States will increase, decrease, or stay about the same? Increase Decrease About the same DK/NA 10-12/02/ /09/ /10/ /10/ /11/ January, Febr., March, March, CBS News Table 298 Likelihood of another terrorist attack - How likely do you think it is that there will be other terrorist attacks in the United States? Very Likely Somewhat Likely Not Very Likely Not At All Likely DK Over the next twelve months Close to September 11 th this year Harris Poll, 26 August-3 September, 2002 (N=2,200) Table 299 Progress in elimination of terrorist threats - Do you think the Bush Administration has made a lot of progress, some progress, not much progress, or no progress at all in eliminating the threat from terrorists operating from Afghanistan and other countries? A lot Some Not much No progress DK/NA 2-5/09/ /01/ Aug , 2003* NOTE: *Asked of registered voters. Question wording was,...in making the United States safer from terrorism? CBS News Table 300 Did Bush made the country safer? -Please tell me whether the following statement applies to Bush or not...he has made the country safer and more secure? Yes No DK Dec , Sep , May 20-23, ABC News/Washington Post Table 301 Progress in improving image of the U.S. in Arab world - Do you think the Bush Administration has made a lot of progress, some progress, not much progress or no progress at all in improving the image of the United States in the Arab world? A lot Some Not much No progress DK/NA 71

72 2-5/09/ /01/ CBS News Table 302 Country now more or less safe from terrorism-1? - Compared to before September 11, 2001, do you think the country today is safer from terrorism or less safe from terrorism? Safer Less Safe No Difference (vol.) No Opinion ABC News Poll, 4-7 September, 2003 (N=1,004) Table 303 Now more safe compared to a year ago? - Compared to a year ago, do you feel more safe from the threat of terrorism, less safe, or about as safe as you felt a year ago? Compared To A Year Ago More Safe The Same Less Safe DK Apr , Aug , 2003* NOTE: *Question wording began, Compared to two years ago...? CBSNews Table 304 Reasons for absence of additional terrorist attacks - Do you think an absence of additional terrorist attacks in the United States is because the government security measures are working or because terrorist organizations are waiting and planning what to do? Security Measures Planning Other (vol.) Not Sure 9/ / Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 9-10 September, 2003 (N=900) Table 305 Likelihood of homicide and suicide bombings - How likely do you think it is that homicide and suicide bombings, similar to those that happen in the Middle East, will start happening here in the U.S..? Very Likely Somewhat Likely Not Very Likely Not At All Likely DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 3/03 Table 306 Are we winning the war on terrorism? - Do you agree or disagree with the following statement: We are winning the war on terrorism? Agree Disagree Don t know Los Angeles Times, 30 January- 2 February, 2003 (N=1,385) Table 307 Expectations of more terrorist attacks? - After the September 11 th terrorist attacks, were you expecting more attacks to occur in the United States over the last 12 months, or did you not think another attack would occur in the United States during that time? 72

73 Yes, expecting more attacks No, did not think another would occur No opinion Gallup, 2-4 September, 2002 [N=507 IN FORM A] Table 308 Likelihood of particular forms of attack - Do you think each of the following is likely or not likely to happen in the United States in the next 10 years? How about -- [RANDOM ORDER]? Likely Not likely DK A. A terrorist attack using a chemical or biological weapon B. A terrorist attack using a nuclear weapon C. Suicide bombing attacks against buildings or other public places Gallup, August, 2003 Table 309 When will this happen? - Do you think this is likely to happen -- within the next six months, within the next year, within the next two to five years, or within the next six to ten years? Likely to happen Not likely DK Within the next six months Within the next year Within the next two-five years Within the next six-ten years Unsure when COMBINED RESPONSES A. A terrorist attack using a chemical or biological weapon B. A terrorist attack using a nuclear weapon C. Suicide bombing attacks against buildings or other public places Gallup, August, 2003 Table 310 Are there terrorists associated with Osama bin Laden in the U.S.? - Just your best guess, do you think there are terrorists associated with Osama bin Laden who are currently in the United States and have the resources to launch a major terrorist attack against the U.S. at any time, or not? Yes, are terrorists No, are not No opinion Gallup, August, 2003 Table 311 Expectations of occasional acts of terrorism in the U.S. - Now I am going to read you a series of statements that will help us understand how you feel about a number of things. For each statement, please tell me if you completely agree with it, mostly agree with it, mostly DISagree with it or completely disagree with it. The first one is AGREE DISAGREE---- DK Completely Mostly Completely Mostly 73

74 - Occasional acts of terrorism in the U.S. will be part of life in the future PSRA/PEW RESEARCH CENTER, 14 July 5 August, 2003 (N=2,528) Table 312 Which terrorist activity is biggest threat? - Which terrorist activity do you think is the biggest threat right now: chemical or biological weapons, truck or car bombs, planes being hijacked and crashed, or tactical nuclear weapons or dirty bombs? 10/01 9/02 Chemical/biological weapons Nuclear weapons/dirty bombs 9 19 Truck or car bombs Planes 5 4 Something else (vol.)/not sure PSRA/Knight Ridder, 3-6 January, 2003 (N=1,204) Table 313 War on terrorism difficult or comparatively easy? - Do you think the war against terrorism will be a difficult one, or a comparatively easy one? Difficult war Comparatively easy war No opinion War on Terrorism 2001 Sep Nov Pearl Harbor Trend 1941 Dec ^ ^ WORDING: Do you think the war against Japan will be a difficult one for us, or a comparatively easy one? Gallup Table 314 Likelihood of terrorist attacks close to election day - Do you think it is likely or NOT likely that terrorist attacks will be carried out close to election day in the United States to try to influence the results of our presidential election? Likely Not Likely Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, March, 2004 (N=1,006) Table 315 Likelihood of attacks between now and election day - In your opinion, how likely is it that more terrorist attacks will be carried out against major U.S. cities, buildings, or national landmarks between now and the November election? Would you say [see below]? Very Somewhat Not Too Not At All Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, March, 2004 (N=1,006) Table 316 Likelihood of attack to influence outcome of elections. 74

75 - How likely do you think it is that there will be a major terrorist attack on U.S. soil later this year to try to influence the outcome of the presidential election: very likely, somewhat likely, not very likely, or not at all likely? Very Somewhat Not Very Not At All Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), March, 2004 (N=900) Table 317 Likelihood of attack before Presidential election - How likely is it that a terrorist attack will be carried out in this country between now and the November presidential election? Is it...?. Very Likely Somewhat Likely Not Too Likely Not At All Likely Not Sure IPSOS Public Affairs/Associated Press, 5-7 April, 2004 (N=1,001) Table 318 Likelihood of attack on political conventions - How likely is it that terrorists will attack at least one of the political conventions this summer, the Democratic convention in Boston or the Republican convention in New York? Is it...?. Very Likely Somewhat Likely Not Too Likely Not At All Likely Not Sure IPSOS Public Affairs/Associated Press, 5-7 April, 2004 (N=1,001) Table 319 Likelihood of terrorist attack at Olympics - How likely is it that a terrorist attack of some sort will occur at the Summer Olympics in Atlanta, this month? (1996) How likely is it that a terrorist attack of some sort will occur at the Winter Olympics in Salt Lake City, this month? (2002) - How likely is it that a terrorist attack of some sort will occur at the Summer Olympics in Athens, Greece, this month? (2004 Very likely Somewhat likely Somewhat unlikely Very unlikely DK /08/ Gallup Table 320 Shall Americans always have to live with the treat of terrorism? - Will Americans always have to live with the treat of terrorism? Yes No, threat can be eliminated DK CBS, 6-8 September, 2004 (N=1,058) Implications; duration Table 321 Will U.S. go to war after terrorist attacks-1?.- Do you think these attacks will mean that the United States will go to war, or not? 75

76 Yes No Don't know 11/09/ /09/ /09/ CBS Table 322 Will U.S. go to war after terrorist attacks-2? - Just your best guess, do you think the United States will go to war as a result of Tuesday's/11 September attacks, or not? Yes No No opinion. 13/09/ /09/ ABC Table 323 Are we at war or not? - Do you feel we are "at war" or not? Yes, I feel we are at war No, I do not feel we are at war Don t know Harris Poll, 26 August- 3 September, 2002 (N=2,200) Table 324 Likelihood that U.S. government will identify and punish people responsible for attacks - How likely is it that the U.S. government will be able to identify and punish the people responsible for these attacks: very likely, somewhat likely, not very likely, or not at all likely? Very likely Somewhat likely Not very likely Not at all likely No opinion Gallup, September, 2001 Table 325 Will US ever capture or kill Osama Bin Laden? - Do you think that the United States will ever capture or kill international terrorist Osama Bin Laden, or not? Will Will not Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, September, 2001 (N=821) Table 326 Likelihood of capturing or killing Osama Bin Laden - How likely is it that the U.S. will be able to capture or kill Osama bin Laden -- very likely, somewhat likely, not too likely, or not at all likely? Very likely Somewhat likely Not too likely Not at all likely D.K Nov Dec Mar Gallup 76

77 Table 327 How long will it take to capture those responsible for terrorist attacks-1? - Once their mission starts, how long do you think it will take for U.S. forces to kill or capture those responsible for the terrorist attacks? Will it be a matter of days, weeks, months or years? Days Weeks Months Years Never (Vol.) Don't Know/Refused PSRA /Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=845) Table 328 How long will it take to capture those responsible for attacks-2? - How long do you believe it will be before the United States finds those who are responsible for these attacks and takes action against them -- will it be within a week, within a month, will it be several months, or longer than that? Within a week Within a month Several months Longer than that Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 12 September, 2001 (N=618) Table 329 How long will campaign against terrorism last? - Do you feel that this campaign against terrorist organizations will take a few months, about a year, two or three years, three to five years, or more than five years? A few months About a year Two or three Three to five More than five Not sure years years years ALL Watched Speech Hart and Teeter/NBC News, 20 September, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation. (N=513) Table 330 How long will U.S. military campaign last? - Again, just your best guess, do you think the U.S. military action to come will last for a few weeks, a few months, a year or so, or several years? Few Few Year Several No opinion Weeks months years ABC News/Washington Post, 20 September, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation. (N=526) Table 331 War against terrorism a long or a short war? - Do you think the war against terrorism will be a long war, or a short one? Long war Short war No opinion War on Terrorism 2001 Sep Nov Pearl Harbor Trend 1941 Dec ^ ^ WORDING: Do you think the war against Japan will be a long war, or a short one? Gallup 77

78 Table 332 How long will campaign against terrorism take? - Do you think that the duration of a campaign against terrorism will be short, that is, it will last for a few months; medium, meaning that it will last one or two years; or do you think that a campaign will be long and will last for several years or longer? Short Medium Long Not sure 7/10/ /11/ Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal Table 333 Quick military action or start of a long war? - Do you think this will be a quick military action, or do you think it's the start of a long war? Quick action Start of long war No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 7 October, 2001 (N=506) Table 334 How long will a war against countries harboring terrorists last? - Do you think a war against countries who harbor terrorists will last just a few weeks, or do you think it is more likely to continue for several months, or do you think it's more likely to continue for a year or longer? Few weeks Several months Year or longer Don't know/no answer CBS News, 8 October, 2001 (N=436) Table 335 Will the duration of a campaign against terrorism be long or short? - Do you think that the duration of a campaign against terrorism will be short--that is, it will last for a few months-- medium, meaning that it will last one or two years, or do you think that a campaign will be long and will last for several years or longer? Short Medium Long Not sure 7/10/ /11/ Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal Table 336 How long will the war on terrorism declared by Pres. Bush last? - The President of the United States, George W. Bush, has declared war on terrorism. How long do you think this war will last? (READ LIST) Less than 6 months/6 months to less than 1 year/1 year to less than 2 years/2 years to less than 5 years/5 years to less than 10 years/10 years to less than 25 years/25 years to less than 50 years/50 years to less than 100 years/100 years or more/not sure (v)/decline to answer (v) Less than 6 months 2 6 months to less than 1 year 11 1 year to less than 2 years 20 2 years to less than 5 years 32 5 years to less than 10 years years to less than 25 years 8 78

79 25 years to less than 50 years 1 50 years to less than 100 years years or more 6 Harris, October, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 337 How long will this country s struggle against terrorism last? - How long do you think this country's struggle against terrorism will last...six months or less, about a year, several years, about 10 years, or much longer than that? Six months or less About a year Several years About 10 years Much longer than that D.K PSRA/Newsweek, 11-2 October, 2001 (N=1,004) Table 338 How long will the current war against terrorism last? - Not just counting Afghanistan, how long do you think the current war against terrorism will last: a few more weeks, a few more months, or a year or more? Weeks Months Year or more Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 31 October-1 November, 2001 (N=900) Table 339 Most difficult part in war on terrorism over or yet to come? - Do you think the most difficult part of the war on terrorism is over, or do you think the most difficult part is yet to come? Over Yet To Come No opinion Dec , Mar. 7-10, September, ABC News, 5-8 September, 2002 (N=1,011) Table 340 How long will war last? - How long do you think the war against terrorists will last: one to two years, three to five years, five years to 10 years, or more than 10 years? One to two years 7 Three to five years 11 Five to 10 years 16 More than 10 years 24 Forever/A long time (vol.) 34 Not sure 8 Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), June 30-July 1, 2003 (N=900) Table 341 Global elimination of terrorism likely? - How likely do you think it is that the global elimination of terrorism will be accomplished in your lifetime? Very Likely Somewhat Likely Somewhat Unlikely Very Unlikely DK Zogby International. 2-4 January,

80 War in Afghanistan Table 342 How long will fighting in Afghanistan take? - Do you think the fighting in Afghanistan will continue for -- [ROTATED: a few weeks or less, several months, a year or two, (or) more than two years]? A few weeks or less Several months A year or two More than two years No opinion 2001 Oct 7 ^ Dec ^ WORDING: Now that the United States has taken military action, do you think the fighting in Afghanistan will continue for -- [ROTATED: a few weeks or less, several months, a year or two, (or) more than two years]? Gallup Table 343 Is the U.S. in Afghanistan heading for the same war as in Vietnam? - Do you think the United States is heading for the same kind of involvement in Afghanistan as it had in the Vietnam war, or do you think the United States will avoid that kind of involvement this time? Another Vietnam Will avoid that No opinion 7-10/03/ For Comparison: Serbia 26/04/ For Comparison: Bosnia 29/11/ For comparison: Persian Gulf 5/12/ /01/91* /04/91* /15/ /9/ /20/ *Wording change: Persian Gulf in place of Middle East ABC News/Washington Post, 7-10 March., 2002 (N= 1008) Table 344 Do air strikes in Afghanistan make terrorism more or less likely? - Do you think today's air strikes in Afghanistan make further terrorist attacks against the United States more likely, less likely, or won't they make much difference? More likely Less likely No difference No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 7 October, 2001 (N=506) Table 345 Does the military action in Afghanistan make terrorist attack in your community more likely? - Do you think the military action in Afghanistan has made a terrorist attack in the community in which you live more likely, or don't you think so? 80

81 Yes, more likely No, don't think so Not sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 12 October, 2001 Table 346 Will military action lead to more terrorism aimed at U.S.? - Are you afraid or not afraid that this military effort (launching cruise missiles at Afghanistan) might lead to more terrorism aimed at the US (United States)? Afraid Not afraid Not sure ? Table 347 What will be the effect of war in Afghanistan on likelihood of terrorism? - In the long run, do you think the war in Afghanistan will end up reducing terrorism against the United States, will it end up increasing terrorism against the United States, or will it have no effect on terrorism against the United States one way or the other? Reduce terrorism Increase terrorism No effect Don't know CBS News, 5-6 January, 2002 (N=1,060) Table 348 Will fighting in Afghanistan spread to larger war? - How likely do you think it is that the fighting in Afghanistan will spread to a larger war between Western countries and Muslim countries: very likely, somewhat likely, not too likely, or not at all likely? Very Somewhat Not too Not at all Don't know Likely likely likely likely 7-10/12/ /01/ /02/ /04/ /05/ CBS News Table 349 Will likely success in Afghanistan curb terrorism? [- LIKELY U.S. SUCCESS IN AFGHANISTAN WILL CURB TERRORISM?] Very likely Somewhat likely Not likely No opinion CBS News, February, 2002 (N=861) Table 350 Most difficult part of war in Afghanistan over or yet to come? - In terms of U.S. military action in Afghanistan, do you think the most difficult part is (over), or do you think the most difficult part is (yet to come)? Over Yet to come No opinion. 19/12/, /03/,

82 ABC News/Washington Post, 7-10 March, 2002 (N= 1008) Table 351 Most difficult part still ahead in war against terrorism? -- When it comes to taking military action in the war against terrorism, do you think that most of the military action that needs to be taken is still ahead of us, or that most of the military action has been taken and is already behind us? Behind Ahead Of Us DK Jan , Apr. 5-7, Sep. 3-5, NBC News/Wall Street Journal Table 352 Operation Anaconda last major battle in Afghanistan? - As you may know, the U.S. military announced that Operation Anaconda, a major battle in Afghanistan, is over and the U.S. has declared victory. Just your best guess, do you think this was the last major battle the U.S. military will fight in Afghanistan, or not? Yes, last major battle No, not No opinion Gallup, March, 2002 Other aspects Table 353 Which steps will be taken to combat terrorism? - The United States, its allies, and supporters are deciding what steps to take to combat terrorism worldwide. In your view, which of the following responses is the most likely? A massive, coordinated military and political effort 63 A massive, coordinated humanitarian effort 21 Both are required to eliminate terrorism 12 Neither will eliminate terrorism (vol.) 4 Harris, October, 2001 (N=995) Table 354 Will Americans have to learn always to live with risk of terrorism? - Do you agree or disagree with the following statement? Americans will always have to live with the risk of terrorism. Agree Disagree DK/NA? /10/ Gallup Table 355 Will current war on terrorism lead to end of terrorism in the world? - Do you think that the current war on terrorism will lead to the end of terrorism in the world? Yes No Don t know

83 IPSOS-Reid, October, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 356 Will likely success of U.S. prompt intervention elsewhere? [- Likely U.S. success will prompt intervention elsewhere? ] Very likely Somewhat likely Not likely No opinion February, Persian Gulf March, [- LIKELY WAR COULD SPREAD TO WEST VS. MUSLIM COUNTRIES? ] February, CBS News, February, 2002 (N=861) Table 357 Change for the better or for the worse? - (IF CHANGED) Is it a change for the better or a change for the worse? Better Worse No opinion 19/12/ /03/ ABC News/Washington Post Table 358 Likely changes in America - The next questions are about the September 11 terrorist attacks on the United States. As far as you can tell, did each of the following actually happen, or not? (If Yes) Do you think this will probably last for a long while, for only a few months or is it already over? Yes, Happened No, Did Not Happen Long Time Few Months Already Over DK Some people thought that Americans would appreciate their country more in the aftermath of the terrorist attacks Some people thought that people would become more caring and thoughtful toward one another as a result of the terrorist attacks Some people thought that America s elected officials would put politics aside and pay more attention to what was good for the country as a result of the terrorist attacks Public Agenda/Pew Charitable Trusts, January, 2002 Table 359 Changes in America since September 11 - Do you think Americans are more...today than they were before September 11? Yes No DK Patriotic Caring Determined Honest Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, June 26-27, 2002 Table 360 Change for the better or change for the worse? 83

84 - Would you say that as a result of the terrorist attacks last September, America has changed for the better, changed for the worst, or not really changed? Better No Change Worse DK Associated Press,ug. 2-6, 2002 Table 361 Is America now more or less respected in the world? - Compared to two years ago, is America today respected more in the world than it was then, respected less than it was then, or respected about as much? More Less About as much DK/NA 3-5/10/ /01/ CBS News Table 362 Relations between U.S. and European allies now better or worse than before? - Compared to two years ago, are relations today between the United States and its European allies better, worse, or about the same? Better Worse About the same DK/NA 3-5/10/ /01/ CBS News Table 363 Have terrorist attacks made economic recession more or less likely? - Do you think the recent terrorist attacks make it more likely the country will go into an economic recession or less likely the country will go into a recession? * More likely Less likely Makes no difference (vol.) Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), September, 2001 (N=900) Table 364 Will terrorist attacks bring about long economic recession? - Do you think the economic effects of the terrorist attacks are likely to bring about a long recession, only a brief recession, or are NOT likely to cause a recession? A long recession Only a brief recession Not likely to cause a recession Don't know 20-21/09/ /09/ PSRA/Newsweek, September, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 365 Will terrorist attacks bring about changes for the better or for the worse? - Looking to the future, do you think the terrorist attacks will do more to change our country for the better by making it stronger and more united, OR, change our country for the worse by reducing freedom and prosperity, and threatening the American way of life? Change for the better Change for the worse Neither (vol.) Don't know

85 PSRA/Newsweek, September, 2001 (N=1,005) Table 366 Terrorist groups now weaker or stronger? - Do you think Al Qaeda and related terrorist groups are now stronger or weaker than before 9/11? Stronger Weaker About the same (VOL.) Don't know/refused (VOL.) PSRA/Pew, July 30 - August 12, 2004 (N=1,057) Expectations of success or failure of actions against terrorism Table 367 How well is the war going for the U.S.? - What is your impression of how the war is going for the United States right now: very well, somewhat well, somewhat badly, or very badly? Very well Somewhat well Somewhat badly Very badly Don't know 9/10/ /10/ /11/ /12/ /01/ /01/ /01/ / / / /09/ /09/ / /10/ /03/ /03-1/04/ CBS News/New York Times Table 368 Who is winning the war against terrorism-1? - Who do you think is currently winning the war against terrorism -- [ROTATED: the U.S. and its allies, neither side, or the terrorists]? War on terrorism U.S. and its allies Neither side The terrorists No opinion Oct, Nov, Dec, 2002 ^ Jan, Mar, Mar, April, May, June,

86 5-8 July, August, October, December, Jan/2 Feb, March, Apr, May, July, October, Persian Gulf War U.S. and its allies Neither side Iraq No opinion February, January, * 8 ^ Based on full sample Who do you think is currently winning the war in the Persian Gulf -- the U.S. and its allies, Iraq, or neither side? Gallup Table 369 Who is currently winning the war against terrorism-2? - Who do you think is currently winning the war against terrorism -- the terrorists, neither side, or the U.S. and its allies? Terrorists Neither side U.S. and allies DK/NA 27-31/10/ /11/ /01/ /02/ CBS News/New York Times Table 370 Who is currently winning the war against terrorism-3? - Who do you think is currently winning the war against terrorism -- the U.S. and its allies, neither side, or the terrorists? U.S. and allies Neither side Terrorists DK/NA 27-31/10/ /11/ /01/ /01/ /02/ /03/ /03/ / /-7 1/08/ /09/ CBS News/New York Times. 86

87 Table 371 How satisfied with the amount of progress in war in Afghanistan? - How satisfied are you with the amount of progress made by the U.S. military in the war in Afghanistan -- very satisfied, somewhat satisfied, not too satisfied, or not at all satisfied? Very satisfied Somewhat satisfied Not too satisfied Not at all satisfied No opinion 2-4 Nov., Nov., 2001^ Dec., ^ Based on full sample. Gallup Table 372 Are the U.S. and allies winning the war against terrorism? - As of right now, do you think the U.S. and its allies are winning the war against terrorism? Yes No Don't Know 17-18/10/ /11/ /11/ /09/ / / /09/ /03/ Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) Table 373 How is the campaign against terrorism going? - Do you think the U.S. campaign against terrorism is going very well, fairly well, not too well or not well at all? Well Not well No opinion Very Fairly Not too At all 27 January, March, April, July, September, April, September, October, December, ABC News/Washington Post Table 374 Impressions of how the war against terrorism is going. - What is your impression of how the war against terrorism is going for the United States right now: very well, somewhat well, somewhat badly, or very badly? Very Well Somewhat Well Somewhat Badly Very Badly Don't Know 9/ / /10/ /03 1/04/

88 CBS News Table 375 How well is the military effort to destroy terrorist groups going? - How well is the military effort to destroy the terrorist groups going? Very well Fairly well Not too well Not at all well Don't know/refused 14-15/10/ /10/ PSRA/Council on Foreign Relations, October, 2001 (N=1,281). Table 376 When will the war on terrorism be won? - Now, suppose the United States accomplishes all of these things in the next few years, including reducing terrorism in the United States and around the world. If a major terrorist attack were still to occur like the ones in New York and Washington, would you say that the United States still had won the war on terrorism, or not? Yes No No opinion ABC/Washington Post, September, 2001 (N= 1215) Table 377 Have military operations in war on terrorism been successful? - When it comes to America's military operations in the war on terrorism, would you say that the operations have been very successful, fairly successful, only somewhat successful, or not successful at all? Very Fairly Only Somewhat Not At All Not Sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 5-7 April, 2002 [Half sample (Form A)] Table 378 U.S. won the war in Afghanistan? - As of now, do you think the United States has won the war against Afghanistan, or is it too soon to say? Won the war Too Soon To Say DK CBS News/New York Times, Jan. 5-6, 2002 Table 379 How satisfied with the way things are going in war on terrorism? - How satisfied are you with the way things are going for the U.S. in the war on terrorism: very satisfied, somewhat satisfied, not too satisfied, or not at all satisfied? Very Somewhat Not Too Not At All No Opinion 2-4 September, January-2 February, September, December, July, August, September, Gallup/CNN/USA Today, 88

89 Table 380 Is the U.S. winning or losing war on terrorism? - Do you think the United States is winning or losing the war on terrorism? Winning Losing Neither/A Draw(vol.) DK 5-6/02/ //3/ /04/ /07/ ABC News Table 381 How is the war in Afghanistan going for the U.S.-1? - What is your impression of how the war in Afghanistan is going for the United States right now - very well, somewhat well, somewhat badly, or very badly? Very well Somewhat well Somewhat badly Very badly DK/NA 25-28/10/ /12/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /05/ /06/ /07/ /09/ /09/ /10/ CBS Table 382 How is the war in Afghanistan going for the U.S.-2? - Do you think the U.S. military action in Afghanistan is going very well, fairly well, not too well or not well at all? Well Not well No opinion Very Fairly Not too At all 5-6/ /11/ /03/ April, July, Sep. 5-8, Sep , Apr , Sep. 4-7, Oct , Dec. 14, ABC Table 383 Military action in Afghanistan successful-1? - In your opinion, do you think the current U.S. military action in Afghanistan has been successful, unsuccessful, or is it too soon to tell? 89

90 Successful Unsuccessful Too soon to tell No opinion Gallup, 2-4 November, 2001 Table 384 Military action in Afghanistan successful-2? - Would you say that the war in Afghanistan has been very successful, somewhat successful, not very successful or not at all successful? Very Somewhat Not very Not at all successful D.K./no answer successful successful successful Harris Poll, 26 August- 3 September, 2002 (N=2,200) Table 385 Military action in Afghanistan successful-3? - Overall, do you think the U.S. military action in Afghanistan against the Taliban and al Qaeda has been successful or not successful? Successful Not Successful No opinion ABC News, 2-6 October, 2002 (N=1,029) Table 386 Military action in Afghanistan successful-4? - In your opinion, has the current U.S. military action in Afghanistan been successful, unsuccessful, or somewhere in between? Successful In Between Unsuccessful Oct. 12, Jan , Mar , Jun , Aug , Oct , Harris Interactive Table 387 Military action in Afghanistan successful-5? - How well is the military effort to destroy the terrorist groups in Afghanistan going? Very well Fairly well Not too well Not at all well DK 10-14/10/ /10/ Early Nov January Late Aug /09/ PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 388 Will the measures of President Bush to reduce risk of terrorist attacks be successful? - President Bush proposed measures to combat terrorism including stricter airport security and stronger law enforcement efforts, including the creation of a new White House office for domestic security. How much do you think these 90

91 measures will do to reduce the risk of another major terrorist attack in this country: a great deal, a good amount, only some or just a little? A great deal A good amount Only some Just a little No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 20 September, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation. (N=526) Table 389 Did Pres. Bush speech make you more confident of ability to deal with crisis? Did Bush's speech make you more confident in this country's ability to deal with this crisis, less confident, or what? [Asked of respondents who watched or listened to Bush's speech:] More confident Less confident No difference (vol.) No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 20 September, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation. (N=526) Table 390 Confidence in measures against terrorism - How confident are you that each of the following will happen -- extremely confident, very confident, moderately confident, not very confident, or not confident at all? How about that -- [RANDOM ORDER]? Extremely Very Moderately Not very Not D.K. confident confident confident confident confident at all A. Every global terrorist organization will be defeated Sep., Nov Jan B. The American way of life will be preserved Sep., Nov Jan C. The U.S. economy will be prosperous in the long-term Sep., Nov Jan D. Osama bin Laden will be captured or killed Jan., Gallup Table 391 Who is winning the war on terrorism? -Who do you think is winning the war on terrorism - the U.S., the terrorists, or neither side? U.S. Neither side The terrorists Harris Interactive, Jul ,

92 Table 392 Optimism about war on terrorism - In general, do you feel very optimistic, somewhat optimistic, somewhat pessimistic, or very pessimistic about -- - The war on terrorism [ITEMS ROTATED]? Very optimistic Somewhat optimistic Somewhat pessimistic Very pessimisticd.k Jan., Jan., Gallup Table 393 How effective has the U.S. been in limiting ability to maintain terrorist network? - How effective do you think the United States has been in terms of limiting Osama bin Laden's ability to maintain the Al Qaeda terrorist network - very effective, somewhat effective, not too effective or not effective at all? -----Effective Not effective----- No opinion Very Somewhat Not too At all Washington Post-ABC News, March 7-10, 2002 (N= 1008) Table 394 Confidence that those responsible for terrorist attacks will be identified and captured? - Are you confident that that those responsible for these terrorist attacks will be identified, captured and brought to justice? Totally confident Somewhat confident Little confidence Very little confidence No confidence at all DK Ipsos-Reid, 11 September, 2001 (N=500) Table 395 Will Osama Bin Laden be caught and brought to justice? - The United States is saying that it is fairly certain that Osama bin Laden was responsible for the attack on the World Trade Center buildings and the Pentagon last Tuesday. Bin Laden is an exiled Saudi militant with extreme anti- American views who is allegedly being protected by the Taliban regime in Afghanistan. If it is determined that Osama bin Laden was responsible for the terrorist attack, do you think he and his organization will be caught and brought to justice or not? Will be Will not be Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 396 Confidence that Bin Laden will be captured or killed [- How confident are you that Bin Laden will be captured or killed?] Very/somewhat confident Not confident D.K. October, September, November, CBS News 92

93 Table 397 Is country making progress against terrorism? - (Next, as I read you some problem areas, please tell me how you think each is affecting this country today.) Do you think the problem of...international terrorism is about the same today, is the country making progress in this area, or is the country losing ground?[asked of Form 1 half sample] About the same Making progress Losing ground Don't know 21 March, April, PSRA Table 398 Were you expecting more attacks after 9/11? - After the September 11 th terrorist attacks, were you expecting more attacks to occur in the United States over the last 12 months, or did you not think another attack would occur in the United States during that time? Yes, expecting more attacks No, did not think another would occur DK 2-4 September, Gallup Table 399 Can government prevent terrorism? - Which comes closer to your view? The terrorists will always find a way to launch major attacks no matter what the U.S. government does. OR, The U.S. government can eventually prevent all major attacks if it works hard enough at it. Terrorists will always find a way Government can prevent all major attacks No opinion Gallup/CNN/USA Today, 2-4 September, 2002 (N=1,003) Table 400 Will efforts against terrorism require putting military troops in combat situations in other countries? - Thinking about terrorism: In the next few years, do you think the United States' efforts against terrorism will or will not require the U.S. to put military troops in combat situations in other countries as it did in Iraq and Afghanistan? Will Will Not No Opinion 2-4 September, Aug, Gallup Table 401 Will efforts against terrorism require to fight wars in other countries? - In the next few years, do you think the United States' efforts against terrorism will -- or will not -- require the U.S. to send troops to fight wars in other countries as it did in Iraq and Afghanistan? Yes, will No, will not No opinion Gallup, August, 2003 Table 402 Why have there been no additional terrorist attacks? - Which comes closer to your view about why there have been no additional terrorist attacks since September 11 th -- [ROTATED: the terrorists did not have any other attacks planned so soon after September 11 th, (or) the terrorists had other attacks planned, but actions by the U.S. prevented them from happening]? 93

94 Did not have any planned U.S. prevented other attacks No opinion Gallup, 2-4 September, 2002 [N=496 IN FORM B] Table 403 Ability of terrorist now less than before? - Overall, do you think the ability of terrorists to launch another major attack on the U.S. is greater, the same, or less than it was at the time of the September 11th terrorist attacks? Form 1 (N=1,003, MoE ± 3.5). Greater The Same Less Unsure 7/8-18/ PSRA/Pew Research Center, 8-18 July, 2004 Table 404 Real progress in fighting terrorism? - Do you think that the United States has made real progress in fighting terrorism since 9-11, or not? Has Has Not Unsure 20-22/07/ /08/ SRBI Public Affairs/Time, 3-5 August, 2004 (N=976) Table 405 Winning or losing the global war on terrorism? - And in general, do you think the U.S. is winning or losing the global war on terrorism?. Winning 12-18/05/ /06/ /08/ Losing Unsure. TIPP/Investor's Business Daily/Christian Science Monitor, May, 2004 (N=845), 2-5 August, 2004 (N=938) Table 406 Success of war on terrorism? - Do you think that the current war on terrorism will lead to the end of terrorism in the world? Ipsos U.S. Express, Post 9-11 Anniversary Study, 5-7 September, 2003 (N=1,000) Worries, Fears Table 407 Do you fear that you are personally in physical danger? - On a day-to-day basis, do you fear that you personally are in physical danger from a future terrorist attack? Yes No Don't Know/Refused March, 1993* April, 1995* (N=1,032) April, 1997* August, 1998*

95 12 October, 2001** Oct., 2001*** April, 2002* * Los Angeles Times ** Harris Interactive/Time/CNN ***IPSOS-Reid, October, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 408 Concerned about terrorist attacks? - How concerned are you about the possibility there will be more major terrorist attacks in the United States - is that something that worries you a great deal, somewhat, not too much or not at all? -----Concerned Not concerned-- No opinion Grt. deal Somewhat Not much None 20/04/ /05/ * 13/06/ * 20/07/ /09/ /09/2001* * 8-9/10/ * 15/10/ /12/ /03/ /04/ /07/ /09/ /02/ /03/ /09/ /09/01 and previous: How concerned are you about the possibility there will be more major terrorist ABC Table 409 Concerned about the possibility of terrorist attacks? - How concerned are you about the possibility there will be more major terrorist attacks in the United States? Is that something that worries you: 26/08-3/09/03 ABC/Washington Post 3/03 9/02 10/01 A great deal Somewhat Not too much Not at all No answer. 1 1 * 1 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 410 Worried about another terrorist attack? - How worried are you that there will soon be another terrorist attack in the United States? Very worried Somewhat worried Not too worried Not at all worried D.K./Ref. 1-3 October,

96 10-14 October, October, December, January, June, * August, October, December, January, February, March, /07-5/08/ /01/ /02/ /03/ /06/ /07/ /08/ PSRA Table 411 Concerned about terrorist attack in your neighborhood? - Would you say you personally are very concerned about a terrorist attack in the area where you live, or not? Yes No DK/NA 03/ N=1,007 04/ N=601 07/ N=1,209 11/09/ /09/ /09/ /09/ /10/ /10/ /12/ /11/ /01/ /06/ /09/ /10/ /11/ /01/ /02/ CBS News * Question wording: Do you personally feel any sense of danger from terrorist acts where you live and work, or not? Table 412 Worried that close friend or relative might be victim of terrorist attack? - Are you worried that you or a close relative or friend might be the victim of a further terrorist attack in this country, or is that something you're not especially worried about? Worried Not worried No opinion 28/06/ * 96

97 20/04/ /05/ x 5/08/ * 2/06/ /09/ /10/ ABC etc Table 413 How concerned that you might personally become victim of terrorist attack? - How concerned are you about the chance that you personally might be the victim of a terrorist attack? Does that worry you a great deal, somewhat, not too much or not at all? A Great Deal Somewhat Not Too Much Not At All No Opinion 8/ N=1, /11/ /09/ /02/ /09/ ABC News, 4-7 September, 2003 (N=1,004) Table 414 Worried that someone in your family becomes victim of terrorism-1 - How worried are you that you or someone in your family will become a victim of terrorism -- very worried, somewhat worried, not too worried, or not worried at all? Very worried Somewhat Not too Not worried Know a victim No opinion worried worried worried at all (vol.) April, April, * July, * April, 1997 * N=1, August, April, 2000^ Sept., Sept., * Sept., * Oct., * * Oct * * October, * November, Nov * 4-6 February, 2002 ^ March, * * April, May, September, /01/ Feb 7-9 ^ * * 2003 Feb * Mar * 2003 Apr ^ * Jul ^ * * 2003 Aug * -- 97

98 2003 Dec * * 2004 Jan * * 2004 Feb * * 2004 Aug September * Less than 0.5 (vol.) Volunteered response ^ Asked of a half sample. WORDING: How worried are you that you or someone in your family will become a victim a terrorist attack -- very worried, somewhat worried, not too worried, or not worried at all? Based on one night of national adults with a margin of error of ±4 pct. pts. WORDING: How worried are you that someone in your family will become a victim of a terrorist attack similar to the bombing in Oklahoma City? WORDING: How worried are you that you or someone in your family will become a victim of a terrorist attack similar to the bombing in Oklahoma City? * Yankèlovich/Time/CNN Gallup Table 415 Worried that someone in your family becomes victim of terrorism-2 - All in all, how worried are you that you or someone in your family might become a victim of a terrorist attack? Would you say you are Very Somewhat Not too worried Not at all worried Already Don't know worried worried worried worried victim (vol.) April, 1995* July, 1996* * August, 1998* /09/01*

99 14-15/09/01* * /09/ * /10/ /10-7/11/ January, * * June, * * Late August, * 1 January, * 1 February, * Gallup PSRA/ Pew Research Center Table 416 Worried to become victim of terrorist attack - Are you worried that you or a member of your immediate family might become the victim of a terrorist attack? Yes No Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, September, 2001 (N=821) Table 417 Concerned about possibility of terrorist attack in your community? - How concerned are you about the possibility there will be a major terrorist attack in your own community where you live - is that something that worries you a great deal, somewhat, not too much, or not at all? Worried Not Worried No opinion Great deal Somewhat Not too Not at all * ABC News/Washington Post, 11 September, 2001 (N=608) Table 418 Concerned that terrorists will commit acts of violence near where you live or work? - And how concerned are you that terrorists will commit acts of violence near where you live or work - are you very concerned, somewhat concerned, or not concerned? Very concerned Somewhat concerned Not concerned Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, September, 2001 (N=821) Table 419 Concerned that terrorist attacks will occur near where you live or work? - How worried are you that terrorist attacks might take place where you live or work: very worried, somewhat worried, not very worried, or not worried at all? Very Somewhat Not Very Not At All Not Sure 19-20/09/ /10/ /12/ / / / / Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) 99

100 Table 420 More concerned about overreaction or about underreaction of the U.S.? - Are you more concerned that the United States will overreact and go too far in its response to these attacks, or that the United States will underreact and not be strong enough in its response? Overreact Underreact Neither/Depends (vol.) Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 12 September, 2001 (N=618) Table 421 How concerned about retaliation by terrorists against military actions against terrorist targets? - How worried are you that, if the United States launched a military strike against terrorist targets, terrorists would respond by striking again in America: very worried, fairly worried, only somewhat worried, or not very worried? Very worried Fairly worried Only somewhat worried Not very worried Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, September, 2001 (N=821) Table 422 Worried about possible developments - How worried are you that [see below]: very worried, fairly worried, only slightly worried, or not really worried at all? Very Fairly Slightly Not Really Not Sure The United States will experience major military casualties, numbering in the thousands The United States will experience another major terrorist attack You or someone you love will be the victim of a terrorist attack Hart and Teeter/NBC News, 20 September, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation (N=513) Table 423 Little or good reason to be afraid of terrorist threats? - Which of the following comes closer to your view -- [ROTATED: there is little reason for you, personally, to be afraid of terrorist threats, (or) there is good reason for you, personally, to be afraid of terrorist threats]? Little reason to be afraid Good reason to be afraid No opinion Gallup, October, 2001 Table 424 Concern about terrorist attack with biological or chemical weapons - Specifically, how concerned are you about the possibility of a terrorist attack in the United States using biological or chemical weapons? Is that something that worries you a great deal, somewhat, not too much or not at all? A Great Deal Somewhat Not Too Much Not At All No Opinion ABC News, 8-9 October, 2001 (N=1,009) 100

101 Table 425 Concerned about biological or chemical attack - Would you say you personally are very concerned about a biological or chemical attack such as anthrax in the area where you live, or not? \ Yes No Don't Know CBS News/New York Times, October, 2001 (N=1,024) Table 426 Worried about traveling by commercial airplane? - Are you personally worried about traveling by commercial airplane because of the risk of terrorism, or do you think the risk is not that great? Worried Not No opinion Very Somewhat Worried ABC News/Washington Post, 13 September, 2001 (N=609) Table 427 How worried that war on terrorism will grow into broader war between U.S. and Arab world? - How worried are you that the U.S. war on terrorism will grow into a broader war between the U.S. and its allies on one side, and Arabs and Muslims on the other side? Is that something that worries you a great deal, somewhat, not too much, or not at all? A Great Deal Somewhat Not Too Much Not At All No Opinion 8-9/10/ /10/ ABC News Table 428 Worried about specific situations - How do you feel about (READ ITEM) - very worried, somewhat worried, not too worried or not worried at all? Worried Not worried----- No opinion Very Smwt. Not too At all a. The situation with North Korea b. The situation with Iraq c. The economic situation ABC News/Washington Post, 6-9 February, 2003 (N=1,001) Table 429 Concerned about restricting civil liberties-1 - How concerned are you that new measures enacted to fight terrorism in this country could end up restricting some of our civil liberties? Are you very concerned, somewhat concerned, not too concerned or not concerned at all about that? Very concerned Somewhat concerned Not too concerned Not concerned at all Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 430 Concerned about restricting civil liberties-2 - How concerned are you that new measures enacted to fight terrorism in this country could end up restricting our individual freedoms? Are you very concerned, somewhat concerned, not too concerned, not concerned at all? 101

102 Very concerned Somewhat concerned Not too concerned Not concerned at all DK ICR/Associated Press, 2-6 August, 2002 (N=1,011) Table 431 Concerned about anti-terrorism policies - What concerns you more about the government's anti-terrorism policies? That they have not gone far enough to adequately protect the country 49 --OR-- That they have gone too far in restricting the average person's civil liberties 29 Neither / Approve of policies (VOL.) 11 Don't know/refused 11 PSRA/Pew, 8-18, July 2004 Table 432 Worried about consequences of military action in Afghanistan - Now that the United States has taken military action in Afghanistan, how worried are you, if at all, that it will lead to each of the following? How worried are you that the military action will lead to [see below]? Are you very worried, somewhat worried, not too worried, or not at all worried? Very Somewhat Not Too Not At All Don't Know More terrorism against U.S. citizens ABROAD More terrorism against U.S. citizens AT HOME A bigger war in the Middle East PSRA/Newsweek, October, 2001 (N=1,004) Table 433 Worried about financial and psychological effects of terrorist attacks? - How worried are you that the financial and psychological effects of the terrorist attacks will SERIOUSLY hurt [see below]: very worried, somewhat worried, not too worried, or not at all worried? Very Somewhat Not Too Not At All Don't Know The U.S. economy The world economy Stock prices and the value of people's investment portfolios PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 434 Worried that terrorist could use nuclear, chemical or biological weapon? - How much, if at all, do you worry about the chance that terrorists could use a nuclear, chemical, or biological weapon to attack a US city-a great deal, somewhat, not much, or not at all? A great deal Somewhat Not much Not at all DK/Ref PSRA Pew Research Center, 11 April, 1997 Table 435 Which is biggest concern after 9/11? 102

103 - Which one of the following raises the biggest concern for you personally after the attacks on September 11th... Attending a public event with a big crowd 14 Flying on a commercial airliner 29 Visiting New York and Washington 5 Visiting other big cities 3 Terrorist attacks close to home 10 Something else 20 Don't know/refused 19 ICR/Associated Press, 2-6 August, 2002 (N=1,011) Table 436 How much worry about terrorism when in public places? - How much, if at all, do you worry about terrorism when you're in public places here in the United States?...A great deal, somewhat, not much, or not at all? A great deal Somewhat Not much Not at all Don't know/refused PSRA, August,?? (N=1,001) Table 437 More worried about act of terrorism after release of Bin Laden tape? - As you may know, a tape was released that may be the voice of Osama bin Laden threatening the United States and its allies. Does this make you more worried that an act of terrorism will occur in the United States or doesn't it make you any more worried? More Worried Not More Worried Not Sure Harris Interactive/CNN/Time, November, 2002 (N=1,006) Table 438 Likelihood of terrorist act in next 12 months How likely do you think it is that an act of terrorism will occur somewhere in the United States in the next 12 months: very likely, somewhat likely, not very likely or not at all likely? Very Somewhat Not Very Not At All Not Sure 27/04/ /09/ /11/ /12/ /01/ /05/ /08/ /10/ /09/ Harris Interactive Table 439 Personal fear of physical danger 103

104 On a day-to-day basis, do you fear that you personally are in physical danger from a future terrorist attack? Ipsos U.S. Express, Post 9-11 Anniversary Study, 5-7 September 5-7, 2003 (N=1,000) Table 440 Worried that future terrorist attacks might include use of nuclear, chemical or biological weapons - How worried are you that future terrorist attacks might include the use of chemical or biological weapons: very worried, somewhat worried, not very worried, or not worried at all? Very Worried Somewhat Worried Not Very Worried Not Worried At All DK 10/ / / Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), February, 2003 (N=900) Table 441 Worried about being exposed to deadly disease spread by terrorists - How worried are you that you or someone in your family will be exposed to a deadly disease spread by terrorists in the United States -- very worried, somewhat worried, not too worried, or not worried at all? Very worried Somewhat worried Not too worried Not worried at all Know a victim (vol.) DK Gallup, April, 2003 Table 442 Feel safer or less safe? - In terms of the threat of terrorist attacks, over the last two years would you say you have come to feel: Much safer 5 A little safer 19 Neither safer nor less safe 48 A little less safe 19 Much less safe.9 No answer 1 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 443 Worried about another terrorist attack? - How worried are you that there will be another terrorist attack on the United States in the next few months: very worried, somewhat worried, not very worried, or not worried at all? Very Somewhat Not Very Not At All Unsure 20-22/07/ /08/ SRBI Public Affairs/Time, 3-5 August, 2004 (N=976) 104

105 Personal reactions to terrorist attacks Feelings Table 444 Have you felt depressed by terrorist attacks? - Have you yourself felt depressed by the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon? Yes No Don't Know/Refused Jan, September, October, October, October-7 November, PSRA /Pew Research Center Table 445 Have you felt depressed by terrorist attacks in past few days? - In the past few days, have you yourself felt depressed by the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon? Yes No Don't know/refused PSRA, 1-3 October, 2001 [Form 2, N=525] Table 446 Have you had difficulty concentrating on your job or normal activities-1? - Have you had any difficulty concentrating on your job or your normal activities because of the way you feel about the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon? [BASED ON THOSE ANSWERING YES IN PRECEDING QUESTION ( depressed?)] Yes No d.k. January, * 13-17/09/ * 1-3 October, PSRA /Pew Research Center Table 447 Have you had difficulty concentrating on your job or normal activities-2? - In the past few days, have you had any difficulty concentrating on your job or your normal activities because of the way you feel about the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon? Yes No Don't know/refused * PSRA, 1-3 October, 2001 Form 2 (N=525) Table 448 Have you had any difficulty sleeping-1? - Have you had any trouble sleeping because of the way you feel about the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon? [BASED ON THOSE ANSWERING YES IN PRECEDING QUESTION] Yes No Don't Know January, * September, * 1-3 October,

106 10-14 October, PSRA /Pew Research Center Table 449 Have you had any difficulty sleeping-2? - In the past few days, have you had any trouble sleeping because of the way you feel about the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon? Yes No Don't know/refused PSRA, 1-3 October, 2001, Form 2 (N=525) Table 450 Have you had any difficulty sleeping-3? - Americans are reacting to the terrorist attack in various ways. What about you? Since the terrorist attack, have you had any trouble sleeping? If yes, are you still having trouble sleeping? Still Having Trouble Not Now No Oct , Sep. 2-5, CBS News/New York Times Table 451 Reactions to attacks-1 - Which of the following, if any, apply to you because of concerns about terrorism since the September 11 attacks and recent anthrax cases? As a result of concerns about these events have you...? Yes No DK Had trouble concentrating or focusing on work, school, or other responsibilities Had difficulty getting to sleep or had your dreams disrupted Felt unusually depressed Had nightmares or bad dreams PSRA/Newsweek, October, 2001 Table 452 Reactions to attacks-2 - As a result of concerns bout terrorism since September 11, have you... Yes No DK Prayed more often or attended religious services more often Consulted a doctor, psychologist or other health care professional to help you cope with stress, anxiety, or depression Started taking prescription drugs to help you sleep Started taking prescription medicines used for depression or anxiety disorders Started taking over-the-counter or store-bought aids to help you sleep PSRA/Newsweek,25-26 October, 2001 Table 453 How much occupied by fear of terrorist attack? - How much does the fear of a terrorist attack occupy your mind during a routine day? Constantly Occasionally Rarely Never DK Oct. 15, Oct. 21,

107 Oct. 22, Oct. 23, Oct. 24, Oct. 25, Oct. 26, Oct. 27, Oct. 28, Zogby International Table 454 Carry on usual activities? - After you heard the news, did you continue your ususal activities? If yes, were you able to carry on pretty much as usual, or did you find it more difficult? Carried On As Much As Usual Carried On, But Difficult Did Not Carry On DK National Opinion Research Center, Sep , 2001 Table 455 Ever had the same feelings before? - Can you think of any other time in your life when you had the same sort of feelings you had when you heard this news? Yes No National Opinion Research Center, Sep , 2001 Table 456 Said any special prayers? - Did you personally say any special prayers at any time during this period? Yes No National Opinion Research Center, Sep , 2001 Table 457 Nervous and edgy since the attacks? - Since the attacks, have you felt nervous or edgy? If yes, do you still feel nervous or edgy? Still Nervous Not Now No Oct , Sep. 2-5, CBS News/New York Times Table 458 Since the attacks spending more time with your family? - In the weeks since the terrorist attack, have you been spending more time with your family and close friends, less time, or hasn t it had much effect on how much time you re spending with your family and close friends? More Time Less Time No Effect Oct , Sep. 2-5, CBS News/New York Times 107

108 Table 459 Life returned to normal-1? - As of today, do you feel that your life...? Has Returned To Normal Is Beginning To Return To Normal Will Never Return DK Sep , Oct , PSRA/Newsweek, September, 2001; PSRA/Pew Research Center, October, 2001 Table 460 Life returned to normal-2? - Do you think that things are getting back to normal since September 11? Would you say that things are completely back to normal, somewhat back to normal, or not back to normal? Completely Normal Somewhat Normal Not Normal Oct. 3-4, Oct. 31-Nov. 1, Dec , Opinion Dyamics/Fox News Table 461 Has your life returned to normal-3? - President Bush and others have urged the American people to resume their normal lives and do the things they always do. What about you? Has your life returned to normal, or has your life started to get back to normal, or are you having difficulty getting your life back to normal? Returned to normal Starting to get back Difficulty getting back Didn t affect me (Vol.) Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 462 Have you come to terms with 9/11? - Which comes closest to your view -- you, personally, have closure, that is, you have come to terms with the events of September 11 th and have moved on, you expect there will be a time when you have closure and will move on but that has not happened yet, or you, personally, will never have closure with the events of September 11 th? Have closure now Will have closure Will never have closure DK March, Sept., Gallup Table 463 Have you felt angry about terrorist attacks? - Have you yourself felt angry about the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon? (FORM A) - In the past few days, have you yourself felt angry about the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon? (FORM B) Yes No Don't know/refused Form A Form B PSRA, 1-3 October, 2001 (N=1,001) Form 1 (N=476) or Form 2 (N=525) 108

109 Table 464 How did you feel after terrorist attacks? [- Describe How You Felt When You First Heard About The Attacks} Shocked/stunned/numb 35 Bad feelings in general 29 Devastated/horrified 16 Violated 2 No words can describe 3 Surreal/disbelief 6 Concerned about the victims 1 CBS News, 11 September, 2001 (N= 402) Table 465 What were your strongest emotions? - When you analyse your present emotions, what are your strongest feelings? What has touched you most? And what second?* Grief for the victims Anger Desire for vengeance Fear of more attacks Your own safety No answer and their families * totals more than 100 % due to multiple answers Ipsos-Reid, 11 September, 2001 (N=500) Table 466 How much has attack shaken personal sense of safety and security? - How much - if any - has the attack on the World Trade Center buildings and the Pentagon shaken your own personal sense of safety and security? Has it shaken it a great deal, a good amount, not too much or not at all? A great deal A good amount Not too much Not at all Don't know September, August, Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 467 Which emotion do you feel most strongly? - Which one of the following emotions do you feel the most strongly in response to these terrorist attacks? [See below. If "All" or "Combination":] Well, if you had to select just one, which emotion would come closest to describing how you feel? Anger Sadness Disbelief Vulnerability Fear Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 12 September, 2001 (N=618) Table 468 Feelings and emotions - When you think about the September 11 th terrorist attacks today, please tell me if you feel each of the following emotions -- very strongly, strongly, not strongly, or not at all? How about -- [RANDOM ORDER]? Very strongly Strongly Not strongly Not at all strongly No opinion Anger Anxiety 109

110 Fear * Hope Sadness * Vengeance Gallup, 2-4 September, 2002 Table 469 How have you been affected? - People across the country have been affected by Tuesday's attacks in many different ways. Which of the following statements comes closest to describing how you personally were affected by the attacks? You were directly affected by the attacks, meaning that you were worried that a family member or a friend of yours might have been a victim, and may have been killed, injured or missing. You were indirectly affected by the attacks, meaning that an acquaintance was directly affected by the attacks. You don't know anyone who was affected, but you were deeply touched as an American and concerned about all the victims. Directly affected Indirectly affected Touched as an American Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, September, 2001 (N=821) Table 470 Do you feel less safe where you work? - As a result of Tuesday's attacks do you personally feel a lot less safe where you live and work, somewhat less safe, only a little less safe, or not at all less safe than you did before? A lot less Somewhat less A little less Not at all less Don't know 13-14/09/ /09/ Oct , Oct , Oct , Nov. 1-2, Nov. 8-9, Nov , Jun , Sep , PSRA/Newsweek Table 471 Has America changed? - Would you say that as a result of the terrorist attacks last September, America has... Changed for the better Changed for the worse Not really changed Don t Know ICR/Associated Press, 2-6 August, 2002 (N=1,011) Table 472 Fundamental change or business as usual? - Do you think that the events that have happened since September 11th have resulted in a fundamental change in the way Americans live their daily lives, or do you think that Americans have gone back to business as usual? 110

111 Fundamental change Business as usual Don t know Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 473 Has your life changed-1? - Would you say that your life has changed in any way since the attack, or not? (IF CHANGED) Has it changed a lot or a little? Hasn t changed Changed a lot Changed a little Don t know Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 474 Change for the better or for the worse? - You said life has changed for you Would you say your life has changed for the better, or for the worse, or would you say life has changed in ways that are both better and worse? (ASKED OF THOSE WHOSE LIVES HAVE CHANGED) Better Worse Both better and worse Neither (Vol.) Don t know Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 475 In what ways change for the better? - In what way has your life changed for the better? (ASKED OF THOSE WHO SAID BETTER OR BOTH BETTER AND WORSE) (ACCEPTED UP TO TWO REPLIES) (TOP SIX RESPONSES SHOWN) More aware/careful 28 More time with family/friends 17 More patriotic 13 Understand what is important now 12 More religious/spiritual 10 More tolerant/compassionate 10 Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 476 In what ways change for the worse? - In what way has your life changed for the worse? (ASKED OF THOSE WHO SAID WORSE OR BOTH BETTER AND WORSE) (ACCEPTED UP TO TWO REPLIES) (TOP FIVE RESPONSES SHOWN) More suspicious/skeptical 11 New fears of flying, terrorists, etc. 10 Anxious 9 Coping with increased security 9 Stock market losses/loss of income 8 Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 477 Has your life changed-2? - Did your own life change as a result of the events of September 11, or not? 111

112 Yes No Dec. 7-10, Jan. 5-6, 2002* NOTE: *When those who said that their lives had changed were asked, which way did your life change?, the top replies were lost job/income (9 percent) and more alert/more careful (9 percent). CBS/New York Times Table 478 Has your life changed-2? - How about your own personal life - have the events of September 11 changed your own personal life in a lasting way or not? Yes No Dec , Mar. 7-10, ABC/Washington Post Table 479 How changed? (If changed) Have they mainly changed the way you live your day-to-day life or mainly changed the way you feel about things? Way You Live Way You Feel DK Dec , Mar. 7-10, ABC/Washington Post Table 480 Change for the better or for the worse? (If changed) Is it a change for the better or a change for the worse? Better Worse DK Dec , Mar. 7-10, ABC/Washington Post Table 481 Have events of and after 9/11 made you more or less hopeful? - Would you say the attack on September 11th and the events that followed have contributed to your feeling more hopeful about the future, or less hopeful, or have those events not changed your hopes for the future? No change More hopeful Less hopeful Don t know Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 482 How do Americans feel about their own safety from terrorist attacks? - How do you think most Americans feel these days about their own safety from terrorist attacks? Do you think most Americans generally feel safe from terrorist attacks, feel somewhat uneasy, or feel in danger? Safe Uneasy In danger DK/NA 2-5/09/ /10/

113 CBS News/New York Times, October, 2002 (N=1,018) Table 483 Do you personally feel safe from terrorist attacks? - What about you personally? Do you generally feel safe from terrorist attacks, feel somewhat uneasy, or feel in danger? Safe Uneasy In danger DK/NA 2-5/09/ /10/ CBS News/New York Times, October, 2002 (N=1,018) Table 484 More suspicious now of strangers? - Would you say you are you more suspicious of strangers than you were prior to September 11 th, or not? Yes No No opinion 5-6 October, March, * 2-4 September, Gallup Table 485 More aware of things that affect your personal safety? - Would you say you are more aware of things that affect your personal safety than you were prior to September 11 th, or not? Yes No No opinion 5-6 October, * 8-9 March, * 2-4 September, * Gallup Table 486 Feel as safe as before 9/11? - Do you feel as safe today as you did before the September 11 terrorist attacks, less safe today, or do you actually feel safer today than before September 11? As safe Less safe Safer Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), March, 2002 (N=900) Table 487 Is your life in danger due to terrorism? - Do you think your life is in danger due to terrorism? Yes No DK 4-5 June, Feb, Sept, Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) Table 488 Is your life or that of family member in danger due to terrorism? - Do you think your life or the life of a family member is in danger due to terrorism? 113

114 Yes, Self Yes, Family Yes, Both (vol.) No Not Sure 4-8/09/ ICR/Associated Press, 4-8 September, 2003 (N=1,008) Table 489 Have warnings made you more or less secure? - Have the warnings made you feel mostly secure or mostly anxious? Secure Anxious Both(vol.) Neither(vol.) DK/NA 9/2-5/ /10-12/ CBS News /New York Times February, 2003 (N=747) Reactions Table 490 Personal reactions to the terrorist attacks-1 - Did you, personally, do any of the following because of today's attacks: Yes No No opinion a. Call or a friend or relative in New York or Washington to see how they were b. Stay home from work or leave early * c. Watch or listen to broadcast news reports d. Pray for the victims and their families 91 8 * e. Change your daily plans or activities in any way ABC News/Washington Post, 11 September, 2001 (N=608) Table 491 Personal reactions to the terrorist attacks-2 - In the past week have you made a special effort to display the flag? Yes No DK Sep , 2001* Oct. 3-4, 2001* Mar , NOTE: *Wording since September 11. Opinion Dynamics/Fox News Table 492 Personal reactions to the terrorist attacks-3 - In the past week have you made a special effort to be nice to people? Yes No DK Oct. 3-4, 2001* Mar , NOTE: *Wording since the September 11 terrorist attack. Opinion Dynamics/Fox News Table 493 Personal reactions to the terrorist attacks-4 - In the past week have you...? 114

115 Yes No DK Said a prayer for peace Made a special attempt to display the flag Donated money or clothing Made or renewed your commitment to your religious faith Cancelled or postponed travel plans Donated blood Stocked up on canned food, bottled water, or other staples Bought a cell phone Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, September, 2001 Table 494 Personal reactions to the terrorist attacks-5 - Please tell me whether each of these is something you have or have not done as a result of the terrorist attacks...? Yes No DK Told someone you love them Sang God Bless America Prayed or attended a religious ceremony Cried Sang the Star Spangled Banner Kept in closer contact with relatives Phoned or written a friend you hadn t spoken with in a long time Cancelled travel plans Planned an escape route from work or home in case something happens Reduced your investments in the stock market Table 495 Personal reactions to the terrorist attacks-5 - Since September 11, have you been more or less likely to...? More Likely Less Likely Same DK Wear red, white, and blue Tell family and friends I love you Spend time with your family Go out for dinner or a movie Attend a sporting event or go to other large-scale events Watch violent television or movies Be late for work Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, 3-4 October, 2001 Table 496 Actions taken after terrorist attacks-1 - Next, I m going to read you some things people may do because of their concern about terrorism. For each one, please tell me if it is something you have done, something you are seriously considering, something you are not seriously considering, or something you haven t even thought about. How about - Done it Seriously Not seriously Haven t thought No opinion considering it considering it about it - Purchasing a gas mask or other protective clothing * - Discussing the treatment of biological or chemical warfare with your doctor

116 - Trying to get a prescription for antibiotics Trying to get a vaccination for anthrax or small pox * - Stockpiling food or water * - Purchasing a weapon Consulting a website or other source of information about terrorism preparedness Avoiding public events or crowded areas Gallup, October, 2001 Table 497 Actions taken after terrorist attacks-2 - Since September 11th, have you or has anyone in your household [see below], or not? If No: Are you seriously considering doing that, or not? No Yes Considering Not Considering No Opinion Bought a supply of antibiotics in case of biological attack 15/10/ /10/ /10/ Spoken with a doctor about anthrax or some other biological attack 17-21/10/ /10/ Started to exercise caution in opening your mail 17-21/10/ /10/ Gathered information about what to do in case of an anthrax or other biological attack 17-21/10/ /10/ Started avoiding crowded places such as shopping malls because of the chance of terrorism 17-21/10/ /10/ Tried to reduce the amount of mail you handle by asking people to send you instead 24/10/ ABC News Table 498 Actions taken after terrorist attacks-3 - Please tell me whether you have purchased or are considering purchasing any of the following to prepare for the possibility of another terrorist attack or whether you have not considered purchasing them...? Have Considered Have Not Considered DK Extra bottled water Sep. 27, Oct. 12, Nov. 7-8, Extra food supplies Sep. 27, Oct. 12, Nov. 7-8, Vaccines for anthrax or smallpox if they were available Sep. 27,

117 Oct. 12, Antibiotics to combat anthrax Nov. 7-8, A gun or rifle Sep. 27, Oct. 12, Nov. 7-8, A gas mask Sep. 27, Oct. 12, Nov. 6-7, Harris Interactive Table 499 Actions taken after terrorist attacks-4 - Since last Tuesday, September 11, did you do any of the following in direct response to the attacks in New York City and Washington, DC? Yes No DK Gave money, clothing, or other items to charity Donated blood or tried to donate blood Stocked up on gas, food, or other necessities Avoided going to a specific place like a government building or the downtown of a large city Did extra volunteer work for an organization National Opinion Research Center, Sep , 2001 Table 500 Actions taken after terrorist attacks-5 - Please tell me if you or members of your family have made any of the following emergency plans in case a terrorist attack were to take place in your area. Yes No DK Have you... Set aside some cash Identified your local emergency personnel Stocked up on food and or/water Mapped an escape route Purchased a radiation monitor Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, Jul. 9-10, 2002 Table 501 Actions taken after terrorist attacks-5 - Have the terrorist attacks of last September 11 caused you to change any aspect of your personal life or activities in order to reduce your chances of being a victim of terrorist attacks or not? Yes No DK Associated Press, Aug. 2-6, 2002 Table 502 Made any stockpiles? - As a result of the events that occurred on September 11, do you currently have stockpiles of food, water, or other supplies in case of future terrorist attacks, or not? 117

118 Yes No DK Gallup/CNN/USA Today, Mar. 8-9, 2002 Table 503 Any emergency plans? - Have you or members of your family made any emergency plans, such as stocking up on food and water, or mapping an escape route, in case a terrorist attack were to take place in your area? Yes No DK Sep. 8-9, Feb , Mar , Opinion Dynamics/Fox News Table 504 Changes in way of life after terrorist attacks-1 - Since the September eleventh attacks, would you say that you have or have not made changes when it comes to how you approach activities such as opening mail, going to a shopping mall, attending sporting events and concerts, and making travel arrangements? Have Have Not Not Sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 9-11 November, 2001 (N=809) Table 505 Changes in way of life after terrorist attacks-2 - As a result of the terrorist attacks are you Yes No DK/Ref Reading newspapers more closely January, September, * 1-3 October, Keeping the TV or radio tuned to the news January, September, * 1-3 October, Checking the Internet for news updates September, October, Considering canceling a trip to a major city January, September, Praying more January, September, October, November, Attending religious services more or not September, Making more of an effort to see family this holiday season or not September,

119 IF Parent, ASK [N=519]: Making more of an effort to spend time with your children or not September, PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 506 Avoiding buildings or landmarks after terrorist attacks? - Which of the following, if any, apply to you because of concerns about terrorism since the terrorist attacks (on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon) of September 11th (, 2001)?... Avoiding certain buildings or landmarks Yes No Don't know PSRA/ Pew Research Center, October, 2001 Table 507 Avoiding public places or major events after terrorist attacks? - Since September 11th, are you avoiding going to public places or major events or are you going to public places or major events just as often as you did before September 11th? By major events, I mean baseball games, or concerts, or theme parks like Disneyland, or public parks. Avoid public places/events Not avoiding them Don t know Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 508 Stockpiles after 9/11? - As a result of the events that occurred on September 11 th, do you currently have stockpiles of food, water, or other supplies in case of future terrorist attacks, or not? Yes No No opinion 8-9 March, * Gallup Table 509 Reactions since terrorist attacks - Within the past two weeks, have you, personally, done any of the following as a direct result of the events of September 11 th? How about --? Yes No No opinion Attend a Memorial Service Sept., 2001^ Mar. 8-9, Sep. 2-4, Cry Sep., 2001^ * 8-9 March, * 2002 Sep * Display an American flag Sep., 2001^ * 8-9 March, * 2-4 Sept., * Pray more than you usually do Sep., 2001^

120 8-9 March, * 2002 Sep Show more affection for your loved ones than you normally do Sep., 2001^ March, Sept., * Attend a religious service 8-9 March, * 2-4 Sept., * ^ SEP , 2001 WORDING: As a result of the terrorist attacks this past Tuesday, have you, personally, done or plan to do any of the following? How about -- [RANDOM ORDER]? * Less than 0.5 Gallup Table 510 Feeling of patriotism? - Which of the following best describes your level of patriotism after September 11? Would you say you feel much more patriotic, somewhat more patriotic, or do you have about the same level of patriotism? Much More Patriotism Somewhat More Patriotism About the Same DK TIPP/IBD-CSM, 9-13 January, 2002 Table 511 Displaying flag on daily basis? - Are you displaying an American flag on a daily basis these days - either at your home, on your car or anywhere else, or not? Yes No Mar. 7-10, Sep. 5-8, ABC/Washington Post Table 512 Displaying flag after September 11 or before? (If Yes) Did you start displaying the flag on a daily basis after September 11, or were you doing it before then? Before After Mar. 7-10, Sep. 5-8, Table 513 How much display of patriotism? - And again, thinking about your own community, are there a lot, some, or hardly any displays of patriotism such as flas, bumper stickers, and signs? A Lot Some Hardly Any DK PSRA/Pew Research Center, Aug , 2002 Table 514 Right amount of displaying American flag? - Since September 11, has there been too much, too little or the right amount of showing the American flag? 120

121 Too Much Right Amount Too Little DK Oct Mar PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 515 Right amount of display of religious faith by leaders? - Since September 11, has there been too much, too little or the right amount of expressions of religious faith and prayer by political leaders? Too Much Right Amount Too Little Oct Mar PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 516 Will you participate in memorial events for anniversary of 9/11? - The anniversary of the September 11th attack is just about two weeks away. Some local communities as well as state governments will be participating in memorial events throughout that day. Do you think you will participate in a public memorial to commemorate the day, or will you commemorate the day alone or with family and friends, or don t you think you will do anything in particular to commemorate the day? Will participate publicly Will do it privately Won t participate No local events (Vol.) Don t know Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 517 Have you contributed to funds for the victims of terrorist attacks? - Have you contributed money, in any way, to the funds set up to help the victims of the September 11th terrorist attacks and their families, or did you not have a chance to do so? Yes No No opinion Gallup, December, 2001 Table 518 Did you make changes in life due to terror alert? - After the terror alert level was increased last week, did you or members of your family go about day-to-day life as usual or did you make some changes in response to the alert? Went about life as usual Made some changes Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) February, 2003 (N=900) Table 519 Stockpiles of any items? - Do you happen to have stockpiled any items in your home to have on hand in case of a terrorist attack, or not? Yes No ABC News/Washington Post, February, 2003 (N=1,042) Table 520 Have you made any emergency plans? 121

122 - Have you or members of your family made any emergency plans, such as stocking up on food and water, or mapping an escape route, in case a terrorist attack were to take place in your area? Yes No Not sure 8-9 September, February, Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) February, 2003 (N=900) Table 521 Emergency plans in case of war with Iraq? - What about in case of war with Iraq, have you or members of your family made any emergency plans or special preparations? Yes No Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) February, 2003 (N=900) Table 522 Any preparations for emergencies since code orange alert? - Have [you] made any preparations within the past week -- since the recent code orange alert about the risk of a terrorist attack? Yes Yes, taken steps No, already prepared No DK within the past week Newsweek, Nov, /02/ * 77 1 PRSA/ Pew Research Center/ Council on Foreign Relations February, 2003 (N=1,254) Pre-UN Weapons Inspection Report, February (N=632) Post-UN Weapons Inspection Report, February (N=622) Table 523 Plans in case of increases in alert level? - If the terror alert level is ever increased to the top level of severe, do you think you will: Change your plans to avoid potential terrorist targets and risks, or 43 Go about your business pretty much as usual? 53 (Not sure) 4 Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 9-10 September, 2003 (N=900) Table 524 Willing to fight in war against terrorism? - Forgetting any issues of age or health, if it were to become necessary to defend America, would you be willing to fight and, if need be, die in this war against terrorism? Yes No DK Jun. 3-4, 1998* Oct. 3-4, Jun , Sep. 8-9, NOTE: * Question wording was, If the United States were under a military threat from a foreign country, would you be willing to fight and, if need be, die for your country? Opinion Dynamics/Fox News 122

123 Changes in life style Table 525 Changes in life style to reduce chances of being victim of terrorism? - Have you changed, or do you think you will change, any aspect of your personal life or activities in order to reduce your chances of being a victim of terrorist attacks -- or will you not make any changes in your personal life? Yes, changes No, will not No opinion 20 April, 1995^ Sept., 2001^ Oct, * ^ WORDING: Do you think you will change any aspect of your personal life or activities in order to reduce your chances of being a victim of terrorist attacks -- or will you not make any changes in your personal life? Gallup Table 526 Changes in way of life because of concern with terrorism? - Will you or your family change the way you live -- such as how or where you travel -- because of concerns about terrorism? Yes, will change No, will not change Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 12 September, 2001 (N=618) Gallup Table 527 Lasting changes in personal life after 9/11? - How about your own personal life - have the events of September 11th changed your own personal life in a lasting way, or not? Yes No No opinion. 19/12/ * 10/03/ * ABC News/Washington Post Table 528 Changes in way of life or in ways of feeling? -. (IF CHANGED) Have they mainly changed the way you (live your day-to- day life), or mainly changed the way you (feel about things)? Way you live Way you feel No opinion 19/12/ /03/ ABC News/Washington Post Table 529 Change for the better or for the worse? -. (IF CHANGED) Is it a change for the better or a change for the worse? Better Worse No opinion 19/12/ /03/

124 ABC News/Washington Post Table 530 Permanent changes of way of life after 9/11? - As a result of the September 11 th terrorist attacks, have you permanently changed the way you live, or not? Yes, changed No, have not No opinion 8-9/03/ September, * Gallup Table 531 Return to normal after 9/11? - As of today, do you feel that your life Has returned Is beginning to Still hasn't begun to Will never return DK/Ref. to normal return to normal return to normal to normal 27-28/9/01 (Newsweek) October, November, PSRA/Council on Foreign Relations, October, 2001 (N=1,281) Table 532 Changes in personal life to reduce chances of being a victim? - Have the terrorist attacks of last September 11th caused you to change any aspect of your personal life or activities in order to reduce your chances of being a victim of terrorist attacks, or not? Yes, has caused changes No, has not caused changes Don't know-refused ICR/Associated Press, 2-6 August, 2002 (N=1,011) Table 533 Lifestyle returned to what it was before 9/11? - Would you say that your lifestyle has pretty much returned to what it was before the September 11 th attacks or are there things that you do differently now only because of those attacks? Lifestyle has returned Do some things differently Don t know Harris Poll, 26 August-3 September, 2002 (N=2,200) Table 534 Less willing to run risks? - As a result of the events that occurred on September 11 th, would you say that now you are less willing to -- [RANDOM ORDER], or not? Less willing No, not More willing (vol.) No opinion Fly airplanes 2001 Sep ^ * Mar May Sep Go into skyscrapers Sept.2001^ * March,

125 May 28-29, Sep 2-4, Attend events where there are thousands of people Sept.2001^ * March, Sep * 1 Travel overseas Sept., 2001^ March, May Sep * 3 ^ Sept., 2001 Wording: As a result of Tuesday's events, would you say that now you are less willing to [RANDOM ORDER], or not? ^ Wording: As a result of Tuesday s events, would you say that now you are less willing to [RANDOM ORDER], or not? * Less than 0.5 Gallup Table 535 Spending more time with family after 9/11? - Which of the following best describes your situation after September 11 th -- [ROTATED: you are spending more time with your friends and family, you are spending the same amount of time, or you are spending less time with your friends and family]? More time Same amount of time Less time No opinion * Gallup, December, 2001 Table 536 Priorities in life after Which of the following best describes your situation after September 11 th -- [ROTATED: your priorities in life have essentially remained the same, (or) you feel this was a life-altering experience and you have changed your priorities in life as a result]? Priorities the same Priorities changed No opinion Gallup, Dec, 2001 Table 537 Changes in plans for July 4 th? - Have you changed or do you expect to change your July 4th plans because of the threat of a terrorist attack that day? Yes No Not sure/refused PSRA/Bloomberg News, June, 2002 (N=1,201) Table 538 Do you have any duct tape in your house? - Do you have any duct tape in your house right now, or not? Did you go to the store and buy duct tape after the government raised the terrorist threat just over a week ago, or not? [COMBINED RESPONSES] Have duct tape in house right now

126 (Bought duct tape after the government raised terrorist threat) (2) (Did not buy duct tape after the government raised terrorist threat) (57) Do not have duct tape in house right now 40 No opinion 1 Gallup/CNN/USA Today, February, 2003 (N=1,000) Table 539 Ready to deal with a terrorist attack? - Do you think [RANDOM ORDER]are or are not --ready to deal with a terrorist attack if one should happen in your local community? Yes, are ready No, are not No opinion A. You and your family B. The police, fire department and other first responders in your community C. The hospitals in your community D. The federal government in Washington Gallup/CNN/USA Today, February, 2003 Table 540 Preparations for terrorist attack - Next I am going to read a list of things some people have done in order to prepare for a terrorist attack. For each one, please say if this is something you currently have or do not have. How about -- [RANDOM ORDER]? Have Do not have No opinion A. A stockpile of food and water in your home * B. A radio with fresh batteries in your home * C. A first aid kit in your home * D. A designated person outside your area whom your family members would contact in the event of a terrorist attack E. An interior room in your house designated as a safe room in the event of an attack Gallup/CNN/USA Today, February, 2003 Table 541 Preparations in last two weeks or earlier? - And for each of the following, please tell me whether that is something you had before the latest terrorism alerts two weeks ago, or whether it is something you took care of only in the last two weeks. How about? [COMBINED RESPONSES] A. A stockpile of food and water in your home Have done in the last two weeks Have done prior to that Have done, unsure of when Have not done DK 8 52 * 40 * B. A radio with fresh batteries in your home 28 * C. A first aid kit in your home * D. A designated person outside your area whom your family members would contact in the event of a terrorist attack E. An interior room in your house designated as a safe room in the event of an attack 9 29 * 61 1 Gallup/CNN/USA Today, February, 2003 (N=1,000) 126

127 Table 542 Continued or changed your way of life after 9/11? - In the days and weeks after the terrorist attacks of September 11 th, did you [ROTATED: continue living your daily life as you had done before September 11th, (or did you) change the way you lived your daily life]? Continue living as before Change the way lived daily life No opinion * Gallup, 2-4 September, 2002 Table 543 Memorial activity on anniversary of attacks - Do you think you will or will not do any of the following next week on Wednesday, September 11 th? How about -- [RANDOM ORDER]? Yes, will do No, will not Not applicable (vol.) dk Attend a memorial ceremony or service in person * 3 Watch a memorial ceremony or service on television Work fewer hours than you usually do on Wednesdays Gallup, 2-4 September, 2002 Table 544 Activities to reduce risk - In response to terrorist attacks, which of the following, if any, have you personally done to try to reduce your risk of becoming a victim of terrorism. Have you... assembled a kit with food, water, batteries, first aid, and other emergency supplies, or avoided crowded public spaces like shopping malls and amusement parks or reported a suspicious person or activity to the police? Assembled Avoided Public Reported Suspicious DK Emergency Kit Spaces Activity/Person AP/Ipsos-Reid, 5-7 April, 2004 Flying Table 545 Considering canceling airplane trip because of terrorist attacks? As a result of the terrorist attacks are you considering canceling an airplane trip Yes No DK/Ref January, September, October, PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 546 Do today's events make you less willing to fly on airplanes? - Do today's events make you less willing to fly on airplanes, or not? Yes, less willing No, not less willing No opinion

128 Gallup, 11 September, 2001 Table 547 Effect of terrorist attacks on feelings of safety and security about flying - How much will today's events affect your feelings of safety and security about flying? Would you say a great deal, quite a bit, only some, very little, or not at all? A great deal Quite a bit Only some Very little Not at all IPSOS-Reid, 11 September, 2001 (N=500) Table 548 More worried about flying? - Thinking about traveling on airplanes for business or personal reasons, which of the following comes closest to your view? I am just as comfortable flying now as I ever was. I am more worried about flying now, and will fly only if I have to. For now, I am too afraid to fly. As comfortable as More worried now Too afraid to fly More comfortable now Not sure I ever was because of heightened security (vol.) Hart and Teeter/NBC News, 20 Sept, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation (N=513) Table 549 Now less willing to fly on airplanes? - As a result of the events that occurred on September 11 th, would you say that now you are less willing to -- [RANDOM ORDER], or not? A. Fly on airplanes Less willing No, not MORE WILLING (vol.) No opinion 8-9 March, Sept.2002 ^ * 1 ^ WORDING: As a result of Tuesday s events, would you say that now you are less willing to [RANDOM ORDER], or not? * Less than 0.5 Gallup Table 550 Canceled any specific plans to travel by air? - Have you personally cancelled any specific plans to travel by air in the future because of the danger of terrorist attacks, or not? Yes No No opinion 4/ /09/ ABC News/Washington Post, 13 September, 2001 (N=609) Table 551 Thinking of canceling air travel plans? - (If No in preceding question) Do you have any personal air travel plans that you are thinking of canceling, or not? Yes No No opinion 4 96 * 128

129 ABC News/Washington Post, 13 September, 2001 (N=609) Table 552 Thinking about avoiding air line travel? - Next, I m going to read you some things people may do because of their concern about terrorism. For each one, please tell me if it is something you have done, something you are seriously considering, something you are not seriously considering, or something you haven t even thought about. How about avoiding airline travel Done it Seriously Not seriously Haven t thought No opinion considering it considering it about it Gallup, October, 2001 Table 553 Views on flying on airplanes - Do you use commercial airlines to travel for business or pleasure more often, less often or with about the same frequency than you did before September 11th? (IF LESS OFTEN) Do you travel less frequently because of unease over terrorist attacks, or is it because of the hassle of higher security and longer lines in airports since September 11th, or is it for economic reasons, or is there some other reason you have cut back or stopped flying? More often 3 About the same 72 Less often (Net) 19 Unease over terrorism 8 Hassle of higher security 4 Economic reasons 4 Other reasons 2 Don t fly at all (Vol.) 4 Don t know 2 Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Other aspects Table 554 Proud to be an American? - How proud are you to be an American - extremely proud, very proud, moderately proud, only a little proud, or not at all proud? -----More proud Less proud---- No opinion Ext. Very Mod. Little Not 14/01/2001* /03/2002** * * Gallup **ABC News/Washington Post Table 555 Visited the site of 9/11 attacks in New York? - Since September 11 th, have you, personally, visited the site in New York City where the Twin Towers of the World Trade Center used to be, or not? Yes, have visited No, have not No opinion 4 96 * * Less than

130 Gallup, 8-9 March, 2002 Table 556 Would you want to visit site of World Trade Center in New York? - If you happened to be in New York City today, would you want to visit the World Trade Center site, or not? BASED ON ADULTS WHO HAVE NOT VISITED THE WORLD TRADE CENTER SITE. Yes, would visit No, would not No opinion COMBINED RESPONSES Have visited the site where the Twin Towers used to be 4 Have not visited the site where the Twin Towers used to be 96 Would visit the World Trade Center site if in New York City (68) Would not visit the World Trade Center site if in New York City (26) Unsure ( 2) No opinion * Gallup, 8-9 March, 2002 Table 557 Is this the most tragic news event in your lifetime? - Do you think this is -- or is not -- the most tragic news event in your lifetime? Yes, is No, is not No opinion 11 September, March, Gallup, 8-9 March, 2002 Table 558 Is it unpatriotic to protest against military actions against terrorist attacks? - Do you believe it is unpatriotic to protest against any military actions the U.S. may take in response to the terrorist attacks, or not? Yes, is unpatriotic No, is not No opinion Gallup, September, 2001 [N=519 in Form A] Table 559 Protest unpatriotic? - Do you think the Americans who are protesting against the war are acting unpatriotic during a time of national crisis, or acting appropriately by expressing their opinions? Expressing Opinions Acting Unpatriotic DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, October, 2001 Table 560 Right to protest? - Which comes closer to your view -- [ROTATED: people have the right to express their own opinion in protest against military action, (or) people should rally around the country in times like this and not protest military action, regardless of their personal beliefs]? Have the right to protest military action Should rally around the country, not protest No opinion

131 Gallup, September, 2001 [N=486 in Form B] Table 561 Showing fear all right? - Which of the following comes closer to your view -- [ROTATED: it is the duty of Americans not to show fear about the threat of terrorism, (or) there is nothing wrong with showing fear about terrorism]? Duty not to show fear Nothing wrong with showing fear No opinion Gallup October, 2001 Table 562 How to use money donated to the victims of attacks - Which comes closer to your view of the way the money donated to victims of the September 11th terrorist attacks should be used -- [ROTATED: all of the money should be given directly to the victims and their families, (or) in addition to giving some of the money directly to the victims and their families, some of the money should also be used to establish support services such as job counseling and grief therapy for them]? All given directly to victims/ families Some given for support services No opinion Gallup, December, 2001 Table 563 Preference on national anthem - Which would you prefer as the national anthem --? Star Spangled Banner God Bless America No opinion Gallup, September, 2001 (N=519) Table 564 Which song do you like more? - Which of the following songs do you like more --? Star Spangled Banner God Bless America No opinion Gallup September, 2001 (N=486) Table 565 Church attendance after 9/11 - Did you, yourself, happen to attend church or synagogue in the last seven days, or not? Yes No May, September, Gallup Table 566 Know victim of terrorist attacks? - Do you or any of your friends or relatives know someone who is missing, hurt or killed in the attacks on the World Trade Center, the Pentagon, or the plane crash outside of Pittsburgh? Yes No Don't Know/Refused

132 PSRA/ Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=1,200) Table 567 Have children expressed any fears about terrorist attacks? - (Has/have) your (child/children) expressed any fears about the terrorist attacks? Yes No Don t know/refused January, * 13-17/09/ * PSRA/Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=331) Perceptions, evaluation and support of US and of US foreign and defense policy United States in general, Sympathy Table 568 Which country has shown most solidarity with the U.S.? - Among the following countries, which has shown the most solidarity with the United States after the terrorist attacks? Great Britain 59 Canada 13 Israël 9 France 5 Germany 4 Russia 4 None of these 1 All 1 No answer 4 IPSOS, September, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 569 Are countries doing what Pres. Bush asked of them? - From what you've seen or heard in the news, please tell me whether you think the following countries are doing what the Bush Administration is asking of them in building support for using military force against the terrorists. What about [see below]? Are they doing what the Bush Administration is asking of them, or not? Yes No Don't Know Our European allies Russia China Arab and Muslim countries PSRA/Newsweek, September, 2001 (N=1,005) Table 570 Have countries done enough to support the United States? - Next, as I read you a short list of countries, please tell me whether or not you think each country has done enough to support the United States and oppose terrorism since the attacks of September 11th. What about [see below]? Have they done enough, or have they FAILED to do enough to support the United States and oppose terrorism since September 11th? Enough Not Enough Don't Know Great Britain Iran

133 Israel The Palestinian leadership Pakistan Russia Saudi Arabia PSRA/Newsweek, 8-9 November, 2001 (N=1,001) US foreign policy Table 571 America s place in the world We have just a few questions about America's place in the world. - Please tell me whether you agree or disagree with each of the following statements. a. The United States should cooperate fully with the United Nations Dec Sept Mar Sept June Feb Oct Apr Agree Disagree DK/Ref b. In deciding on its foreign policies, the U.S. should take into account the views of its major allies Dec Sept Mar Sept June Feb Oct Apr Agree Disagree DK/Ref c. Since the U.S. is the most powerful nation in the world, we should go our own way in international matters, not worrying too much about whether other countries agree with us or not Dec Sept Mar Sept June Feb Oct Apr Agree Disagree DK/Ref d. The U.S. should mind its own business internationally and let other countries get along the best they can on their own Dec Sept Mar Sept June Feb Oct Apr Agree Disagree DK/Ref e. We should not think so much in international terms but concentrate more on our own national problems and building up our strength and prosperity here at home 133

134 Dec Sept Mar Sept June Feb Oct Apr Agree Disagree DK/Ref PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 572 Importance of foreign policy goals-1 - How important a goal should each of following be for U.S. military action -- should it be a very important goal, somewhat important, not too important, or not important at all? How about -- [RANDOM ORDER]? Very Somewhat Not too Not important No opinion important important important at all Destroying terrorist operations outside of Afghanistan Sep, 2001^ Feb, Destroying terrorist operations in Afghanistan Sep, 2001^ Capturing or killing Osama bin Laden Sep, 2001^ Feb, Removing Saddam Hussein from power in Iraq Sep, 2001^ Feb, Preventing Iran, Iraq, and North Korea from developing weapons of mass destruction 8-10 Feb, Removing the Taliban government from power in Afghanistan Sep, 2001^ ^ WORDING: If the United States takes military action, how important a goal should each of following be -- should it be a very important goal, somewhat important, not too important, or not important at all? How about -- Gallup Table 573 Importance of foreign policy goals-2 -If the United States takes military action, how important a goal should each of the following be -- should it be a -- very important goal, somewhat important, not too important or not important at all...? Removing the Taliban government from power in Afghanistan? Very important Somewhat important Not too important Not important at all DK/Ref Gallup, September, 2001 (N=1,005) 134

135 Table 574 Reasons for support of Islamic extremists - Thinking more generally about the Middle East: Do you think that U.S. support for friendly but dictatorial governments in the region has an important effect in increasing support for Islamic extremists among the common people in these countries, or not? Yes No Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, 6-7 December, 2001 (N=1,003) Table 575 Goals of foreign policy [- What should the U.S. do?] U.S. should take into account allies views U.S. should do what it thinks is right No opinion CBS News, February, 2002 (N=861) Table 576 Is U.S. doing all it reasonably can to prevent broader war? - Do you think the U.S. is doing all it reasonably can do to try to prevent this from becoming a broader war between the U.S. and its allies on one side and Arabs and Muslims on the other side, or do you think it should do more? Is doing all it can US could do more No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, October, 2001 Table 577 Is Bush administration trying hard enough to reach diplomatic solutions? - In its dealings with foreign countries and its handling of international problems, do you think the Bush Administration tries hard enough to reach diplomatic solutions, or is it too quick to get American military forces involved? Tries hard enough Too quick to get forces DK/NA 3-5/05/ /01/ /01/ (Half sample) CBS News Table 578 Does Bush administration have clear plan in campaign against terrorism? - When it comes to the campaign against terrorism, do you think the Bush Administration has a clear plan for their policy or do you think the Bush Administration is just reacting to events as they occur? Has a clear plan Reacting to events DK/NA 3-5 May, September, November, October, October, November, January, February, CBS 135

136 Table 579 Approve or disapprove of handling of campaign against terrorism? - (As you may know, the United States and Great Britain launched attacks on at least three cities in Afghanistan today in retaliation for the terrorist attacks that occurred in the U.S. on September 11th.) Do you approve or disapprove of the way President Bush is handling the campaign against terrorism? Approve Disapprove Don t know/refused Gallup, 7 October, 2001 (N=670) Table 580 Should U.S. put more pressure to allow more democracy in Middle East? - Do you think the U.S. should put more pressure on Middle East governments to allow for more democracy -- even if it means Islamic extremists might win power? Yes No Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, 6-7 December, 2001 Table 581 U.S. policy to be based on national interests only-1? - How should the U.S. determine its policy with regard to the war on terrorism? Should it be based mostly on the national interests of the U.S., or should it strongly take into account the interests of its allies? National interests of the U.S. Interests of its allies Both (Vol.) Neither (Vol.) DK Early September, Mid-October, * 4 Late August, August, Aug * 8 PSRA/Pew Defense policy Table 582 Role of military force in U.S. foreign policy - Which comes closer to your view on how the United States should use military force to achieve its foreign policy goals -- [ROTATED: American military force should be used only as a last resort, after diplomatic and economic efforts have failed, (or) American military force should be used as readily as diplomatic and economic pressure and should not be held back as only a last resort]? Military used as a last resort Military used readily No opinion Gallup,? Table 583 Use of U.S. military force to attack? - Which comes closer to your opinion? 1. The United States should not attack another country unless that country has attacked the United States first, or 2. The United States should be able to attack any country it thinks might attack the United States? U.S. should not attack U.S. should Depends (vol.) DK/NA 3-5 October, May,

137 CBS Table 584 Should countries be able to attack other countries? - Which comes closer to your opinion? 1. One country should NOT be able to attack another country unless it is attacked first, or 2. One country should be able to attack any other country it thinks will attack first? Country should not attack unless attacked 56 Country should attack if it thinks it will be attacked first 33 Depends (vol.) 5 DK/NA 6 CBS, 3-5 May, 2002 Table 585 Should U.S. be willing to use nuclear weapons first? - If you had to choose, do you think the U.S. should -- [ROTATED: only use nuclear weapons if an enemy uses them against the U.S. first, (or do you think the U.S. should) be willing to use nuclear weapons first, even if no enemy has used them against the U.S.]? [Form B, N=501] Only use if enemy uses first Be willing to use weapons first No opinion Gallup, March, 2002 Table 586 How often have you supported U.S. use of military force? - How often would you say you have supported U.S. military action in past foreign conflicts -- always, usually, only some of the time, seldom, or never? Always Usually Some of the time Seldom Never No opinion Gallup, September, 2001 Table 587 How much of the defense budget goes to fighting terrorism? - How much of the defense budget do you think goes toward things that are necessary for fighting terrorism? A little Some A lot All No answer PIPA, July, 2002 (N=1,352) Table 588 Increase or decrease part of budget going to fight terrorism What about areas of the defense budget that support the military's ability to fight terrorism, such as intelligence or Special Forces? Would you like to see this part of the defense budget Increased Decreased Kept about the same Don t know PIPA, July, 2002 (N=1,352) Table 589 Reinstatement of the draft to enable using ground troops - If a military invasion of another country using ground troops becomes necessary to punish those responsible for Tuesday's attack, would you favor or oppose the reinstatement of the draft? 137

138 Favor Oppose Not sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 13 September, 2001 Table 590 Increase military spending? - Do you think that the United States should spend more money on a missile defense shield, more money on a military response to terrorism, or should it spend on both? Missile defense shield Response to terrorism Both Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, September, 2001 (N=821) Table 591 Spending more money on military response to terrorism at expense of Social Security surplus? - Do you favor or oppose the United States' spending money on a military response to terrorism even if it means spending funds from the Social Security surplus? Favor Oppose Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, September, 2001 (N=821) Table 592 Spending more money on military response to terrorism at expense of tax cuts? - Do you favor or oppose the United States' spending money on a military response to terrorism even if it means rolling back some of the tax cuts that Congress passed this year? [Half sample (Form B)] Favor Oppose Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, September, 2001 (N=821) Table 593 Spending more on national defense and intelligence at expense of social programs? - Do you support or oppose the federal government spending more on national defense and intelligence even if it means that there will be less funding available for social programs? Support Oppose Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), September, 2001 (N=900) Table 594 Priorities in defense spending - Which ONE of the following statements comes closer to your own view of how the terrorist attacks should affect U.S. spending priorities? They make it more important to spend the money necessary to develop the anti-missile shield President Bush has proposed to protect against attacks by a terrorist group or rogue nation. OR, They make it more important to spend the money instead on improving airport and building security, and for better intelligence operations and technology to identify terrorist plots. More important to develop More important to spend on other security Neither (vol.) D.K. anti-missile shield PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 (N=1,000) 138

139 Table 595 Where to find money for increased defense spending on fight against terrorism? - If the government decides to increase spending in the coming year on the military's ability to fight terrorism, do you think that to do this [choices rotated] The government can safely shift funds from other areas of the defense budget 62 It is necessary for the government to increase defense spending overall 37 (No answer) 1 Program on International Policy Attitudes, July, 2002 (N=1,352) Combating international terrorism Table 596 Should NATO forces be used to fight international terrorism? - As you may know, NATO (North Atlantic Treaty Organization) was established to provide security for Western Europe against the Soviet Union.) Do you think NATO forces, including U.S. (United States) troops, should now also be used...to combat international terrorism, or don't you think this is a proper role for NATO forces? Yes No Don't know PSRA/Pew Research Center, 9-12 January, 1997 [Half sample B] Table 597 Priority in long-range foreign policy goals - As I read a list of possible LONG-RANGE foreign policy goals which the United States might have, tell me how much priority you think each should be given. First, [ROTATE], do you think this should have top priority, some priority, or no priority at all: Top Some No DK/Ref. Priority Priority Priority Taking measures to protect the U.S. from terrorist attacks Early September, October, * 1 PSRA Table 598 War on terrorism to be conducted alone or with allies? - Which of the following two statements comes closer to your own opinion? The war on terrorism is something the The war on terrorism should be No opinion US should conduct according to its a cooperative effort involving many own plan and goals regardless of what ountries that agree on goals and other countries think war plans IPSOS-Reid, October, 2001 [Half sample] Table 599 Is U.S. getting the support that it needs from its allies? - Do you think we are getting the support that we need from our traditional allies around the world for our plans to take action against terrorist organizations, or not? Yes, we are getting the support we need No, we are not getting the support that we need D.K

140 PSRA/ Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=1,488) Table 600 Should United Nations play a major role in fight against terrorism? - Do you think the United Nations should or should not play a major role in pulling countries together to fight against terrorism? Should Should not DK/Ref ICR/Associated Press, September, 2001 Table 601 Preferred types of military response - I d like to read you several possible responses by the United States to these attacks. For each one, please tell me whether you would strongly favor, somewhat favor, somewhat oppose, or strongly oppose that response by the United States... Strongly Favor Somewhat Favor Somewhat Oppose Strongly Oppose Not Sure Work with our allies to combat and, over time, eliminate the terrorists responsible for these attacks Launch air strikes against terrorists when they are identified and proven responsible for these attacks Build a case against the people who are specifically responsible and seek justice in the world court Take military action against any nation that allows the terrorists who are responsible for this attack to live and work in their country, even if that country was not involved in the attacks Launch immediate air strikes against the strongholds of terrorists who are believed to be the most likely responsible for these attacks Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, September, 2001 (N=821) Table 602 Responses for dealing wit terrorism - Please tell me if you support or oppose each of the following possible solutions that have been proposed as ways of dealing with terrorism.. Support Oppose Not Sure Imposing stricter immigration and border crossing policies Sep , Sep. 8-9, Allowing police to stop and search anyone who fits the general description of suspected terrorists. Sep , Nov , Sep. 8-9, Allowing the government to increase monitoring of private telephone and communications Sep ,

141 Nov , Sep. 8-9, Allowing the government to hold suspected terrorists as long as deemed necessary, possibly a year or more Oct. 31-Nov. 1, Nov , Sep. 8-9, Rationing gasoline and oil to reduce the country's dependence on imports of Middle East oil Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), September, 2001 (N=900) Table 603 Effectiveness of responses to terrorism-1 - How effective do you think each of the following would be in preventing terrorist attacks in the future? What about [see below]? Would this be very effective, somewhat effective, not too effective, or not at all effective? Very Somewhat Not Too Not At All DK Effective effective effective effective More intelligence agents in the field to monitor terrorist activities and infiltrate terrorist groups Locating and freezing the sources of funding that support terrorism, even if it intrudes on normal banking operations Capturing and putting on trial Osama bin Laden and others suspected of orchestrating terrorist attacks Military strikes against terrorist targets, even if there might be civilian casualties Killing suspected terrorist leaders, as Israel does PSRA/Newsweek, September, 2001 (N=1,005) Table 604 Effectiveness of responses to terrorism-2 - How effective do you think each of the following will be in the U.S. campaign against terrorism -- very effective, somewhat effective, not too effective, or not at all effective? How about -- Very Somewhat Not too Not at all DK Effective effective effective effective Diplomatic efforts Financial or economic efforts Law enforcement efforts within the United States Military efforts Secret, intelligence efforts Gallup, September, 2001 Table 605 Effectiveness of responses to terrorism-3 - Please tell me how effective, if at all, you think each of the following is in fighting terrorism. What about Is this a very effective way to fight terrorism, somewhat effective, not too effective, or not at all effective? 141

142 Very Somewhat Not too Not at all DK Effective effective effective effective... cutting off sources of funding that support terrorism? this week's military action against targets in Afghanistan? possible future military action against targets in other countries linked to terrorism? capturing or killing Osama bin Laden? putting pressure on the governments of Arab countries to be more open, democratic and responsive to their citizen's concerns? using mass media in the Arab world to counter the appeal of Islamic extremism and build support for the fight against terrorism? PRSA/Newsweek, October, 2001 Table 606 What should U.S. do in war on terrorism? - I am going to read you a list of things some people say the United States must do in its war on international terrorism, but others say are a lower priority. For each please tell me if this is something you think the United States absolutely must do, no matter what; something that would be good to do, but not essential; something that is a lower priority; or something that should not be done at all. Must do Good Lower Priority Should not DK Significantly reduce the number of terrorist attacks against the United States Significantly reduce the number of terrorists attacks against other countries, even if those attacks are not directed at the United States Capture or kill Osama Bin Laden and break up his terrorist network Overthrow the Taliban government in Afghanistan Overthrow Iraqi President Saddam Hussein, even if he cannot be linked directly to the terrorist attacks in New York City and Washington ABC/Washington Post, September, 2001 Table 607 Measures in the war on terrorism - During the war on terrorism, do you favor or oppose each of the following measures? Favor Oppose DK Imposing stricter controls on immigration from countries thought to be connected to terrorists Nov , Imposing stricter control on foreign student visas Nov , Imposing stricter penalties on illegal immigrants Nov , May 14-15, Making it more difficult for all foreigners, regardless of country, to enter the United States Nov , May 14-15,

143 Sealing U.S. borders and stopping all immigration for up to two years while the search for terrorists is conducted Nov , May 14-15, Cancelling all immigration from countries thought to be connected to terrorists May 14-15, Sealing U.S. borders and stopping all immigration of young Arab men while the search for terrorists is conducted May 14-15, Canceling all foreign student visas May 14-15, Opinion Dynamics/Fox News Table 608 Too easy to enter the United States? - Do you think the United States has made it too easy for people from other countries to enter the U.S. or not? Too Easy Not too Easy DK Sep , Sep , CBS News/New York Times Table 609 Restrict immigration of certain groups? - If the U.S. were to restrict immigration of certain ethnic or religious groups as a result of the terrorist attacks, would you strongly support, somewhat support, somewhat oppose, or strongly oppose doing so? Strongly Somewhat Somewhat Strongly Strongly Somewhat Somewhat Strongly Support Support Oppose Oppose Support Support Oppose Oppose Oct Nov Oct Nov Oct Nov Oct Nov Oct Nov Oct Nov Oct Nov Oct Nov Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct

144 Zogby International Table 610 Best way for the U.S. to avoid terrorism? - In the long run, what is the best way for the U.S. to avoid problems like terrorism? Should the U.S.: [ROTATE] Be very much involved in solving Not get too involved Don't know/refused international problems with international problems PSRA/Council on Foreign Relations, October, 2001 (N=1,281). Table 611 Attitudes on measures against terrorism - In order to combat international terrorism, please say whether you favor or oppose each of the following measures. U.S. air strikes against terrorist training camps and other facilities Favor Oppose Not sure/decline (telephone) (internet) Attacks by U.S. ground troops against terrorist training camps and other facilities (telephone) (internet) Assassination of individual terrorist leaders (telephone) (internet) (internet) Trial of suspected terrorists in the International Criminal Court (telephone) (internet) (internet) Helping poor countries develop their economies 2002 (telephone) (internet) Working through the UN to strengthen international laws against terrorism and to make sure UN members enforce them 2002 (telephone) (internet) Making a major effort to be even-handed in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict 2002 (telephone) (internet) Toppling unfriendly regimes that support terrorist groups threatening the U.S (telephone) (internet)

145 Restricting immigration into the U.S (telephone) (internet) Using racial profiling in airport security checks 2002 (telephone) (internet) Using torture to extract information from suspected terrorists CCFR/Global Views, 6-12 July, 2004 (N=1,195) Table 612 Put more pressure on Saudi Arabia? - In order to fight terrorism in the Middle East, please tell me how important you think it is for the United States to put more pressure on Saudi Arabia in each of the following areas. How important is it to put more pressure on Saudi Arabia... to share more intelligence information to help identify terrorists and their sources of financial support? Is it very important, somewhat important, not too important, or not at all important? Very Somewhat Not too important Not at all important DK Program on International Policy Attitudes, 1-4 November, 2001 Table 613 Should war on terrorism be seen as an effort of many countries working together? - How important is it for the war on terrorism to be seen by the world as an effort of many countries working together, not just a US effort? Is it very important, somewhat important, not too important, or not at all important? Very Somewhat Not too important Not at all important DK * Program on International Policy Attitudes, 1-4 November, 2001 Table 614 What could U.N. do in war on terrorism? - Which one of the following things would be the most important things the United Nations could do to help fight terrorism? Reach agreements so nations hand over suspects for prosecution 31 Better exchanges of information 15 Military action 16 Economic sanctions 8 All of the above 24 Don't know 6 Program on International Policy Attitudes, 1-4 November, 2001 Table 615 Approaches for trying to reduce the problem of terrorism - I would now like you to consider a list of possible approaches for trying to reduce the problem of terrorism. For each one I would like to know if you favor or oppose this approach [IF FAVOR OR OPPOSE, ASK:] Would that be strongly (favor/oppose) or somewhat (favor/oppose)?] Strongly favor Somewhat favor Somewhat oppose Strongly oppose DK 145

146 What about working through the UN to strengthen international laws against terrorism and to make sure UN members cooperate in enforcing them? What about using American military force against groups in other countries that have committed international terrorist acts, but were NOT behind the September 11 attacks? Do you favor or oppose using American military force against terrorist groups that were behind the September 11 attacks? What about building goodwill toward the US by helping poor countries develop their economies? What about working through the UN to strengthen international laws against terrorism and to make sure UN members cooperate in enforcing them? What about putting greater pressure on both Israel and the Palestinians to reduce their level of conflict? What about making a major effort to be seen as even-handed in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict? What about building goodwill toward the US by providing food and medical assistance to people in poor countries? What about building goodwill toward the US by helping poor countries develop their economies? Program on International Policy Attitudes, 1-4 November, 2001 Table 616 Roles of UN Security Council - In the event that the UN has evidence that there is an international terrorist group operating in a country, there are a number of things that the UN Security Council might consider doing. I'm going to read some of these options, and for each one I would like to know if you think this is the kind of thing the UN Security Council should be ABLE to do, or if you think this would make it too powerful. Should be able Too powerfuldk/refused What about requiring the country to allow a UN-sponsored police force to enter the country and conduct investigations? What about requiring the country to freeze the assets of the suspected terrorist group? What about requiring the country to provide intelligence on the suspected terrorist group? What about requiring the country to arrest the suspected terrorist group? What about sending in an international military force to capture the suspected terrorist group, if the country refuses to do so?

147 Program on International Policy Attitudes, 1-4 November, 2001 Table 617 Where should Osama bin Laden be tried? - If Osama Bin Laden were captured, we would need to decide whether he would be tried in a federal court in New York or in an International Criminal Tribunal. Some say it would be better to have Bin Laden tried in an International Criminal Tribunal because it would be more likely that the world would view the trial as impartial and less likely to lead to further terrorist attacks against the US. Others say it would be better to have Bin Laden tried in New York because the crime took place in America and we can be more confident that justice will be done. Do you think it would be better to have bin Laden tried in an International Criminal Tribunal or in New York? by International Criminal Tribunal in New York Don't know/ Refused Program on International Policy Attitudes, 1-4 November, 2001 Table 618 Should U.S. take military action against countries that sponsor terrorism? - Do you think the U.S. should -- or should not -- take military action to prevent countries that sponsor terrorism from threatening America or its allies with weapons of mass destruction? Should Should not No opinion Gallup, 8-10 February, 2002 Table 619 Use of nuclear weapons justified-1? - If the U.S. were attacked by terrorists using nuclear weapons, do you think the United States would be justified -- or not justified -- in using nuclear weapons against --? Justified Not justified DK Training camps and other facilities used by the terrorists that the U.S. believes were responsible for the attack Major cities in countries that harbor the terrorists the U.S. believes were responsible for the attack Gallup, March, 2002 [N=510 in Form A] Table 620 Use of nuclear weapons justified-2? - If the U.S. were attacked by terrorists using nuclear weapons, do you think the United States would be justified -- or not justified -- in using nuclear weapons against --? Justified Not justified DK Training camps and other facilities used by terrorists even if the U.S. were unsure that they were responsible for the attack Major cities in countries that harbor terrorists even if the U.S. were unsure that they were responsible for the attack Gallup, March, 2002 [N=501 in Form B] Table 621 Support for developing tactical nuclear weapons to be used in war on terror - Do you support or oppose the government developing tactical nuclear weapons to be used in the war on terror? 147

148 Support Oppose Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), March, 2002 (N=900) Table 622 Support for preemptive strikes? Bush Administration military policy calls for attacking countries or groups that threaten the United States BEFORE there have been any actual attacks against Americans or U.S. interests. Do you think this policy is a GOOD THING because preemptive strikes are needed to deal with the threats we face after September 11th, or is a BAD THING because it goes against American ideals and sets a bad example that would encourage other countries to do the same? Good thing Bad thing Don't know PSRA/Knight Ridder, 3-6 January, 2003 (N=1,204) Table 623 Attack countries before they actually commit terrorist acts? - Do you think the United States policy should be to attack groups and countries if we have evidence that they are preparing to commit terrorist acts, or to not attack any country or group until they actually commit a terrorist act? Should Attack Should Not Attack DK Sep. 3-5, Oct , 2002* NOTE: *Asked of registered voters. NBC/Wall Street Journal Table 624 Trust government to make first strike with WMD? - If the United States were to use weapons of mass destruction, such as nuclear weapons, on a first strike basis, would you trust the government to decide when to make a first strike or would you want the government to give proof, in advance, that a first strike was really necessary? Trust Without Proof Want Proof DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, Jun , 2002 Table 625 How effectve is deterrence? - One way of protecting the U.S. is to make sure our enemies know they would be destroyed if they attacked the U.S. How effective do you think this is as a way of protecting the U.S.? Very Effective Somewhat Effective Not Too Effective Not At All DK PSRA/Pew Research Center, June, 2002 Table 626 How effective is to strike first against enemies - One way of protecting the U.S. is to attack potential enemies first if we think it is likely they will attack us. How effective do you think this is as a way of protecting the U.S.? Very Effective Somewhat Effective Not Too Effective Not At All Effective DK PSRA/Pew Research Center, June,

149 Table 627 Which way is most effective protection? - All in all, which way of protecting the U.S. do you favor most...making sure our enemies know that they would be destroyed if they attack us, or attacking our enemies first if we think it is likely they will attack us? Making Sure Enemies Know Attack Enemies First DK PSRA/Pew Research Center, Jun , Table 628 Attack justified? - Next, I d like you to think about some situations in which a country has not attacked the United States, but is considered a threat. For each of the following situations, please tell me whether you would favor or oppose the United States using military action against the country if there was strong evidence that... Not Justified Justified DK Favor Oppose DK The country was aiding terrorists who were making plans to attack the U.S The country was planning to attack the U.S. in the future The country was an enemy and was developing chemical/biological weapons The country was an enemy and was developing nuclear weapons Gallup/CNN/USA Today, June, 2002 Table 629 Right to weaken or overthrow threatening governments? - In general, do you think the U.S. has the right to try to weaken or overthrow governments that it believes pose a threat to the United States, or not? Does Does Not DK CBS News, 6-7 August, 2002 Table 630 Right to weaken or overthrow unfriendly governments? - In general, do you think the U.S. has a right to try to weaken or overthrow governments that are unfriendly to the United States, or not? Does Does Not DK CBS News, 6-7 August, 2002 Table 631 When is regime change acceptable? - Now I m going to read a few different scenarios, and for each one, please tell me if you would support a US attempt at regime change.how about: Yes No DK When a country directly attacks a US ally? When a country directly attacks the United States? When a country is known to support terrorism?

150 When a country has the capability and apparent intent to harm the US? When a country is led by a dictator? TIPP/IBD-CSM, 7-13 October, Table 632 U.S. should attack first countries that harbor terrorists? - Which comes closest to your view, the United States should attack nations that harbor terrorists or have weapons of mass destruction even if these countries have not attacked the U.S. first; or, the United States should not attack nations that have not attacked it first even if they harbor terrorists or have weapons of mass destruction? Should Attack Should Not Attack DK Harris Interactive, December, 2002 Table 633 Using military force to remove dictators the right thing to do? - Finally, do you think that using military force to remove dictators of countries that may threaten the United States, but have not attacked us, is usually the right thing to do, sometimes the right thing to do, rarely the right thing to do, or never the right thing to do? Usually Right Sometimes Right Rarely Right Never Right DK PSRA/Pew Research Center, 8-9 April, Table 634 What should the U.S. do? Which of the following two statements comes closer to your own opinion? Ipsos U.S. Express, Post 9-11 Anniversary Study, 5-7 September 5-7, 2003 (N=1,000) Table 635 Overthrowing foreign governments - Suppose there is a government that is providing substantial support to a terrorist group that the United States thinks might pose a threat to the United States at some point in the future. Please select when you think the US would have the right to overthrow this government. (N=612) Whenever the United States determines it to be necessary, without the need to get United Nations approval 14 The United States should first seek United Nations approval, but it can act if it does not get U.N. Approval 38 Only when the United Nations determines that such an action is necessary 38 Under no circumstances 7 Not sure/decline 3 150

151 CCFR/Global Views, 6-12 July, 2004 (N=1,195) Table 636 Overthrowing government that supports terrorists - Suppose there is a government that is providing substantial support to a terrorist group that the United States thinks might pose a threat to the United States. Please select when you think the US would have the right to overthrow this government even if it does not have UN approval (N=583) When the US thinks that the terrorist group may pose a threat at some point in the future, whether or not it poses such a threat now 11 Only when the US has strong evidence that the terrorist group poses an imminent threat 58 The US would always first need to get UN approval 26 Not sure/decline 6 CCFR/Global Views, 6-12 July, 2004 (N=1,195) Table 637 Struggle against terrorism in the future - In the effort to fight terrorism, do you think that in the future, compared with what it has been doing, the US government: Should put more emphasis on military methods 23 Should put more emphasis on diplomatic and economic methods 45 Has the balance about right 26 Not sure/decline 6 CCFR/Global Views, 6-12 July, 2004 (N=1,195) Table 638 Most important lesson of 9/11 - What do you think is the more important lesson of September 11th; that the US needs to work more closely with other countries to fight terrorism or that the US needs to act on its own more to fight terrorism? Needs to work more closely with other countries Needs to act on its own more Not sure/ Decline 2002 (telephone) (internet) CCFR/Global Views, 6-12 July, 2004 (N=1,195) Specific policy aims, interests and strategies Table 639 Conditions of giving foreign aid - Do you favor or oppose giving foreign aid only to countries that support the United States in the war on terror? Favor Oppose Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, March 2003 (N=900) Table 640 Strikes against terrorists now or later? - Which comes closest to your view? [Rotate:] The U.S. military should conduct military strikes immediately against known terrorist organizations, even if it is unclear who caused today's attacks. The U.S. military should only conduct military strikes against the terrorist organizations responsible for today's attacks, even if it takes months to clearly identify them. OR, The U.S. military should not conduct military strikes in response to today's attacks. 151

152 Conduct strikes immediately Identify culprits, then conduct strikes Don't conduct strikes No opinion Gallup, 11 September, 2001 Table 641 Take military action even if it risks further retaliation? - Do you believe that the United States should take forceful military action against the people who are responsible for these attacks, even if it means risking further retaliation and the threat of war? Yes, should No, should not Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 12 September, 2001 (N=618) Table 642 Military response of Bush gone too far? - Do you think President Bush has gone too far in terms of a military response to the terrorist attacks, done about right, or not gone far enough in terms of a military response to the terrorist attacks? Too Far About right Not Far Enough DK Gallup/CNN/USAToday, Sep , 2001 Table 643 Objective of campaign against terrorist organizations - Which of the following do you think should be the objective of a campaign against terrorist organizations? Statement A--Limiting the campaign to defeating, capturing, or killing Osama bin Laden and his terrorist network. Statement B--Broadening the campaign to defeating, capturing, or killing members of major international terrorist organizations, even if they were not involved in this specific attack. A/limit the campaign B/broaden the campaign Neither/other (vol.) D.K. 12/09/ * 20/09/ /10/ Hart and Teeter/NBC News Table 644 What if campaign were supported by other countries and UN? - What if the broader campaign were limited to military actions conducted together with other countries and with UN approval? Would you then support or oppose a broader campaign? [ASKED OF THOSE WHO SAID LIMIT IN FIRST QUESTION] Support Oppose Don't know Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 12 September, 2001 (N=618) Table 645 Should U.S. act alone if no support from other countries and UN? - In this broader campaign, if other countries are not willing to participate in a military action, and the UN does not approve it, do you think the US should or should not take military action on its own? [ASKED OF THOSE WHO SAID BROADEN IN FIRST QUESTION] Should Should not Don't know Refused * 152

153 ALL QUESTIONS COMBINED Limit in all cases 6 Broaden with UN 36 Broaden in all cases 50 Don't Know 9 Refused * Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 12 September, 2001 (N=618) Table 646 Goals of the campaign against terrorist organizations - Which of the following do you think should be the objective of a campaign against terrorist organizations? Limiting the campaign to defeating, capturing, or killing Osama bin Laden and his terrorist network. Broadening the campaign to defeating, capturing, or killing members of major international terrorist organizations, even if they were not involved in this specific attack. Limit the campaign Broaden the campaign Neither/Other (vol.) Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News, 20 September, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation (N=513) Table 647 Forms of military action - Here are some military actions the U.S. could take once it knows who is responsible for the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. Please tell me whether you favor or oppose taking each action against the responsible party.. Favor Oppose Not Sure Strategic air strikes against isolated military targets Assassinations of leaders responsible for the terrorism Ground invasion with U.S. troops that would result in the loss of U.S. lives Massive bombings that might kill civilians Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 13 September, 2001 Table 648 Effectiveness of measures against terrorism - How effective do you think each of the following would be in preventing similar terrorist attacks in the future? % saying very effective More security at airports to prevent weapons being brought aboard planes 76 More security to prevent hijacking while planes are in the air 75 More intelligence agents in the field to monitor terrorist activities and infiltrate terrorist groups 69 Military strikes against terrorist targets 49 Killing suspected terrorist leaders 44 Reducing the amount of encryption used to make it easier for intelligence agents to monitor conversations 35 PRSA/Newsweek, September, 2001 Table 649 Retaliate immediately even if not completely sure? - Would you prefer that the United States retaliate for these attacks immediately, even if we are not completely sure who is specifically responsible, or do you think that the United States should not retaliate until we are completely sure who is specifically responsible, even if that means we have to wait? Retaliate immediately Wait till sure Not sure 153

154 Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, September, 2001 (N=821) Table 650 Retaliate if responsibility is certain? - If the United States can determine with certainty who was responsible for the attack on the Navy ship in Yemen, the US may retaliate. Do you think that the US should retaliate because terrorists need to know that they will suffer consequences, or do you think that the US should not retaliate because it would encourage more terrorism and violence? US should retaliate US should not retaliate Depends (vol.) Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, October, 2001 Table 651 Take action immediately or only against responsible organizations even if this means delay? - Which comes closer to your view? The U.S. should take military action immediately against known terrorist organizations, even if it is unclear which terrorists are responsible for the attacks. OR, The U.S. should take military action only against terrorist organizations responsible for the attacks, even if it takes months to clearly identify them. [COMBINED RESPONSES] Should take immediate action against known terrorist organizations 23 Should take action against responsible terrorists once they are identified 62 Should take immediate action, unspecified 1 Should not take military action 10 No opinion 4 Gallup, September, 2001 Table 652 Which military action against terrorists? - Which of the following comes closest to your view about the actions the United States should take to deal with terrorism -- [ROTATED: the U.S. should mount a long-term war to defeat global terrorist networks, the U.S. should take military action ONLY to punish specific terrorist groups responsible for the attacks on the World Trade Center, or the U.S. should not take military action but should rely only on economic and diplomatic efforts to deal with terrorism]? Mount long term Punish specific terrorists Should not take No opinion war involved military action Sept., Sept, Oct., Nov., March, Jun COMBINED RESPONSES, September, 2001 Should take military action 89 Should punish specific terrorist groups involved in last week s attacks (33) Should mount a long-term war to defeat global terrorist networks (53) Should take action, unspecified (3) Should not take military action 7 No opinion 4 Gallup 154

155 Table 653 Limited or broader war? - Do you think the United States should limit its military action only to those groups or nations responsible for last week's attacks, or should the United States mount a broader war against terrorist groups and the nations that support them? Do you feel that way strongly, or not so strongly? (Asked if support military action) Limit Action Broader War----- Oppose DK Strong Not strong Strong Not strong action 20/09/ /09/ /10/ ABC Table 654 Will many countries support U.S. if it takes strong military action? - First some questions about the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. Do you think many other countries will support the United States if we take strong military action against those who are shown to have planned or supported the attacks, or not? Will support Will not Not sure Harris, September, 2001 Table 655 Importance of conditions in going to war - As the U.S. government plans its response to the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, how important do you think it is: very important, somewhat important, not very important or not at all important? Very Somewhat Not very Not at all Not sure important important important important That the United States build a strong international coalition of many countries to support us, even if this means exercising more restraint than we'd like That we get the support of the United Nations including a vote of the Security Council supporting our response to the attacks, even if this means exercising more restraint than we'd like That we get the support of as many Arab and Islamic countries as possible To provide the world with strong evidence of the guilt of any target before we attack it Harris Poll, September, 2001 Table 656 Take action against country that did not play role in 9/11 attack? - Do you think that the United States should or should not take military action against a nation that knowingly aids terrorists or allows them to live in their country, if the country played no role in the September eleventh attacks? Should take military action Should not take military action Not sure 10 July, September,

156 *Previously, this question was phrased, Do you think that the United States should or should not take military action against a nation that knowingly allowed the terrorists who are responsible for these attacks to live in their country, even if the country played no role in the attack? Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 7 October, 2001 (N=513) Table 657 Main goal of U.S. in military action - What do you think should be the main goal of the United States in this military action - capturing or killing Osama bin Laden and his associates, overthrowing Afghanistan's Taliban government, or both equally? Capture/kill Overthrow Both Neither No opinion bin Laden Taliban (vol.) (vol.) ABC News/Washington Post, 7 October, 2001 (N=506) Table 658 Goals in war against terrorism In its war against terrorism, should the U.S..(ASKED OF HALF SAMPLE) Yes, should Target other terrorist groups outside the Osama bin Laden group 88 Target terrorist groups in other countries in the Middle East or elsewhere in the world 82 Remove from power the Taliban regime that controls most of Afghanistan, and not just eliminate the Osama bin Laden terrorist group only 75 Remove Saddam Hussein from power in Iraq 74 IPSOS-Reid, October, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 659 Arrest or kill Osama bi Laden and others? - Do you think a goal of U.S. military action should be to ARREST AND CONVICT Osama bin Laden and others in his terrorist organization or should the goal be to KILL Osama bin Laden and other leaders in his terrorist organization? Arrest and convict bin Laden and others Kill bin Laden and others Other (vol.)/d.k./ref IPSOS-Reid, October, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 660 Which is more important goal? - If you had to choose, which of the following would you say is the most important goal of the U.S. military action in Afghanistan -- [ROTATED: destroying terrorist operations in Afghanistan, (or) capturing or killing Osama bin Laden, (or) removing the Taliban from power in Afghanistan]? Destroying terrorist Capturing or killing Removing the Taliban Other D.K. operations Bin Laden from power Gallup, October, 2001 Table 661 Which goals deserve priority? - If you had to choose, what should get a higher priority now? [ROTATE] Building our defenses Taking military action Both (vol.) D.K/Ref. at home to prevent to destroy terrorist networks future terrorist attacks around the world 156

157 10-14 September, September, October, November, January, June, August, /02/ PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 662 Is U.S. doing the right amount? - From what you know, do you think the U.S. is doing -- [ROTATED: too much, the right amount, or too little] -- to provide humanitarian aid to the people of Afghanistan? Too much The right amount Too little No opinion Gallup, October, 2001 Table 663 Support military action in Afghanistan if WTC and Pentagon had not been attacked? - Suppose the World Trade Center and the Pentagon had not been attacked, would you still have supported the current level of U.S. military action in Afghanistan, or not? [asked of those who approved of US military action in Afghanistan (N=898)] Yes, would have No, would not have No opinion COMBINED RESPONSES Approve of current military action 88 Would have support current level of action (42) Would not have supported current level of action (43) Unsure (3) Disapprove of current military action 10 No opinion 2 Gallup October, 2001 Table 664 Is capture of Osama bin Laden condition of success in war on terrorism-1? - Do you think the United States has to capture or kill Osama bin Laden for the war on terrorism to be a success, or do you think the war on terrorism can be a success without Osama bin Laden being killed or captured? Must Capture Or Kill Not Necessary No Opinion 5-6 November, Dec , Jan , Mar. 7-10, Apr , Sep. 5-8, Sep. 4-7, ABC News/Washington Post 157

158 Table 665 Is capture of Osama bin Laden condition of success in war on terrorism-2? - Which comes closer to your view -- [ROTATED: the U.S. accomplishments in Afghanistan will be a success even if Osama bin Laden is not captured, (or) the U.S. accomplishments in Afghanistan will not be a success until Osama bin Laden is captured]? Success Not a success Both/Neither (vol.) No opinion Nov., Jan, March, July, Dec. 5-7, Gallup Table 666 Is it enough to capture Osama bin Laden? - What do you think it will take for the United States to eliminate the threat of future acts of terrorism against this country by Osama bin Laden's organization? Will it be enough to capture or kill bin Laden, OR will it ALSO be necessary to capture or kill other top leaders in his organization, OR will removing top leaders NOT eliminate the threat because too many cells and potential leaders would remain? Enough to capture or kill Will also be necessary Removing top leaders Don't know bin Laden to capture or kill will not eliminate other top leaders the threat 15-16/11/ /08/ PSRA/Newsweek Table 667 Should U.S. take a lead role? - When it comes to (ITEM) do you think the United States should take the leading role, a large role but not the lead, a lesser role or no role at all? Lead role Large role Lesser role No role DK Establishing a new government in Afghanistan Providing food and economic aid to Afghanistan Sending peacekeeping forces to Afghanistan Taking military action against terrorist groups that try to re-establish themselves in Afghanistan PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 668 Should U.S. end military activities if Bin Laden is captured or killed? - If Osama bin Laden is captured or killed and his terrorist network in Afghanistan is destroyed, should the United States -- [ROTATED: end its current military action and bring most U.S. military forces home, (or) actively use U.S. military forces in other countries that harbor terrorists] End current military action Actively use military forces No opinion Gallup, December, 2001[N=485 in Form A] 158

159 Table 669 Keep troops in Afghanistan until Osama bin Laden is captured? - Should the United States begin pulling U.S. troops out of Afghanistan now, or should the United States keep its troops in Afghanistan until Osama bin Laden is captured or killed? Keep Troops Pull Out DK CBS/New York Times, Jan. 5-6, 2002 Table 670 Is campaign successful if Osama bin Laden is not captured or killed? - If the Taliban government of Afghanistan is toppled, but Osama bin Laden and his top aides are not captured or killed, would you say we have been successful in achieving our objectives of the war on terrorism or not? Successful Not successful Not sure TIPP/Investor s Business Daily/Christian Science Monitor, 7-11 November, 2001 (N=920) Table 671 War a success if Osama bin Laden not captured or only partial success? - Will you consider the war in Afghanistan and rooting out the Al-Qaeda network a total success even if Osama bin Laden and Al-Qaeda leaders have not been captured or killed, or only a partial success, or not a success at all? Total Success Partial Success Not a success DK Los Angeles Times, Jan. 31-Feb. 3, 2002 Table 672 Military effort in Afghanistan a victory if top terrorists not captured or killed/ - The Taliban government has been removed from power in Afghanistan, but Osama bin Laden and Mullah Omar, leader of the Taliban, remain at large. Do you think the U.S. military effort in Afghanistan can be considered a victory if these top leaders of enemy forces are not captured or killed? Victory Not Victory DK PSRA/Newsweek, Jan. 31-Feb. 1, 2002 Table 673 Will the U.S. have won war in Afghanistan if Osama bin Laden is not captured or killed? - If Osama bin Laden is not captured or killed, then do you think the United States will have won the war in Afghanistan, or not? Will Have Won Will Not Have Won Mixed (vol.) Don't Know 5-6 Jan Jan Jan., February, May, June, September, Sept., November, Dec , Dec ,

160 CBS News/New York Times Table 674 When would action be justified? - Now I am going to read a list of actions that the U.S. could employ in the war on terrorism. As I read each one, please tell me if you could envision a scenario in which you would support the action or not? How about [see below]? Could you envision a scenario in which you would support this action or not? Could Support Could Not Support Not Sure Assassination of a leader or leaders of another country Government-sanctioned torture of suspects held in the U.S. or abroad Nuclear weapons Biological weapons or chemical weapons such as anthrax or sarin gas TIPP/Investor s Business Daily/Christian Science Monitor, 7-11 November, 2001 (N=920) Table 675 Reduce reliance on Middle East oil - Some say we should reduce our reliance on Middle East oil and instead import oil from other countries even though it would cost us 7 to 10 cents more per gallon. Do you favor or oppose this approach? Favor Oppose Not sure TIPP/Investor s Business Daily/Christian Science Monitor, 7-11 November, 2001 (N=920) Table 676 Who should install new government in Afghanistan? - With the Taliban losing power, who do you think should be responsible for shaping a new government in Afghanistan? Should it be left to the Northern Alliance and Afghani people to figure out for themselves; should the United States step in to keep order and prevent human rights abuses; should the United Nations take this responsibility; or should some other multinational group, with strong Muslim representation, take this responsibility? Northern Alliance, United States United Nations Other multinational group Don't know Afghani people with Muslim representation PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 677 Support sending military advisors to the Philippines? - As you may know, the U.S. has sent a small number of military advisors to the Philippines to help train that country s army to fight Muslim terrorists. Do you approve or disapprove of this decision? Approve Disapprove No opinion Gallup, January, 2002 Table 678 Send troops to the Philippines? - If the U.S. sent 1,000 American troops to the Philippines to join that country s army in combat situations against Muslim terrorists, would you favor or oppose this? Favor Oppose No opinion

161 Gallup, January, 2002 Table 679 Importance of goals of military action in Afghanistan - How important do you think each of the following is as a goal of the U.S. military action in Afghanistan: very important, somewhat important, not very important, or not at all important?.. Very Somewhat Not Very Not At All Not Sure Providing humanitarian aid 26-27/02/ Capturing or killing Osama bin Laden 14-15/02/ /02/ /07/ /09/ Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) Table 680 Capturing or killing Osama bin Laden necessary for success? - Do you think that capturing or killing Osama bin Laden is necessary to successfully conclude the campaign in Afghanistan, or not? Capture Necessarry Capture Not Necessary DK Jan , Apr. 5-7, Jun. 8-10, Sep. 3-5, Dec. 7-9, Sep , NBC News/Wall Street Journal Table 681 Focus of the campaign against terrorism - What do you think should be a bigger focus of the campaign against terrorism - (trying to capture or kill Osama bin Laden specifically), or (trying to capture or kill members of the al Qaeda network in general)? Bin Laden Al Qaeda (vol.) Both (vol.) Neither No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 7-10 March, 2002 (N= 1008) Table 682 Should the U.S. have done more to find diplomatic solution? - Do you think the United States should have done more to find a diplomatic solution before attacking Afghanistan, or did it do enough? Should have done more Did enough No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 7 October, 2001 (N=506) Table 683 Action now or wait longer-1? - Do you think the United States should wait to take military action until we are certain who is responsible for the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, or should we take immediate military action against those who are suspects in the attacks? 161

162 Wait Until Certain Immediate Action DK CBS News/NYT, September, 2001 Table 684 Action now or wait longer-2? - Which of the following comes closest to your view -- [ROTATED: the U.S. should have launched military action before now, the U.S. waited the right amount of time to take military action, (or) the U.S. should have waited longer before taking military action]? Should have launched Waited the right Should have No opinion before now amount of time waited longer Gallup, 7 October, 2001 Table 685 Action now or wait longer-3? - Do you think the U.S. did the right thing in starting military attacks against Afghanistan now, OR should the U.S. have attacked Afghanistan sooner, OR should the U.S. have waited longer to begin military attacks? Right thing Should have attacked Should have waited longer Shouldn't attack (vol.) Don't know starting now sooner CBS News, 8 October, 2001 (N=436) Table 686 Bush administration aggressive enough? - President Bush and his administration have been criticized by some for not pursuing the war in Afghanistan aggressively enough. President Bush urged people to be patient. Do you feel that the military action in Afghanistan has been pursued aggressively enough or not? Yes No DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, Oct. 31-Nov. 1, 2001 Table 687 U.S. action aggressive enough? - Do you think the U.S.-led military action has been too aggressive, about right, or not aggressive enough? Too Aggressive About Right Not Aggressive Enough DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, Oct , 2001 Table 688 Action with or without other countries? - Please tell me which if the following positions is closer to yours: A. In the current military action in Afghanistan, it would be better if more countries would join with us, because then it would be an international effort, not just an American one. B. In the current military action in Afghanistan, it would be better NOT to get more countries involved, because if we did the operation would get bogged down by having to make decisions together with these other countries. Better if more countries join us (A) 72 Better NOT to get other countries involved (B)

163 Do it with NATO or UN ( vol.) 1 Don't know/refused 3 PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 689 Importance of objectives - I'm going to read you some objectives of the current war against terrorism. For each one, please tell me how important you think it is for the United States to meet that objective, using a five-point scale on which a '5' means that it is extremely important, and a '1' means that it is not important ) 5-extremely important not important Capturing Osama bin Laden Removing the Taliban from power in Afghanistan Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 9-11 November, 2001 (N=809) Table 690 U.S. or U.N. leadership? - The United States has been leading the military actions (in Afghanistan) against terrorism with the support of other countries. Do you think that the United States' taking leadership was the right thing, or do you think that the United Nations should have led this effort instead? It was the right thing UN should have led this effort Not sure/refused Harris Poll, November, 2001 Table 691 Main goal of U.S. military force in war on terrorism - What should be the main use of U.S. military force in the war on terrorism? Should the U.S. military be used to fight - - [ROTATED: strictly against terrorist organizations in other countries that represent a threat to the U.S., (or should the U.S. military be used to fight) any terrorist organizations in other countries, even if they do not threaten the U.S.]? Strictly against threats Against any organizations Both/Neither (vol.) No opinion Gallup, January, 2002 Table 692 War on terrorism after accomplishing goals in Afghanistan - Once the U.S. has accomplished its goals in Afghanistan, which comes closer to your view of how the government should mainly wage the war on terrorism -- [ROTATED: the war on terrorism should rely mainly on direct military action in other countries as the U.S. has been doing, (or) the war on terrorism should rely mainly on economic and diplomatic efforts as well as secret intelligence activities]? Direct military action Economic/ diplomatic efforts No opinion Gallup, January, 2002 Table 693 When should U.S. take military action? [- WHEN SHOULD THE U.S. TAKE MILITARY ACTION?] When it has evidence When it is suspicious Military action not justified

164 CBS, February, 2002 Table 694 Is U.S. doing enough to win support of allies? - Do you think the United States IS or IS NOT doing enough to win the support of its allies in the campaign against terrorism? Yes No No opinion Washington Post-ABC News, 7-10 March, 2002 (N= 1008) Table 695 Right amount of spending in war on terrorism? - Do you think the United States is spending -- [ROTATED: too much money, about the right amount, or too little money] -- to fight the war on terrorism? Too much Right amount Too little No opinion Gallup, 8-9 March, 2002 Table 696 What is mission of U.S. troops in Afghanistan? [- U.S. TROOPS' MISSION IN AFGHANISTAN] Hunt down Taliban and Al Qaeda Also to keep peace No opinion CBS News, 8-9 July, 2002 Table 697 Should the U.S. find solution to Israel/Palestinian conflict as part of winning war on terrorism? - Do you think the US needs to find a solution to the Israeli/Palestinian conflict as part of winning the war on terrorism? Yes No No opinion Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), April, 2002 Table 698 Most important lesson of September 11? - What do you think is the more important lesson of September 11th? CCFR* 6/02 26/08-3/09/03 The US needs to work more closely with other countries to fight terrorism The US needs to act on its own more to fight terrorism Not sure/decline. 5 3 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 699 How important is it that war one terrorism is seen as many countriesd working together? - How important is it for the war on terrorism to be seen by the world as an effort of many countries working together, not just a US effort? Is it very important, somewhat important, not too important, or not at all important? 11/01 26/08-3/09/03 Very important Somewhat important Not too important

165 Not at all important 3 1 No answer * 3 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 700 U.S. military presence in Middle East and likelihood of terrorist attacks - Do you think that US military presence in the Middle East increases or decreases the likelihood of terrorist attacks against the US? Increases. Decreases Has no effect here+ No answer This option was presented to respondents if they declined to choose among the other options presented. PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 701 U.S. military presence in Middle East? - Thinking about the next 5-10 years, in the Middle East, do you think the US should: Increase it military presence 31 Decrease its military presence. 64 Keep its military presence about the same+ 4 No answer 2 + This option was presented to respondents if they declined to choose among the other options presented. PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 702 Priorities in the war on terrorism-1 - STATEMENT: As you know there is much discussion about how much priority the US government should give to various approaches to the problem of terrorism. Here is a list of some approaches that the US government is trying at least to some extent. For each one please indicate how high a priority the US government should give to each of these approaches AS COMPARED TO HOW HIGH A PRIORITY IT IS PRESENTLY BEING GIVEN. Please answer on a scale of +5 to 5, with +5 meaning that you think it should be given a much higher priority than it has now, -5 meaning that it should be given a much lower priority than it has now, and 0 meaning that it should be given the same priority it has now. - Increasing airport security Lower priority (-5- -1) 9 Same priority it is given now (0) 20 Higher priority (1-5).70 No answer 2 - Initiatives to help fight global HIV/AIDS and help poor countries develop their economies Lower priority (-5- -1).20 Same priority it is given now (0) 26 Higher priority (1-5).52 No answer 2 - Putting more government functions under the Department of Homeland Security Lower priority (-5- -1).28 Same priority it is given now (0) 33 Higher priority (1-5).37 No answer 3 165

166 - Putting more pressure on the Saudi government to shut down funding and other support for terrorist groups Lower priority (-5- -1) 6 Same priority it is given now (0) 16 Higher priority (1-5).75 No answer 3 - Putting greater pressure on both Israel and the Palestinians to reduce their level of conflict Lower priority (-5- -1).16 Same priority it is given now (0) 22 Higher priority (1-5).60 No answer 2 - Making a stronger effort to stabilize and rebuild Afghanistan Lower priority (-5- -1).22 Same priority it is given now (0) 34 Higher priority (1-5).42 No answer 3 - Increasing the monitoring of goods entering the US Lower priority (-5- -1) 5 Same priority it is given now (0) 18 Higher priority (1-5).75 No answer 2 - Increasing security at buildings and locations that have political, economic and cultural importance. Lower priority (-5- -1) 6 Same priority it is given now (0) 26 Higher priority (1-5).66 No answer 3 - More extensive checks on people entering the US Lower priority (-5- -1) 5 Same priority it is given now (0) 14 Higher priority (1-5).79 No answer 2 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) Table 703 Priorities in the war on terrorism-2 - STATEMENT: Here is a list of some approaches that have been proposed for the US government to try. For each one, please indicate how high a priority the US government should give to each of these approaches. Please answer on a scale of +5 to 5, with +5 meaning that you think that trying this approach should be given a very high priority, -5 meaning that you think this approach should definitely not be tried, and 0 meaning that you think that it should just continue to be considered. - Promoting and helping fund public education in Muslim countries as alternatives to Islamic fundamentalist schools Low priority (-5- -1)29 Continue to be considered(0) 32 High priority (1-5)36 No answer 4 - Reducing US dependence on oil Low priority (-5- -1).7 166

167 Continue to be considered (0) 15 High priority (1-5)75 No answer 3 - Setting up a UN database of terrorists to which all countries would contribute Low priority (-5- -1).7 Continue to be considered (0) 13 High priority (1-5)76 No answer 3 - Working through the UN to strengthen international laws against terrorism and to make sure UN members cooperate in enforcing them Low priority (-5- -1).9 Continue to be considered (0) 14 High priority (1-5)73 No answer 4 - Setting up an international system to cut off funding for terrorism Low priority (-5- -1).5 Continue to be considered (0) 13 High priority (1-5)79 No answer 3 Overthrowing the government of Iran Low priority (-5- -1)33 Continue to be considered (0) 33 High priority (1-5)30 No answer 4 -Removing more limits on the government s power to read s and listen in on telephone conversations Low priority (-5- -1)37 Continue to be considered (0) 30 High priority (1-5)28 No answer 4 - Overthrowing the government of Syria Low priority (-5- -1)37 Continue to be considered (0) 39 High priority (1-5)21 No answer 3 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) Table 704 What should Bush administration do differently? - In the effort to fight terrorism, do you think that in the future, compared with what it has been doing, the Bush administration: Should put more emphasis on military methods 35 Should put more emphasis on diplomatic and economic methods. 58 Has the balance about right+ 4 No answer 3 + This option was presented to respondents if they declined to choose among the other options presented. PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) 167

168 Table 705 Is U.S. playing the role of world policeman more than it should? - Please tell me if you agree or disagree with the following statement: The US is playing the role of world policeman in the Middle East more than it should be. Agree Disagree No answer PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 706 Bush ready to commit necessary resouces? - Do you think President Bush is ready to commit the resources necessary to transform the Middle East region the way that the US committed resources to transforming Germany after World War II, or do you think that he is not ready to commit the resources necessary for this? President Bush is ready to commit the resources. 39 President Bush is not ready to commit the resources 50 No answer 11 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 707 Should U.S. be ready to commit the necessary rsources - Do you think the US should or should not be ready to commit the resources necessary to transform the Middle East region the way that the US committed resources to transforming Germany after World War II? Should Should not No answer PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Support of US military action against terrorists Table 708 Support attacks against Afghanistan and Sudan-1? - As you may know, earlier today the United States launched military attacks against terrorist facilities in the countries of Afghanistan and the Sudan. Do you approve or disapprove of those attacks? Approve Disapprove DK Gallup, 20 August, 1998 Table 709 Support attacks against Afghanistan and Sudan-2? - As you may know, the United States recently launched military attacks against terrorist facilities in the countries of Afghanistan and Sudan. Do you approve or disapprove of those attacks? Approve Disapprove DK Gallup, August, 1998 Table 710 Support or oppose military action against nation found aiding terrorists? - Would you support or oppose the United States taking military action against any nation found to be aiding or hiding terrorists?" 168

169 Support Oppose Not Sure 19-20/09/ /10/ /01/ Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) Table 711 Support or oppose military action against groups identified as responsible for terrorist attacks? - Would you favor or oppose the United States taking military action against groups that are identified as responsible for the terrorist attacks? Favor Oppose Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), September, 2001 (N=900) Table 712 Support or oppose military action against groups responsible for recent terrorist attacks? - Do you support or oppose taking military action against the groups or nations responsible for the recent terrorist attacks? Support Oppose No opinion 11/09/ /09/01* /09/ /09/ *13/09/01 and previous: If the United States can identify the groups or nations responsible for the recent attacks, would you support or oppose taking military action against them? ABC News/Washington Post Table 713 Support or oppose military action against countries assisting or sheltering terrorists attacks? - Apart from those responsible for today's attacks, would you support or oppose the U.S. taking military action against countries that assist or shelter terrorists? Support Oppose No opinion 11/09/ /10/ /11/ ABC News/Washington Post Table 714 Action only aimed at terrorists or also at countries harboring them? - If the U.S. takes military action, should that only be aimed at the terrorists who are responsible, or should it also be aimed at the country or countries harboring the terrorists? Only Terrorists Also Countries DK CBS News/New York Times, Sep , 2001 Table 715 Support or oppose military action against groups responsible for recent terrorist attacks? - Do you think the U.S. should take military action against whoever is responsible for the attacks? 169

170 Yes No Don't know 13-14/09/ /09/ CBS News/New York Times Table 716 Support or oppose military action in retaliation for attacks on WTC and Pentagon? - Do you think the United States should -- or should not -- take military action in retaliation for Tuesday's attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon? Should Should not No opinion Sept., Sept., Gallup Table 717 Support of specific forms of military action in Afghanistan - As I describe some different kinds of military action this country might take in Afghanistan, please tell me which if any, you would support. What about [see below]? Yes No DK Sending in commandos or special forces to attack a few targets or capture Osama Bin Laden Bombing or missile attacks without any troops on the ground Sending in large numbers of ground troops to cover a wide area of the country PSRA/Newsweek, September, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 718 When should military action take place? - In your opinion, how soon - if ever - should the United States use military force against those responsible for last week's terrorist attacks? Do you think military action should have already started, should start within the next few weeks, should start within the next six months, should take as long as is necessary to plan something that will work, OR should NOT be considered at all? 20-21/09/ /09/01 4-5/10/01 Should have already started Start within next few weeks Start within next six months Take as long as is necessary Should not be considered at all Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, September, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 719 Consequences of military action and support-1 - Would you support or oppose the U.S. taking military action if you knew each of the following would happen? How about if -- [ITEMS ROTATED]? Support Oppose No opinion The military draft would be reinstituted U.S. ground troops would be used in an invasion The U.S. military action would continue for a period of several months The U.S. military action would continue for a period of several years ,000 American troops would be killed

171 Gallup, September, 2001 (Half sample, N=518) Table 720 Consequences of military action and support-2 - Would you support or oppose the U.S. taking military action if you knew each of the following would happen? How about if -- [RANDOM ORDER] Support Oppose No opinion There would be less money to spend on domestic programs such as education and Social Security Prolonged economic recession would occur Shortages of oil and gas would occur Taxes would be increased Further terrorist attacks would occur in the U.S Gallup, September, 2001 (Half sample, N=514) Table 721 Support war if you knew consequences? - Would you support or oppose taking military action against the groups or nations responsible for these attacks, if you knew that it meant...? Support Oppose DK Getting into a war Sep. 13, Sep. 20, Sep , Getting into a long war with large numbers of U.S. troops killed or injured Sep. 13, Sep , Innocent civilians in other countries might be hurt or killed Sep. 13, Sep , ABC/Washington Post Table 722 Support military action if it would lead to war-1? - (If support military action) What if that meant getting into a war - in that case would you support or oppose taking military action? Support if war----- Total Strongly Somewhat Oppose No opinion 11/09/01 87 NA NA /09/ /09/ /09/01 82 NA NA 11 5 ABC etc Table 723 Support military action if it would lead to war-2? - What if that meant going to war with a nation that is harboring those responsible for the attacks, then do you think the United States should take military action against whoever is responsible for the attacks? Yes No Don't know 13-14/09/ /09/

172 CBS News/New York Times, September, 2001 (N=1,216) Table 724 Military action only with or also without UN support? - Do you think that the US should take military action against terrorist organizations if --? Take action only if UN authorizes it Take action whether UN authorizes it or not No opinion Gallup, September, 2001 Table 725 Retaliation against home country in case of another terrorist attack? - If another terrorist attack were to happen in the United States and cause large numbers of American lives to be lost, would you favor or oppose a military retaliation on the home country of the terrorists? Favor Oppose Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 3-4 December, 2002 (N=900) Table 726 Military action against Afghanistan if Osama bin Laden is not turned over? - As you may know, a man named Osama bin Laden, who reportedly lives in Afghanistan, has been indicted for directing previous terrorist attacks and is a suspect in Tuesday's attacks. If Afghanistan does not turn bin Laden over to the United States, would you support or oppose the United States' attacking Afghanistan militarily? Support Oppose No opinion Strongly Somewhat Strongly Somewhat ABC News/Washington Post, 13 September, 2001 (N=609) Table 727 Support or oppose current military action in war on terrorism-1 - Do you approve or disapprove of the current U.S. military action in the war on terrorism? Approve Disapprove No opinion October, 2001 ^ November, 2001^ November, 2001^ December, 2001^ January, 2002^ March, Sept., 2002^ Dec., 2003^ Gallup/CNN/USA Today Table 728 Support or oppose current military action in war on terrorism-2 - Do you approve or disapprove of the current U.S. military action against terrorism? Approve Disapprove Don't Know 11-12/10/ /10/ /10/ /11/

173 15-16/11/ /11/ /12/ /12/ PSRA/ Newsweek Table 729 Support or oppose current military action in war on terrorism-3 - Do you approve or disapprove of the military action just taken in the United States' war on terrorism?" Approve Disapprove Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 7 October, 2001 (N=513) Table 730 Support or oppose military action in response to terrorist attacks-1 - Do you support or oppose the U.S. military action being taken in response to the terrorist attacks? Support Oppose Not Sure 19-20/09/ /4/10/ /10/ /10-1/11/ /11/ /11/ /12/ /01/ /01/ /02/ /03/ Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) Table 731 Support lauching cruise missiles at Afghanistan - Do you strongly support, somewhat support, somewhat oppose, or strongly oppose launching cruise missiles at Afghanistan? Strongly Somewhat Somewhat Strongly Strongly Somewhat Somewhat Strongly Support Support Oppose Oppose Support Support Oppose Oppose Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Zogby International, October, 201 Table 732 Support efforts to topple the Taliban government? 173

174 - Do you strongly agree, somewhat agree, somewhat disagree, or strongly disagree with the effort to topple the Taliban government in Afghanistan? Strongly Somewhat Somewhat Strongly Strongly Somewhat Somewhat Strongly Support Support Oppose Oppose Support Support Oppose Oppose Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Zogby International, October, 2001 Table 733 Actions too strong or too weak? - Do you think that the United States' military attacks were too strong, about right, or not strong enough? Too strong About right Not strong enough Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 7 October, 2001 (N=513) Table 734 How long would you be willing to support using military force in Afghanistan? - Thinking specifically about Afghanistan, how long would you be willing to continue using military action in Afghanistan without either capturing Osama bin Laden or removing the Taliban from power -- six months or less, one year, two to three years, more than three years, or do you think the U.S. military action should stop now? Six months or less One year Two-three years More than three years Should stop now D.K Gallup, 2-4 November, 2001 Table 735 Favor U.S. taking direct military action in Afghanistan - Do you favor or oppose the United States taking direct military action in Afghanistan? Favor Oppose No opinion September, October, October, Gallup Table 736 Approve or disapprove of military action in Afghanistan-1? - Do you approve or disapprove of U.S. military action in Afghanistan? Approve Disapprove No Opinion 2-4/09/ / Gallup/USAToday/CNN, 5-7 December, 2003 (N=510) 174

175 Table 737 Approve or disapprove of military action in Afghanistan-2? - Do you support or oppose the U.S. military action in Afghanistan? Do you support/oppose this strongly or somewhat? Support Oppose No opinion Strongly Somewhat Strongly Somewhat 7/10/ /10/01* /11/ /11/ /03/ *9/10/01 and previous:.the U.S.-led air strikes on Afghanistan that began this week? ABC etc Table 738 Approve or disapprove of military action in Afghanistan-3? - Do you approve or disapprove of the military attacks led by the United States against targets in Afghanistan? Approve Disapprove Don't know 8/10/ /10/ /11/ /12/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /02/ /04/ CBS News Table 739 Support or oppose military attacks? - Do you support the military attacks in Afghanistan, or do you oppose them? Support Oppose Dk L.A. Times, Nov , 2001 Table 740 Approve or disapprove of decision to take military action in Afghanistan? - Do you approve or disapprove of the United States decision to take military action in Afghanistan? Approve Disapprove No opinion Gallup, October, 2001 [N=526] Table 741 Did U.S. make a mistake in sending military forces to Afghanistan? - Do you think the United States made a mistake in sending military forces to Afghanistan, or not? Yes No No opinion Yes No No opinion. Afghanistan Vietnam War 175

176 2001 Nov Jan Jan May Jan Yugoslavia 1970 May Jun Apr Apr Jan Sep Jan Persian Gulf War 1968 Sep 26-Oct Jul Aug Feb 28-Mar Apr Feb Feb Jan 30-Feb Feb Jan Dec Jan Oct Jan Jul Jan Apr Dec Jan Nov 29-Dec Nov Nov Sep Nov May Nov Mar Oct Aug 27-Sep Oct Oct Korean War 1990 Oct Jun Sep Jan Sep Oct Sep Oct Aug 30-Sep Feb 28-Mar Aug Aug Aug Jun Apr Vietnam War 1951 Mar , 2000 Nov Feb Apr Jan Mar Aug YUGOSLAVIA WORDING: In view of the developments since we entered the fighting in Yugoslavia, do you think the United States made a mistake sending military forces to fight in Yugoslavia? PERSIAN GULF WAR WORDING (Feb. 28-Mar 3, 1991-Jul , 1991): In view of the developments since we first sent our troops to the Persian Gulf region, do you think the United States made a mistake in sending troops to the Persian Gulf region, or not? PERSIAN GULF WAR WORDING (Aug , 1990-Feb. 7-10, 1990): In view of the developments since we first sent our troops to Saudi Arabia, do you think the United States made a mistake in sending troops to Saudi Arabia, or not? VIETNAM WAR WORDING (1990-, 2000): Looking back, do you think the United States made a mistake sending troops to fight in Vietnam? VIETNAM WAR WORDING ( ): In view of the developments since we entered the fighting in Vietnam, do you think the U.S. made a mistake sending troops to fight in Vietnam? KOREAN WAR WORDING (, 2000): Based on what you have heard or read, do you think the United States made a mistake in going into the war in Korea, or not? KOREAN WAR WORDING (Feb Jan. 1953): Do you think the United States made a mistake in going into the war in Korea, or not? 176

177 KOREAN WAR WORDING (Aug Jan. 1951): In view of the developments since we entered the fighting in Korea, do you think the United States made a mistake in deciding to defend Korea, or not? Gallup Table 742 Support action against targets in Afghanistan and Sudan? - Do you support or oppose the military action the US (United States) has taken against terrorist targets in Afghanistan and the Sudan? Support Oppose Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, August, 1998 Table 743 Keep troops or withdraw from Afghanistan? Which comes closer to your view -- [ROTATED: the U.S. should take all its troops out of Afghanistan, (or) the U.S. should keep troops in Afghanistan]? Take its troops out Keep troops in DK No Gallup, June, 2003 Table 744 Support use of military force against suspected targets in Middle Eastern countries? - In the fight against terrorism, the United States might also consider using military force against targets in other countries. In general, would you support using military force against [see below], or not? Yes No Don't Know Suspected terrorist targets in other MIDDLE EASTERN countries 11-12/10/ /12/ PSRA/Newsweek, October, 2001 (N=1,004) Table 745 Support use of military force against suspected terrorists in Philippines and Sudan? (In the fight against terrorism, the United States might also consider using military force against targets in other countries.) In general, would you support using military force against... suspected terrorists in countries outside the Middle East, such as the Sudan and the Philippines, or not? Yes No Don't know 11-12/10/ /12/ PSRA/Newsweek Table 746 Support use of military force against countries harboring terrorists? - Do you believe the U.S. should -- or should not -- take military action against other countries that the U.S. believes are harboring terrorists? Should Should not No opinion 21-22/09/ /10/ Gallup 177

178 Table 747 Support use of military force against countries assisting or sheltering terrorists-1? - Would you support or oppose U.S. military action against other countries that assist or shelter terrorists? Support Oppose No opinion 8-9/10/ /11/ ABC News, 8-9 October, 2001 Table 748 Support use of military force against countries assisting or sheltering terrorists-2? - Do you approve or disapprove of the United States leading military attacks in other countries where it believes terrorists are hiding, like Iraq, Somalia, and the Philippines? Approve Disapprove Approve of some (vol.) Don't know 21-24/01/ /04/ CBS News Table 749 Options in the war on terrorism - Now I would like to mention several options that might be taken in the war on terrorism, and for each one please tell me if you think the United States should or should not take that action. Take Action No Action DK Take military action against terrorist cells in other countries, such as the Philippines, Somalia, and Sudan 8-10/12/ /01/ Take military action against Iraq and Saddam Hussein if he continues to keep U.N. inspectors out of Iraq, even if most of our allies would not join us 8-10/12/ Take military action against Iraq and Saddam Hussein, even if Iraq had nothing to do with the September 11 attacks 18-21/01/ Military actions to overthrow Saddam Hussein even if it requires using substantial American ground troops NBC/Wall Street Journal Table 750 Support or oppose sending U.S. troops to help capture terrorists in countries such as Philippines and Yemen? - Do you support or oppose sending U.S. troops to try to help capture terrorists in other countries, such as the Philippines and Yemen? Support Oppose No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 7-10 March, 2002 (N= 1008) Table 751 Support or oppose military action against specific countries? - If the U.S. government decides to take military action in the following countries, would you favor or oppose it? How about in -- [RANDOM ORDER]? 178

179 Favor Oppose No opinion Iraq Iran Somalia Gallup, January, 2002 Table 752 Support or oppose military action against specific countries even if not directly connected to 9/11? - Would you support or oppose the United States taking military action against terrorists in other countries, even if they are not directly connected to the attacks (on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon) on September 11 (, 2001)? Support Oppose Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), October, 2001 (N=900) Table 753 Rely on force to bring Bin Laden to justice-1? - Suppose Osama bin Laden is discovered in a country outside of Afghanistan and the government of that country says it is unable to capture him. Do you think the U.S. should rely on military force -- or non-military measures -- to try to bring bin Laden to justice? Military force Non-military measures DO NOTHING (vol.) No opinion Gallup, January, 2002 [Form A, N=527] Table 754 Rely on force to bring Bin Laden to justice-2? - Suppose Osama bin Laden is discovered in a country outside of Afghanistan and the government of that country allows him to stay in that country and refuses to try to capture him. Do you think the U.S. should rely on military force - - or non-military measures -- to try to bring bin Laden to justice? Military force Non-military measures DO NOTHING (vol.) No opinion Gallup, January, 2002 [N=481 in Form B] Table 755 Use nuclear weapons in response to use of WMD by terrorists? - If terrorists use weapons of mass destruction, such as radioactivity or nuclear weapons, would you favor or oppose the U.S. using nuclear weapons in response? Favor Oppose Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 31 October- 1 November, 2001 (N=900) Table 756 Taking military action even if not sure which people are responsible? - Thinking about a possible U.S. military response to last week's terrorist attacks, would you favor or oppose attacking people suspected of terrorism against the U.S. like Osama bin Laden EVEN if we're not sure they're responsible for what happened this week? Favor Oppose Don't know 13-14/09/ /09/

180 PSRA/Newsweek Table 757 Favor military action even including use of ground troops? - Do you favor or oppose taking military action, including the use of ground troops, to retaliate against whoever is responsible for the terrorist attacks? Favor Oppose Don't Know/Refused 13-17/09/01 (N=416) /11/01 (N=769) PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 758 Favor military action even including use of ground troops and even if thousands of casualties? - Do you favor or oppose military action, including the use of ground troops to retaliate against whoever is responsible for the terrorist attacks, even if it means that US armed forces would suffer thousands of casualties? Yes No DK 13-17/09/ N= /11/ N=731 PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 759 Which is greater concern, waiting too long or going too quickly? - Which is your greater concern that we will take military action against the terrorists TOO QUICKLY, or that we will wait TOO LONG to take military action? Take action too quickly Wait too long Don't know/refused PSRA/ Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=1,488) Table 760 How important is it for military actions to punish terrorists for their attacks? - How important to you is it that our military actions against the terrorists PUNISH them for their attacks against the U.S.? Very important Fairly important Not very important Not at all important Don't know/refused PSRA/ Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=1,488) Table 761 How important is it for military actions to prevent future attacks? - How important to you is it that our military actions against the terrorists PREVENT them from making future attacks against the U.S.? Very important Fairly important Not very important Not at all important Don't know/refused PSRA/ Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=1,488) Table 762 Which is more important in military actions? If very important in preceding questions (N=1,070), ask: - Which is MORE important to you? That our military actions terrorists for their attacks against the U.S

181 --OR-- That our military actions PREVENT future terrorist attacks against the U.S. 58 Both [vol.] 18 Don't know/refused 2 PSRA/ Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=1,488) Table 763 Supportive of war that last 6 months to 2 years? - Would you be very supportive, somewhat supportive, or not at all supportive of a war (against terrorism) that lasts 6 months to 2 years? Very supportive Somewhat supportive Not supportive Not sure Zogby International, October, 2001 (N=1,001) Table 764 Support preemptive military actions? - Bush Administration military policy calls for attacking countries or groups that threaten the United States BEFORE there have been any actual attacks against Americans or U.S. interests. Do you think this policy is a GOOD THING because preemptive strikes are needed to deal with the threats we face after September 11th, or is a BAD THING because it goes against American ideals and sets a bad example that would encourage other countries to do the same? Good thing Bad thing Don't know PSRA/Knight Ridder, 3-6 January, 2003 (N=1,204) Table 765 Approval of military action against Afghanistan-1? - As you may know, the United States and Great Britain launched attacks on at least three cities in Afghanistan today in retaliation for the terrorist attacks that occurred in the U.S. on September 11th.) Do you approve or disapprove of the U.S. taking military action in Afghanistan today? Approve Disapprove Don t know/ Refused Gallup, 7 October, 2001 (N=670) Table 766 Approval of military action against Afghanistan-2? - As you may know, the United States and Great Britain launched attacks on at least three cities in Afghanistan today in retaliation for the terrorist attacks that occurred in the U.S. on September 11th.) Looking ahead, would you favor or oppose the United States taking additional direct military action in Afghanistan if...afghan civilians are killed as a result of the military action? Favor Oppose Don't know/refused Gallup, 7 October, 2001 (N=670) Table 767 Approval of military action against Afghanistan-3? - As you may know, the United States and Great Britain launched attacks on at least three cities in Afghanistan today in retaliation for the terrorist attacks that occurred in the U.S. on September 11th. Looking ahead, would you favor or oppose the United States taking additional direct military action in Afghanistan if...u.s. ground troops were to be used? Favor Oppose Don't know/refused 181

182 Gallup, 7 October, 2001 (N=670) Table 768 What to do after Afghanistan-1? - Please complete the following sentence in the manner that best reflects your personal view: If the Taliban government were taken out of power and Osama bin Laden was captured tomorrow, the U.S. government should - continue its military effort against terrorism by turning its military efforts against other terrorism-based countries, bring the military home once everything is stable in Afghanistan and keep the military on standby to take action if any new terrorist activity takes place, or keep a representative military presence in Afghanistan even after the new government officially takes control? Continue Against Bring Military Keep Troops In DK Other Countries Home Afghanistan Nov. 29, Nov. 30, Dec. 3, Zogby International Table 769 What to do after Afghanistan-2? - If the U.S. succeeds in its goal of eliminating terrorist cells in Afghanistan and capturing Osama bin Laden, what should be the next step for the U.S. military: Maintain a military presence in Afghanistan, take the fight to another country that harbors terrorists, or await the next order of deployment by the President? Maintain Presence Take Fight To Await Order Of DK In Afghanistan Another Country Deployment Jan. 7, Jan , Zogby International Support of air strikes Table 770 Support of air strikes against targets in Afghanistan? - Today the United States led air strikes on targets in Afghanistan, including military sites of the Taliban government and training camps of the Al Qaeda terrorist group led by Osama bin Laden. Do you support or oppose these U.S.-led air strikes on Afghanistan? Support Oppose No opinion Strongly Somewhat Strongly Somewhat ABC News/Washington Post, 7 October, 2001 (N=506) Support of sending ground forces Table 771 Favor or oppose using ground troops in Afghanistan-1? - Do you favor or oppose the use of U.S. ground troops in Afghanistan? Favor Oppose Not sure 27 Sept

183 12 October, March, Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 27 September, 2001 Table 772 Favor or oppose direct military action in Afghanistan using ground troops? - Do you favor or oppose the United States taking direct military action using ground troops in Afghanistan? Favor Oppose No opinion Gallup, 5-6 October, 2001 (N=411) Table 773 Favor or oppose using ground troops in Afghanistan-2? - I'd like to ask you a few questions about the events that occurred on September 11th in New York City and Washington, D.C.) Do you favor or oppose the U.S. using ground troops in Afghanistan? Favor Oppose Don't know/refused Gallup, October, 2001 (N=1,006) Table 774 Favor or oppose using ground troops in Afghanistan-3? - Do you support or oppose using U.S. ground troops in Afghanistan? Support Oppose DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, Oct , 2001 Table 775 Favor or oppose sending significant number of ground troops into Afghanistan? - *Would you support or oppose sending a significant number of U.S. ground troops into Afghanistan to overthrow the Taliban government? - **Would you support or oppose sending a significant number of U.S. ground troops into Afghanistan? Support Oppose No opinion 07/10/01 * /10/01 * /11/01** ABC News Table 776 Favor or oppose presence of ground troops in Afghanistan? - Do you approve or disapprove of the presence of U.S. ground troops in Afghanistan? Approve Disapprove No opinion Afghanistan November, Bosnia ^ 1998 Jan Dec Jun May

184 1996 Jan Dec Haiti 1994 Oct Sep Sep ^ Do you approve or disapprove of the presence of U.S. troops in Bosnia? Do you approve or disapprove of the presence of U.S. troops in Haiti? Gallup Table 777 Send troops into the caves to hunt down Osama bin Laden - Do you favor or oppose the U.S. sending troops into the caves of Afghanistan to hunt down Osama bin Laden? Favor Oppose Nov. 29, Nov. 30, Zogby International Table 778 Limited mission or take over areas in Afghanistan? - If you had to choose, which of the following comes closer to your view -- [ROTATED: U.S. ground troops should be used for limited missions which would send U.S. forces into Afghanistan for only a few days or weeks at a time, (or) U.S. ground troops should be used to take over areas in Afghanistan for an indefinite period of time]? [Asked of those who favor use of ground troops in preceding question, N=817] Use for limited missions Use to take over areas in Afghanistan D.K COMBINED RESPONSES Favor the use of ground troops 80 Use ground troops for limited missions (37) Uses ground troops to take over areas (40) No preference (3) Oppose the use of ground troops 18 No opinion 2 Gallup, October, 2001 Table 779 Favor or oppose sending large numbers of ground troops into Afghanistan-1? - Do you favor or oppose the U.S. sending large numbers of ground troops into combat in Afghanistan? Favor Oppose No opinion Gallup, 2-4 November, 2001 Table 780 Favor or oppose sending large numbers of ground troops into Afghanistan-2? - Would you support or oppose sending a significant number of U.S. ground troops into Afghanistan to capture or kill Osama bin Laden and his associates? Support Oppose No opinion 184

185 ABC News/Washington Post, 7 October, 2001 (N=506) Table 781 Begin ground war or continue bombing? - Do you think the United States should begin fighting a ground war very soon, or should the United States continue mainly to bomb from the air for the coming weeks? Should begin a ground war Continue to bomb from the air Don't know CBS News, 9 October, 2001 (N=434) Other strategies and measures Peacekeeping force in Afghanistan Table 782 Favor or oppose participation in international peacekeeping force in Afghanistan? - If an international peacekeeping force is established in Afghanistan, do you favor or oppose U.S. troops participating in that force? Favor Oppose Don't know/refused Gallup, November, 2001 (N=1,025) Table 783 Contribute troops to international peacekeeping force in Afghanistan-1? - If an international peacekeeping force is established in Afghanistan, do you favor or oppose U.S. troops participating in that force? Favor Oppose No opinion Gallup, November, 2001 Table 784 Contribute troops to international peacekeeping force in Afghanistan-2? - Do you think the U.S. should or should not be contributing troops to a UN peacekeeping force in Afghanistan? Should Should Not No Answer Program on International Policy Attitudes/Knowledge Networks Poll, June, 2003 (N=1,051) Table 785 Contribute troops to international peacekeeping force in Afghanistan-3? - If the Bush administration decides to have U.S. troops participate in a peace keeping force in Afghanistan, would you then favor or oppose this?[asked OF THOSE WHO OPPOSE OR ARE UNSURE ABOUT U.S. PARTICIPATING IN PEACE KEEPING FORCE IN AFGHANISTAN, N=2,14] Favor Oppose No opinion COMBINED RESPONSES Favor use of troops in peacekeeping force in Afghanistan

186 Would favor if U.S. sent troops 9 Would still oppose if U.S. sent troops 12 No opinion 1 Gallup, November, 2001 Table 786 Support or oppose expansion of peacekeeping force in Afghanistan? - Right now the UN peacekeeping force is only maintaining law and order in the area around the capital city of Kabul. Some members of the UN as well as the president of Afghanistan have called for the UN peacekeeping force to expand, so as to cover other areas of Afghanistan that are presently dominated by various warlords. Do you think the U.S. should or should not approve of this expansion? Should Should Not No Answer Program on International Policy Attitudes/Knowledge Networks Poll, June, 2003 (N=1,051) Table 787 Should U.S. contribute troops to expanded peacekeeping force in Afghanistan? - If other countries are willing to contribute the majority of troops to an expansion of the UN peacekeeping force in Afghanistan, do you think the U.S. should or should not contribute some troops as well? Should Should Not No Answer Program on International Policy Attitudes/Knowledge Networks Poll, June, 2003 (N=1,051) Table 788 Does peacekeeping force in Afghanistan include forces from European countries? - Just based on your impressions, do you think that the UN peacekeeping force in Afghanistan does or does not include soldiers from European countries? Does Does Not No Answer Knowledge Networks/Program on International Policy Attitudes, June, 2003 (N=1,051) Other measures against terrorism Table 789 Support or oppose aid package to people of Afghanistan? - Do you support or oppose the United States providing an aid package worth 320 million dollars to deliver food and medicine to the people of Afghanistan? Support Oppose No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 7 October, 2001 (N=506) Table 790 Support or oppose humanitarian aid to Afghan people while Taliban still in control? - Do you support the United States giving humanitarian aid to the Afghan people while the Taliban government is still in power, or would it be better to wait until the Taliban is no longer in control? [Asked of those who support aid package in preceding question] Support Oppose No opinion

187 ABC News/Washington Post, 7 October, 2001 (N=506) Table 791 Should U.S. see to it that women in Afghanistan get basic rights? - Which comes closer to your view -- [ROTATED: the US should take active steps to make certain that the new government in Afghanistan gives women the same basic rights that men in that country have, (or) the US should allow the new government in Afghanistan to make its own rules concerning the rights women have in that country]? Make certain women given basic rights Allow new government to make own rules No opinion Gallup, December, 2001 [Form A, N=486] Table 792 Change law to permit assassinations of terrorists-1? - Currently it is against United States law for the government to seek out and assassinate people in foreign countries who commit terrorist acts in the United States and elsewhere. Do you think this law should be changed so the U.S. government can assassinate people in foreign countries who commit terrorist acts, or should the current law not be changed? Should be changed Should not be changed Don't know CBS News/New York Times, September, 2001 (N=959) Table 793 Change law to permit assassinations of terrorists-2? - Currently, there is an executive order that prohibits United States military and intelligence agencies from conducting assassinations of enemies abroad. Do you think that the United States military and intelligence agencies should or should not be allowed to conduct assassinations of enemies abroad? Should be allowed Should not be allowed Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, September, 2001 (N=821) Table 794 Support or oppose assassinations and torture? - Would you be willing -- or not willing -- to have the U.S. government do each of the following, if the government thought it were necessary to combat terrorism? How about -- [RANDOM ORDER][N=408]? Willing Not willing No opinion Assassinate known terrorists Assassinate leaders of countries that harbor terrorists Torture known terrorists if they know details about future terrorist attacks in the U.S Use nuclear weapons to attack terrorist facilities Gallup, 5-6 October, 2001 Table 795 Killing suspected terrorist leaders effective in preventing terrorism? - How effective do you think each of the following would be in preventing terrorist attacks in the future? What about killing suspected terrorist leaders, as Israel does? Would this be very effective, somewhat effective, not too effective, or not at all effective? Very Effective Somewhat Effective Not Too Effective Not At All Effective DK Sep ,

188 Sep , PSRA/Newsweek Table 796 Favor assassination od individual terrorist leaders? - In order to combat international terrorism, please say whether you favor or oppose each of the following measures. The first is assassination of individual terrorist leaders. Do you favor or oppose this measure? Favor Oppose DK Wirthlin Worldwide, Sep , 2001 Table 797 Favor assassination of leaders responsible for terrorism? Here are some military actions the U.S. could take once it knows who is responsible for the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon. Please tell me whether you favor or oppose taking each action against the responsible party: Assassination of leaders responsible for the terrorism. Favor Oppose DK Harris Interactive, Sep. 13, 2001 Table 798 Should government assassinate known terrorists? - Would you be willing - or not willing - to have the U.S. government do each of the following, if the government thought it were necessary to combat terrorism? How about...? Willing Not Willing DK Assassinate known terrorists Assassinate leaders of countries that harbor terrorists Gallup/CNN/USA Today, Oct. 5-6, 2001 Table 799 Should CIA be allowed to assassinate suspected enemies of the U.S.? - Would you favor or oppose the following measures to curb terrorism...allowing the CIA to conduct assassinations overseas when pursuing suspected enemies of the U.S.? Favor Oppose DK PSRA/Pew Research Center, Sep , 2001 Table 800 Support covert operation to assassinate individuals overseas? - Would you support a cover operation to assassinate individuals overseas who give major financial support to terrorists, or not? Support Oppose DK Oct , Dec , PSRA/Newsweek Table 801 Would you personally kill Osama bin Laden? - While it is a highly unlikely situation, if you had the opportunity, would you personally kill Usama bin Laden? 188

189 Yes No DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, June, 2002 Table 802 Support or oppose particular measures if necessary to combat terrorism? - Would you be willing -- or not willing -- to have the U.S. government provide aid and assistance to each of the following, if the government thought it were necessary to combat terrorism? How about to -- [RANDOM ORDER]? Willing Not willing No opinion Organizations that sell illegal drugs Organizations that are suspected of torture or other criminal acts Governments which deny their citizens basic freedoms Gallup, 5-6 October, 2001 (N=411) Table 803 Toughen restrictions on visas for foreign students? - In light of Tuesday's attack, should the United States toughen restrictions on visas for foreign students and other visitors to the United States? Yes No Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 804 Facilitate deportation in case of suspicions - If an immigrant had no actual involvement in a terrorist action taken, but the person was family member or friend of a proven terrorist, would you favor or oppose a law that would allow for that person s quick deportation? Favor Oppose DK Nov. 3, Nov. 4, Nov. 5, Nov. 6, Zogby International Table 805 Facilitate deportation of people with proven ties to terrorists - If the U.S. adopted laws to allow faster deportation of individuals found to have ties to proven terrorists would you strongly support, somewhat support, somewhat oppose, or strongly oppose this? Strongly Somewhat Somewhat Strongly DK Support Support Oppose Oppose Zogby International, 8 October, 2001 Table 806 Reduce numbers of Arab immigrants? - Based on recent events, do you think U.S. immigration laws should be tightened to restrict the number of immigrants from Arab or Muslim countries into the United States? Yes No DK

190 Wirthlin Worldwide, Sep , 2001 Table 807 Favor sealing temporarily U.S. borders? - Do you favor or oppose temporarily sealing U.S. borders and stopping all immigration into the U.S. during the war on terrorism? Favor Oppose DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, Oct. 31-Nov. 1, 2001 Table 808 Number of people allowed to immigrate from Middle East? - Should the number of people who are allowed to immigrate to the United States from the Middle East be increased, decreased, or kept at its present level? Increased Kept At Present Level Decreased DK NPR/Kaiser/Harvard, Oct. 31-Nov. 12, 2001 Table 809 Reduce ties to Israel to reduce danger of terrorism Please tell me if you agree or disagree with the following statement, or if you have no opinion either way: The U.S. should reduce its ties to Israel in order to lessen the acts of terrorism against us. Agree Disagree Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 810 Spend surplus on Social Security in war on terrorism? - President Bush promised not to spend the Social Security surplus except in times of economic distress or war. What about now after the terrorist attacks? Do you think President Bush still should not spend the Social Security surplus or should Bush spend the surplus in response to the attacks? No, should not spend surplus Yes, should spend surplus Don't know/refused PSRA/ Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=1,488) Table 811 Is system of color-coded alerts helpful? - Do you think the government's color-coded terror alert system is helpful or not? Helpful Not Helpful Not Sure Nov Feb /06/ Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only). Table 812 Do people take terror alerts seriously? - Do you think most people take these terror alerts seriously or do they ignore them? Seriously Ignore (Not sure) 190

191 12-13 Dec 01* Nov Feb /6-1/07/ *.people continue to take these alerts seriously.. Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) February, 2003 (N=900) Internal security Table 813 Will it be necessary to give up some civil liberties? - In order to curb terrorism in this country, do you think it will be necessary for the average person to give up some civil liberties, or not? Necessary Not necessary Don't know 4/ N=1,032 March, April, Sept., /09/ /09/ /01/ /06/ /08/ /07/ Los Angeles Times, April, 1995; March, 1996; April, 1997; September, 2001 (N=1,561) PSRA/ Pew Research Center September, 2001 (N=868) PSRA/Newsweek, 20-21/09/01 (N=1,005) * In 2003 and earlier the question was worded: In order to curb terrorism in this country, do you think it will be necessary for the average person to give up some civil liberties, or not? Table 814 Will Americans have to give up some of their personal freedoms to make country safe from terrorist attacks? - Do you think Americans will have to give up some of their personal freedoms in order to make the country safe from terrorist attacks, or not? Will have to Will not Don't know 13-14/9/ /09/ (N=1,216) 08/10/ /04/ CBS News Table 815 Willing to give up some liberties to enable government to act against terrorists? - Would you be willing to give up some of the liberties we have in this country in order for the government to crack down on terrorism, or not? Would be willing Would not be willing No opinion 20/04/ /05/ /09/

192 ABC News Table 816 Willing to give up some personal freedom? - Would you be willing to give up some of your personal freedom in order to reduce the threat of terrorism? Yes No DK Oct , Jun. 4-5, Sep. 8-9, Opinion Dynamics/Fox News Table 817 Support new laws that facilitate investigating people? - Would you support or oppose new laws that would make it easier for the FBI and other authorities to investigate people they suspect of involvement in terrorism? Support Oppose No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 13 September, 2001 (N=609) Table 818 Support random stopping of people that fit profile of suspects? - In order to fight terrorism, would you approve of law enforcement randomly stopping people who fit the profile of suspected terrorists? Would you approve strongly or only somewhat? Approve strongly Approve somewhat Disapprove somewhat Disapprove strongly D.K Los Angeles Times, September,2001 Table 819 Support government steps even if they violate basic civil liberties? - Which comes closer to your view? The government should take all steps necessary to prevent additional acts of terrorism in the U.S. even if it means your basic civil liberties would be violated. OR, The government should take steps to prevent additional acts of terrorism but not if those steps would violate your basic civil liberties. Even if civil liberties violated Not if civil liberties violated No opinion January, June, September, Apr Aug ^ Nov ^ Asked of a half sample. Gallup/CNN/USA Today Table 820 Necessary to give up some civil liberties to make country safe from terrorism? - Do you think it is necessary to give up some civil liberties in order to make the country safe from terrorism, or do you think some of the government s proposals will go too far in restricting the public s civil liberties? Necessary to give up some liberties Government will go too far Don t know 192

193 Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 821 Afraid that government will go too far or not far enough? -Which of these statements comes closer to your opinion on investigating terrorism? Statement A: I worry that the United States will go too far in its investigation of terrorism and will infringe on other people s civil liberties and rights. Statement B: I worry that the United States will go too far in protecting people s rights and civil liberties and will not be aggressive enough in investigating terrorism. Statement A/ Statement B/ DK Go too Far Not Aggressive Enough NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 8-10 December, 2001 Table 822 Individual rights now better or worse than before 9/11? - Since the terrorist attacks in the United States on September 11 last year, do you think that individual rights and freedoms in the United States have gone better, stayed about the same, or gotten worse? - If worse : Do you think this was necessary to combat terrorism, or not? Gotten Stayed Gotten worse DK better the same Was necessary Not necessary D.K. 2-4 September, Gallup Table 823 Rights and freedoms threatened by government? - Do you think the federal government threatens your own personal rights and freedoms, or not? Yes No DK May 26-Jun. 15, Oct. 31-Nov. 12, Aug. 7-13, NPR/Kaiser/Harvard Table 824 Bush administration going too far in restricting cvili liberties? - Do you think the Bush administration will go too far, will do about right, or will not go far enough in restricting people s civil liberties in order to fight terrorism? Too Far About Right Not Far Enough DK Gallup/CNN/USA Today, June, Table 825 Favor policy of holding citizens without formal charges? - Do you favor or oppose the U.S. government s policy of holding American citizens without formal charges or trial in cases of suspected terrorism? Favor Oppose DK 193

194 PSRA/Pew Research Center, June, 19-23, 2002 Table 826 Worry about weaking legal protections? - How much, if at all, do you worry that this policy might weaken the protections built into the American legal system a great deal, a fair amount, not much, or not at all? Great Deal Fair Amount Not Much Not at all DK PSRA/Pew Research Center, June, 19-23, 2002 Table 827 More concerned about violating civil rights or additional terrorist attacks? - Which concerns you the most, the possibility of the FBI violating your constitutional rights or the possibility of additional terrorist attacks? Violating Rights More Terrorist Attacks DK Andres McKenna, 3-6 June, 2002 Table 828 Anti-terrorism efforts intruding on your civil liberties? - Do you personally feel that the government s anti-terrorism efforts are intruding on your civil liberties, or not? (If Yes) In your view, is it a minor intrusion or a major intrusion? Major Intrusion Minor Intrusion Not An Intrusion DK ABC News, September, 2002 (If Yes) Do you think that intrusion is necessary right now, or not necessary? Necessary Not Necessary Not An Intrusion DK ABC News, September, 2002 Table 829 What is more important: investigate possible threats or not intruding on personal privacy? - What do you think is more important right now for the FBI to investigate possible terrorists threats, even if that intrudes on personal privacy; or for the FBI not to intrude on personal privacy, even if that limits its ability to investigate possible terrorist threats? Investigate Threats Respect Privacy DK Jun. 7-9, Sep. 5-8, Sep. 4-7, ABC News Table 830 Federal agencies intruding on privacy rights in investigating terrorism? - In investigating terrorism, do you think the federal agencies like the FBI are or are not intruding on some Americans privacy rights? 194

195 Are Are Not DK (If Yes) Do you think those intrusions are justified or not justified? Justified Not Justified DK ABC News, 4-7 September, 2003 Table 831 More concerned with legal and privacy rights than with threat of terrorism? - And which of the following comes closest to your point of view...i am more concerned with losing legal and privacy rights than with the threat of terrorism. I am equally concerned about both the threat of terrorism and losing legal and privacy rights. I am more concerned about the threat of terrorism than losing legal and privacy rights? More Concerned With Rights Equally Concerned More Concerned With Terrorism DK TIPP/IBD/CSM, Aug. 4-10, 2003 Table 832 Should government have access to travel, credit and other records to combat terrorism? - To combat terrorism, do you think the government should have access to travel, credit, and medical records of the following groups of people or not? As I read each one please say yes or no. OK?. Yes No DK..All citizens? All non-citizens? People suspected of criminal activity? TIPP/IBD/CSM, Aug. 4-10, 2003 Table 833 Confident that law enforcement be done in proper way - Overall, how confident do you feel that U.S. law enforcement will use its expanded surveillance powers in what you would see as a proper way, under the circumstances of terrorist threats? Would you say very confident, somewhat confident, not very confident, or not confident at all? Very Confident Somewhat Conmfident Not Very Confident Not Confident DK Sep , Mar , Feb , Feb. 9-16, Harris Interactive Table 834 Has Bush administration gone too far in restricting civil liberties? - Do you think the Bush administration has gone too far, been about right or has not gone far enough in restricting people s civil liberties in order to fight terrorism? Too far About right Not far enough No opinion June, September, Aug , Nov

196 Gallup/CNN/USA Today Table 835 More concerned about failure to enact strong laws or about restrictions on civil liberties-1? - Which concerns you more right now -- that the government will fail to enact strong anti-terrorism laws, or that the government will enact new anti-terrorism laws which excessively restrict the average person's civil liberties? Fail to enact strong laws Excessively restrict liberties Both (vol.) Neither (vol.) DK 10/12/ /11/ CBS News/New York Times Table 836 More concerned about failure to enact strong laws or about restrictions on civil liberties-2? - Which concerns you more right now -- that the government will fail to enact strong anti-terrorism laws, or that the government will enact new anti-terrorism laws which excessively restrict the average person's civil liberties? Fail to enact strong laws Excessively restrict liberties DK Sep , Jan. 9-13, Jun , PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 837 Willing to give up civil liberties and privacy? - What if that meant giving up some of Americans' personal liberties and privacy---in that case would you support it or not? Support, if less liberty Oppose No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 13 September, 2001 (N=609) Table 838 Willing to support new security measures even if it reduced privacy protections? - Would you support new laws to strengthen security measures against terrorism, even if that meant reducing privacy protections such as limits on government searches and wiretapping? Would support Would not support Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, September, 2001 (N=821) Table 839 Willing to give up personal freedoms to prevent another terrorist attack? - How willing are you to give up personal freedoms and civil liberties to prevent another terrorist attack: very willing, somewhat willing, somewhat unwilling, or very unwilling? Very willing Somewhat willing Somewhat unwilling Very unwilling Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News, 20 September, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation (N=513) Table 840 Should government agencies be given wider powers-1? - Some people say that in order to fight terrorism, government agencies should be given broader powers to tap telephone lines and monitor cell phones and other wireless communications. Would you approve or disapprove of such a move? 196

197 Approve Disapprove Don't know September, 2001 (N=1,561) October, 2001 (N=1,995) Los Angeles Times Table 841 Should government agencies be given wider powers-2? - Some people say that in order to fight terrorism, government agencies should be given broader powers to monitor Internet communications and be given the legal authority to read all private s. Would you approve or disapprove of such a move? Approve Disapprove Don't know September, 2001 (N=1,561) October, 2001 (N=1,995) Los Angeles Times Table 842 More concerned about failure to enact strong laws of restriction of civil liberties - What concerns you more right now? That the government will fail to enact strong, new anti-terrorism laws, or that the government will enact new anti-terrorism laws which excessively restrict the average person's civil liberties? Fail to enact strong laws Enact laws that restrict Neither (vol.) D.K. liberties know/refused L.A. Times, April, /09/ PSRA/ Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=868) Table 843 Measures to combat terrorism-1 - As part of the effort to combat terrorism, would you support or oppose: Support Oppose No opinion Allowing wiretaps on suspected terrorists to include cell phones and the internet, as well as regular telephones Allowing court-ordered wiretaps and electronic surveillance to follow a suspect for up to a year, anywhere that person goes in the United States Allowing investigators to tap into voic and messages with just a search warrant, rather than a court order Allowing electronic surveillance conducted overseas by foreign governments to be used in U.S. courts, even if that surveillance would not have been allowed in this country Allowing airline pilots to carry guns Allowing prosecutors to share secret grand jury information with the CIA and other national security agencies Increasing the criminal penalties for terrorism and terrorism conspiracy Allowing the government to deport or indefinitely detain any foreigner in this country who is suspected of supporting any organization involved in terrorism Allowing the government to confiscate the money in bank accounts linked to terrorists

198 Creating criminal penalties for money-laundering involving terrorism Having the federal government take over security screening at U.S. airports, at a cost of nearly one-point-eight billion dollars a year ABC/Washington Post, September, 2001 (N= 1215) Table 844 Measures to combat terrorism-2 - Next, please tell me if you would favor or oppose each of the following as a means of preventing terrorist attacks in the United States (14-15/09/01)/ actions in the United States for at least several years. (19-21/10/01). How about -- [RANDOM ORDER]? Favor Oppose No opinion Requiring Arabs, including those who are U.S. citizens, to carry a special ID 14-15/09/ /10/ Requiring Arabs, including those who are U.S. citizens, to undergo special, more intensive security checks before boarding airplanes in the U.S /09/ Instituting new security procedures that would require passengers to check in two to three hours before their flight is scheduled to depart 14-15/09/ * 19-21/10/ Banning airline passengers from carrying on board any luggage including purses, computers, and briefcases 14-15/09/ Limiting airline passengers to carry on only one small item such as a purse or briefcase 19-21/10/ Requiring every person going into an office building or public place to show ID 14-15/09/ Requiring every person going into an office building or public place to go through a metal detector 14-15/09/ Allowing police to stop people on the street at random to search their possessions 14-15/09/ Making it easier for legal authorities to read mail, , or tap phones without the person s knowledge 14-15/09/ /10/ Gallup Table 845 Measures to combat terrorism-3 - I'm going to read you some other things that might be done to improve security and protect against terrorism in the United States. For each one, tell me if you strongly favor it, would accept it if necessary, or think it would go too far. What about? Would you strongly favor this, accept this if necessary, or think this would go too far? Strongly Favor Accept Too Far Don't Know 198

199 More restrictions on air travel, including no curbside check-in, arrival at the airport two or more hours before a flight, and no knives, scissors or other sharp instruments allowed on the plane Sep , Sep , Sep , Jun , Giving the government new power to detain legal immigrants suspected of crimes indefinitely 20-21/09/ Closely monitoring the whereabouts of legal immigrants to the United States from Arab and Muslim countries Split sample (Form B) 20-21/09/ ID checks at all workplaces and public buildings Sep , /09/ /09/ Jun , Closely monitoring the whereabouts of legal immigrants to the United States Split sample (Form A) 20-21/09/ New restrictions that would reduce the number of foreign exchange students in this country 20-21/09/ Random ID checks on the streets and highways Sep , /09/ /09/ Jun , Making it easier for intelligence and law enforcement agents to monitor people's private telephone conversations and Sep , /09/ /09/ Jun , Making cockpit doors on all passenger airliners stronger and more secure 27-28/09/ Making the pilot's top priority maintaining control of his aircraft rather than passenger comfort and safety 27-28/09/ Arming pilots on flights 27-28/09/ Arming at least some other airline personnel on flights 27-28/09/ Giving the military authority to shoot down passenger airliners that appear to be hijacked for terrorist purposes 27-28/09/ Issuing ID cards for every citizen and legal immigrant designed to be as tamper-proof as possible Sep , PSRA/Newsweek Table 846 Measures to combat terrorism-4 - Would you favor or oppose the following measures to curb terrorism: (READ AND ROTATE) Favor Oppose DK/Ref Requiring that all citizens carry a national identity card at all times to show to a police officer on request September, August, July 5 August,

200 Allowing the CIA to contract with criminals in pursuing suspected terrorists overseas Allowing the CIA to conduct assassinations overseas when pursuing suspected enemies of the U.S Allowing the U.S. government to take legal immigrants from unfriendly countries to internment camps during times of tension or crisis Allowing the U.S. government to monitor your personal telephone calls and s Sep , Aug , Allowing the U.S. government to monitor your credit card purchases Sep , Aug , PSRA/ Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=868) Table 847 Measures to combat terrorism-5 - Following are some increased powers of investigation that law enforcement agencies might use when dealing with people of terrorist activity, but which would also affect our civil liberties. For each please indicate whether you would favor or oppose it. Favor Oppose Don t Know Adoption of a national I.D. system for all U.S. citizens September, March, August/ September, Feb , Feb. 9-16, Expanded camera surveillance on streets and in public places September, /11/ March, August/ September, Feb , Feb. 9-16, Law enforcement monitoring of Internet discussions in chat rooms and other forums September, March, August/ September, Feb , Feb. 9-16, Expanded government monitoring of cell phones and to intercept communications September, March, August/ September, Stronger document and physical security checks for travelers 200

201 Sep , Mar , Feb , Feb. 9-16, Stronger document and physical security checks for access to government and private office buildings Sep , Mar , Feb , Feb. 9-16, Expanded under-cover activities to penetrate groups under suspicion Sep , Mar , Feb , Feb. 9-16, Use of facial-recognition technology to scan for suspected terrorists at various locations and public events Sep , Mar , Feb , Feb. 9-16, Issuance of a secure ID technique for persons to access government and business computer systems, to avoid disruptions Sep , Mar , Feb , Feb. 9-16, Closer monitoring of banking and credit card transactions, to trace funding sources Sep , Mar , Feb , Feb. 9-16, Expanded government monitoring of cell phones and , to intercept communications Sep , Mar , Feb , Feb. 9-16, Harris Interactive Table 848 Measures to combat terrorism-6 - If the government believes a terrorist attack may occur somewhere in the U.S. but cannot release any of the details, which do you think is better for the government to do -- [ROTATED: issue a nationwide alert without any details, (or) not issue any alert at all]? Issue an alert without any details Not issue any alert at all No opinion

202 Gallup, 2-4 November, 2001 [Form B, N=544] Table 849 Measures to combat terrorism-7? - If the government believes a terrorist attack may occur somewhere in the United States, do you think it is better for the government to issue a nationwide alert to all Americans, or to issue an alert only to law enforcement officials? Nationwide Law Enforcement DK Quinnipiac, February, 2002 Table 850 Which measures go too far? - Now I d like to ask you about some specific actions that the United States might take its efforts to fight terrorism and increase security. For each item that I read, please tell me whether you think that the United States is going too far, striking the right balance, or not going far enough in its efforts to increase security. Going Too Far Striking the Not Going DK Right Balance Far Enough Wiretapping conversations between detained suspects and their lawyers without a court order while guaranteeing that the information obtained will not be used in court Detaining as many as six hundred people without charging them with a crime or releasing their names Trying suspected terrorists in military tribunals, in which there is a limited appeals process and there are special rules that can allow evidence and witnesses to be kept secret from the public Interviewing as many as five thousand young men from Arab countries who are living in the United States legally to find out whether they have information about terrorist activities Greater monitoring on the Internet and by federal authorities investigating terrorism NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 8-10 December, 2001 Table 851 Alert system - In the past few days, Bush administration officials have warned about the potential of suicide bombers in the U.S., the potential of terrorists with nuclear weapons, and that a terrorist attack is likely to happen soon. Which of the following statements best reflects your position on the terrorism alerts? STATEMENT A: They unfairly alarm residents since no specific targets or locations or cautions are ever mentioned. STATEMENT B: They represent an example of what will become a continuous and necessary message from now on by the government as a result of terrorism. STATEMENT C: It is a purely political response to recent criticism over what the Bush administration knew prior to September. 11. Because even with escalating talk about threats, officials have not raised the nation s level of alert. It remains at yellow, the midpoint of the five-level warning system established in March? Continuous/ Necessary Unfairly Alarming Purely Political DK Zogby International, May,

203 Table 852 Should government be allowed to interview 5000 men from the Middle East? - As part of its terrorism investigation, the federal government says it wants to interview about 5,000 young men from the Middle East who are in the United States on temporary visas. The government says the men are not suspects and the interviews are voluntary. Others say this approach singles out these men unfairly on the basis of their national origin. What's your opinion? Do you support or oppose the plan to interview these 5,000 men? Support Oppose No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 27 November, 2001 Table 853 Should everyone be forced to carry electronic identification card? In order to reduce the threat of terrorism, would you be willing or not willing for the government to require everyone in the United States to carry a national electronic identification card, or 'smart card' that would have detailed information about each person? Willing Not willing Don't know 20-23/09/ N=1, February, N=861 CBS News Table 854 Good or bad idea that everyone should carry identification card-1 - Do you think requiring U.S. citizens to carry national identification cards is a good idea or a bad idea? Good Idea Bad Idea DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, June, 2002 Table 854 Good or bad idea that everyone should carry identification card-2 - Please tell me if you would favor or oppose the government doing each of the following as a way to prevent terrorist attacks in the United States...require everyone in the U.S. to carry an identification card issued by the federal government? Favor Oppose DK Harris Interactive, 27 September, 2001 Table 856 Helpful to require citizens to carry national identification card? - How helpful do you think it would be to law enforcement officials in catching terrorists, if U.S. citizens were required to carry national identification cards? Very Helpful Somewhat Helpful Not Very Helpful Not At All Helpful DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, June, 2002 Table 857 Support ID card to enhance workplace security? - To enhance workplace security, how willing would you be to have an ID card issued by your employer that would have your photo, a biometric identifier (such as a fingerprint), and your basic personnel information stored on the card? (Asked of those who are employed full or part time)? 203

204 Very Willing Somewhat Willing Not Very Willing Not At All Willing DK Harris Interactive, Mar. 27-Apr. 2, 2002 Table 858 Support law requiring all adults to carry identification card? - Would you support or oppose a law requiring all adults in this country to carry a national identification card that includes information such as their photograph and social security number? Support Oppose DK ISR, 11 March- 16 April, 2002 Table 859 Measures against citizens of Arab descent? - Please tell me if you would favor or oppose the government doing each of the following as a way to prevent terrorist attacks in the United States...? Favor Oppose DK Require U.S. citizens of Arab descent to carry an identification card issued by the federal government Allow the federal government to hold Arabs who are U.S. citizens in camps until it can be determined whether they have links to terrorist organizations Harris Interactive, 27 September, 2001 Table 860 Give police powers to stop and search? - Thinking of the situation here in the United States, please tell me if you support or oppose giving the police powers to stop and search...? Yes No DK Any person, at random Any person who fits the profile of as suspected terrorist Any one who appears to be an Arab or Muslim, at random ABC News, Oct. 8-9, 2001 Table 861 Profile of suspected terrorists? - There are many factors that could go into the profile of a suspected terrorist, such as having contacts with terrorist groups. Do you think...should be part of the profile of a suspected terrorist? Should Be Part of Profile Should Not be part of profiile DK Expressing support for terrorists goals Being Arab or Muslim ABC News, 8-9 October, 2001 Table 862 Monitoring legal immigrants - I m going to read you some other things that might be done to improve security and protect against terrorism in the United States. For each one, tell me if you strongly favor it, would accept if necessary, or think it would go too far. What about closely monitoring the whereabouts of legal immigrants to the United States from Arab and Muslim countries? 204

205 Strongly Favor Monitoring Whereabouts Would Accept Monitoring if Necessary Would Go too Far DK PSRA/Newsweek, September, 2001 Table 863 Put Arabs under special surveillance? - In response to the terrorist attacks, do you think that the United States should put Arabs and Arab-Americans in this country under special surveillance or that it would be a mistake to target a nationality group, as was done with Japanese- Americans after Pearl Harbor? Put Arabs Under Special Surveillance Would Be a Mistake DK Sep , Sep , Nov , PSRA/Newsweek Table 864 Controls on all muslims? - Based on recent events, do you think there should be tighter controls on all Muslims - including Muslims living in the United States - who are traveling on airlines or trains? Yes No DK Wirthlin Worldwide, September, 2001 Table 865 Special scrutiny of Arab Americans? - Would you favor or oppose any policy that singles out Arab Americans for special scrutiny at airport check-ins? Favor Oppose DK Favor Oppose DK Sep Oct Sep Oct Sep Oct Sep Oct Sep Oct Sep Oct Sep Oct Sep Sep Sep Zogby International Table 866 Measures to protect Americans gone too far? - Do you think the efforts by the government to protect Americans since the September 11 th attacks have -- [ROTATED: gone too far, been about right, or not gone far enough]? Gone too far Been about right Not gone far enough No opinion Gallup, October,

206 Table 867 Should government agencies be allowed to monitor telephone calls and s? - In order to reduce the threat of terrorism, would you be willing or not willing to allow government agencies to monitor the telephone calls and of ordinary Americans on a regular basis? Willing Not willing Don't know 13-14/09/ /09/ /12/ Jan. 5-6, Jan , February, /11/ /05/ CBS News Table 868 Should government have more authority to use wiretaps? [- Do you think the government should have more authority to use wiretaps in the war on terrorism, or would that violate civil rights?] Should have more authority Violates rights D.K. 7/ / /11/ CBS News Table 869 Should government have more authority to monitor internet communications? - Some people say that in order to fight terrorism, government agencies should be given broader powers to monitor Internet communications and be given the legal authority to read all private s. Would you approve or disapprove of such a move? Approve Disapprove Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 870 Should government be allowed to randomly stop people? - Some people say that in order to fight terrorism, law enforcement should be allowed to randomly stop people who may fit the profile of suspected terrorists. Would you approve or disapprove of such a move? Approve Disapprove Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 871 Should it be legal to wiretap conversations between people held on terrorism charges and their lawyers? - Do you think it should be legal or illegal for the federal government to wiretap conversations between people who are being held on terrorism charges and their lawyers? Legal Illegal No opinion

207 ABC News/Washington Post, 27 November, 2001 (N=759) Table 872 Racial profiling unconstitutional? - Racial profiling is a method of policing that uses appearances and other exterior factors to determine whether a person should be given extra scrutiny or questioned in connection with criminal investigations. Which is closer to your view on this type of policing: Using someone s appearance as a reason to question them for possible wrong-doing is un-american, unconstitutional and plain wrong or law enforcement officials must use whatever actions necessary to stop crime and protect American citizens? Unconstitutional and Wrong Whatever Actions Necessary DK Penn-Schoen-Berland, November, 2001 Table 873 Bill of Rights extended to non-american citizens? - In general, do you think the protections in The Bill of Rights should apply only to American citizens or should they be extended to non-citizens living in this country as well? Only U.S. Citizens Non-Citizens DK PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 Table 874 How to treat people that are illegally in the United States - In general, do you think United States civilians and those who are not citizens but are here illegally should be treated the same way under the law, or should they be treated differently? Treated Same Way Treated Differently DK CBS News/New York Times, 7-10 December, 2001 Table 875 Approval of new surveillance rules - Last week Attorney General John Ashcroft announced new rules giving FBI agents working on detecting and preventing terrorism more leeway to attend mosques or other religious places, go to political rallies and monitor Internet sites, without first having evidence of wrongdoing. Do you approve or disapprove of these new surveillance rules? Approve Disapprove Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 4-5 June, 2002 (N=900) Table 876 Support or oppose whatever laws are deemed necessary? - Do you favor or oppose Congress immediately passing whatever laws the Attorney General and law enforcement officials say are needed to curb terrorists, even if such laws limit some civil liberties? Favor Oppose DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, 3-4 October,

208 Table 877 Has Bush administration gone too far in restricting civil liberties-1? - Do you think the Bush administration has -- [ROTATED: gone too far, been about right, or not gone far enough] -- in restricting people s civil liberties in order to fight terrorism? Gone too far Been about right Not gone far enough No opinion Gallup, November, 2001 Table 878 Has Bush administration gone too far in restricting civil liberties-2? - Based on what the Bush Administration has done so far and is proposing to do in response to terrorism, do you think they are going too far in restricting civil liberties in this country, not far enough, or are handling this situation just about right? Too Far Not Far Enough Just About Right Don't Know 28-29/09/ /11/ /01 1/02/ /06/ PSRA/Newsweek Table 879 Bush proposals too far or not far enough? - The Bush administration has proposed several measures that might affect the civil liberties of some people. From what you ve heard or read, do you think these proposals go too far, are they about right, don t they go far enough, or don t you know enough about them yet to say? Go Too Far About Right Don t Go Far Enough Don t Know CBS News/New York Times, 7-10 December, 2001 Table 880 Worried that changes might apply to you? - How worried are you that some of these changes might apply to people like you very worried, somewhat worried, not too worried, or not at all worried? Very Worried Somewhat Worried Not Too Worried Not At All Worried DK CBS News/New York Times, 7-10 December, 2001 Table 881 Favor measures to detain illegal immigrants? - How do you feel about the new power the U.S. government has to detain legal immigrants suspected of crimes indefinitely as a way to protect against terrorism? Is this something you strongly favor, are willing to accept if necessary, or do you think it goes too far? Strongly Favor Willing To Accept Goes Too Far Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 (N=1,002) 208

209 Table 882 Is government doing enough to protect rights of American citizens-1? - As it conducts the war on terrorism, do you think the United States government is doing enough to protect the rights of American citizens, or not? Is Doing Enough Not Doing Too Much (vol.) No Opinion June, December, * 3 ABC News/Washington Post June, 2002 Table 883 Is government doing enough to protect rights of American citizens-2? - As it conducts the war on terrorism, do you think the United States government is doing enough to protect the rights of American citizens, or do you think the government is not doing enough to protect the rights of American citizens? Yes No Doing too much (vol.) No opinion 12/15/ * 4 6/16/ ABC News/Washington Post, December, 2002 (N=1,209) Table 884 Should Congress create new Department of Homeland Security-1? - Do you think the U.S. Congress should or should not pass legislation to create a new cabinet department of Homeland Security? Should Should Not No Opinion Harris Interactive/CNN/Time, June, 2002 (N=1,003) Table 885 Should Congress create new Department of Homeland Security-2? - As you may know, shortly after the September 11th terrorist attacks, President Bush created the office of Homeland Security. Now, Bush is proposing that this office be combined with many existing government agencies to create a new cabinet-level department. Do you think Congress should or should not pass legislation to create a new cabinet-level Department of Homeland Security? Should Should not No opinion Gallup/CNN/USA Today, June, 2002 (N=1,020) Table 886 Should Congress create new Department of Homeland Security-3? - As you may know, shortly after the September 11th terrorist attacks, President Bush created the office of Homeland Security. Now, Bush is proposing that this office be combined with many existing government agencies to create a new cabinet-level department. Do you approve or disapprove of the creation of a new cabinet Department of Homeland Security? Approve Disapprove No opinion Gallup, June, 2002 Table 887 Should Congress create new Department of Homeland Security-4? - Do you approve or disapprove of Bush's proposal to create a new federal agency called the Department of Homeland Security? 209

210 Approve Disapprove No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 7-9 June, 2002 (N=1,004) Table 888 Should Congress create new Department of Homeland Security-5? - Do you approve or disapprove of President Bush's plan for a new department? Approve Disapprove Don't know PSRA/Bloomberg News, June, 2002 (N=1,201) Table 889 Should Congress create new Department of Homeland Security-6? - As you may know, shortly after the September 11th terrorist attacks, President Bush created the office of Homeland Security. Now, Bush is proposing that this office be combined with many existing government agencies to create a new cabinet-level department. Do you think Congress should or should not pass legislation to create a new cabinet-level Department of Homeland Security? Should Should Not No Opinion June, September, Gallup/CNN/USA Today Table 890 Should Congress create new Department of Homeland Security-7? [- What do you think of the creation of the Homeland Security Department?] Approve Disapprove No opinion CBS News, June, 2002 (N=892) Table 891 Should Congress create new Department of Homeland Security-8? - A bill was passed by the House to create a cabinet-level Department of Homeland Security. Under that bill, the new department would combine federal agencies such as the Coast Guard, Secret Service, FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency), Immigration and Naturalization Service, Customs Service and the Transportation Security Administration. Are you in favor of or opposed to combining these agencies into one department? Favor Oppose Don t know Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 892 How much confidence in new Department of Homeland Security? - How much confidence do you have that a newly-created Department of Homeland Security will be able to protect the country from terrorist attacks? A lot Some Not too much None at all Don t know Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) 210

211 Table 893 Will creation of Department of Homeland Security make a difference? - Congress passed the Homeland Security Act of, 2002, which creates the Department of Homeland Security. Do you think the United States will be safer from terrorist attacks now that the Department of Homeland Security has been created, or less safe, or do you not think it makes a difference one way or the other? More safe Less safe No difference Don t know Los Angeles Times, December, 2002 (N=1,305) Table 894 Impact of creation of Department of Homeland Security on fighting terrorism? [- What do you think about the impact of the new Department on fighting terrorism?] Will help Will hurt No Impact No opinion CBS News, June, 2002 (N=892) Table 895 How important is creation of Department of Homeland Security? - How important is it to you that Congress pass legislation to create a cabinet-level Department of Homeland Security before the end of the year -- is it -- extremely important, very important, somewhat important, or not important? Extremely important Very important Somewhat important Not important DK 2002 Jun ^ Nov ^ Gallup Asked of a half sample Table 896 How effective will creation of Department of Homeland Security be-1? - Now that the government has created a new cabinet Department of Homeland Security, how effective do you think this new department would be in protecting the U.S. from future acts of terrorism -- very effective, somewhat effective, not too effective, or not effective at all? Very effective Somewhat effective Not too effective Not effective at all DK 2002 Jun 7-8 ^ Nov ^ WORDING: If the government creates a new cabinet Department of Homeland Security, how effective do you think this new department would be in protecting the U.S. from future acts of terrorism -- very effective, somewhat effective, not too effective, or not effective at all? Asked of a half sample. Gallup Table 897 Will the country be safer after creation of Department of Homeland Security? - Now that the government has created a new cabinet Department of Homeland Security, do you think the country will be a lot safer, a little safer, or not any safer than it was before this department was created? A lot safer A little safer Not any safer No opinion Gallup, November, 2002 [N=535 in FORM B] 211

212 Table 898 Would the creation of Department of Homeland Security improve the government s ability to prevent terrorist attacks? - Do you think a new Department of Homeland Security would or would not improve the government's ability to prevent further terrorist attacks? Would Would not No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 7-9 June, 2002 (N=1,004) Table 899 How effective will creation of Department of Homeland Security be-2? - Do you think this new Department of Homeland Security would improve the nation's defense against terrorism, or would it not make any difference? Improve No difference Don't know PSRA/Bloomberg News, June, 2002 (N=1,201) Table 900 Effects of creating new Department of Homeland Security - Please tell me whether you think creating a new Department of Homeland Security will or will not do each of the following... Will Will Not Not Sure Make the U.S. more secure from future terrorist attacks Make you feel more secure personally Cost too much Create too much bureaucracy Lead to abuses of power on the part of the authorities Harris Interactive/CNN/Time, June, 2002 (N=1,003) Table 901 Will creation of Department of Homeland Security make country safer or increase bureaucracy? - Do you think the recently created Department of Homeland Security will make the United States safer from terrorism or will it mostly increase Washington bureaucracy? Make the U.S. safer Mostly increase bureaucracy Some of both (vol.) Neither (vol.) Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 3-4 December, 2002 (N=900) Table 902 Will creation of Department of Homeland Security make country safer? - Do you think the recently created Department of Homeland Security will make the United States safer from terrorism or not? Yes No Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, January, 2003 (N=900) Table 903 Will creation of Department of Homeland Security make country safer? - As you may know, President Bush announced plans to create a new cabinet-level Department of Homeland Security. This department will consolidate many activities dealing with security matters that are currently in several different 212

213 departments. Do you feel that this will make a real difference or will not make a real difference in preventing future terrorist attacks in America? Will Will Not Not Sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, June 8-10, 2002 Table 904 Approve nomination of Tom Ridge? - Do you approve or disapprove of the nomination of former Pennsylvania Governor Tom Ridge to be the Secretary of the Department of Homeland Security? Approve Disapprove Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 3-4 December, 2002 (N=900) Table 905 Do you know if Department of Homeland Security has been created? - Do you happen to know whether a new Department of Homeland Security has been created in Washington, or is it still being considered? Has been created (Correct Answer) Still being considered Don't know/refused (Vol.) Pew Research Center, 4-8 December, 2002 (N=1,205) Table 906 Why did Pres. Bush announce creation of Department of Homeland Security? - Which comes closer to your view of why George W. Bush announced the formation of the new cabinet-level Department of Homeland Security? Did he announce it solely because he felt it was in the best interests of the country, or did he announce it to divert attention from reports that the government failed to take action on warnings about terrorist attacks it received prior to Sept. 11? Best interests Divert attention No opinion Gallup/CNN/USA Today, 7-8 June., 2002 (N=800) Table 907 Why did announcement (of the new Department of Homeland Security) come when it did? [- Why did announcement (of the new Department of Homeland Security) come when it did?] Proposal was ready then To overshadow Congressional hearings No opinion CBS News, June, 2002 (N=892) Table 908 Is government justified in detaining people that have overstayed their visas? - The U.S. government is detaining about 600 people in its investigation of the September 11th attacks, most of them for overstaying their visas or otherwise violating immigration laws. Do you think the United States is or is not justified in detaining these people? Is Is Not No Opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 27 November, 2001 (N=759) 213

214 Table 909 Is government allowed to question Middle Eastern immigrants? - As part of the war on terrorism, the federal government wants to question 5,000 Middle Eastern immigrants on the basis of their religion or nationality. Some local officials have refused to perform the questioning, suggesting the government needs to show more cause to question the visitors. Do you approve or disapprove of the government questioning these individuals? Approve Disapprove Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), November, 2001 (N=900) Table 910 Do you support program to collect information for hunting terrorists? The Department of Defense is developing a program which could compile information from sources such as phone calls, s, web searches, financial records, purchases, school records, medical records and travel histories to provide a database of information about individuals in the United States. Supporters of the system say that it will provide a powerful tool for hunting terrorists. Opponents say it is an invasion of individual privacy by the government. Based on what you just heard, are you inclined to support this program, or inclined to oppose it, or haven't you heard enough about it to say? Inclined to support Inclined to oppose Haven't heard enough Don't know Los Angeles Times, December, 2002 (N=1,305) Table 911 Airports doing enough to ensure safety of passengers? - Turning your attention now to airport security: In your opinion, do you feel that United States airports are doing enough to secure the safety of passengers or are they doing too little? Enough Too little Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 912 Has government done enough to improve airport security? - Do you think the federal government has done enough to improve airport security since September 11th, or not? Done Enough Not Done Enough/Done Too Little DK/NA 25-28/10/ /11/ /01/ /02/ CBS News Table 913 Have airlines done enough to improve airport security? - Do you think the airlines have done enough to improve airport security since September 11th, or not? Done Enough Not Done Enough/Done Too Little DK/NA 25-28/10/ /11/ /01/ /02/

215 CBS News Table 914 Approval of security measures on airports - Transportation, airline and airport officials have taken measures to tighten airport security in the United States due to the terrorist attack last Tuesday. Some of the procedures are thorough searches of all planes and airports; no curbside check-ins or check-in from hotels; allowing only passengers to pass through security checkpoints; a ban on all knives; uniformed police patrols of airports; no more use of electronic tickets; checks of passengers using hand-held metal detectors, and armed marshals aboard airplanes. These measures may result in longer check-in times. Generally speaking, do you approve or disapprove of these security measures? Approve Disapprove Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 915 Willing to arrive three hours before departure of flights within U.S.? - Would you be willing or not willing to arrive three hours early for any flight you might be taking within the United States? [Asked of frequent and occasional flyers] Willing Not willing Don't know CBS News/New York Times, September, 2001 (N=1,216) Table 916 Should armed guards accompany each flight in U.S.? - Do you think an armed federal law enforcement officer should accompany all airline flights in the United States, or not? Yes No Not sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 13 September, 2001 Table 917 Would you support new security measures even if these would cause long delays? - Would you support or oppose new airport security measures, even if they cause long delays in air travel? Support Oppose No opinion Strongly Somewhat Strongly Somewhat * ABC News/Washington Post, 13 September, 2001 (N=609) Table 918 Should security personnel at airports be government employees? - In order to improve safety for passengers on commercial airlines, do you think that the people screening passengers and luggage at airports should be federal government employees, or do you think that they should be private employees who work under federal supervision? Government Private Both/Neither(vol.) Not Sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 9-11 November, 2001 (N=809) 215

216 Table 919 Favor more security checks at public events and places? - In order to reduce the threat of terrorism, would you favor or oppose having more security checkpoints with guards and metal detectors at public events and public buildings, even if that meant you personally would spend at least an hour or more waiting in line and going through security checkpoints every time? Favor Oppose Don't know 13-14/09/ /09/ CBS News, September, 2001 (N=1,216) Table 920 Views on Bush government security alerts [-What do you think about the Bush administration's policy of issuing terror alerts even when there are no specifics to cite] The terror alerts are a good idea They are a bad idea. No opinion CBS News, May, Table 921 Has government overstated level of threat from terrorism? - Do you think the Bush Administration has been overstating the level of threat the country faces from terrorism, understating it, or accurately describing it? Overstating the level Understating it Accurately describing it DK June, September, ABC News/Washington Post Table 922 Views on security alerts - I'm going to read you two statements about the federal government's alerts about possible terrorist attacks. Please tell me which one comes closer to your point of view. Statement A: The alerts do more good than harm because they alert people to take safety precautions. Statement B: The alerts do more harm than good because they scare people and cause them to worry about something that is out of their control. Do more good than harm Do more harm than good Depends (vol.) Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 8-10 June, 2002 Table 923 Security alerts good or bad idea? - Do you think it is a good idea or a bad idea for the government in Washington to issue warnings to the public about possible terrorist attacks, even if they don t have specific information? Good idea Bad idea No opinion 13-14/11/ /05/ /06/ CBS News 216

217 Table 924 What do you think about tone of government warnings? [- What do you think about the tone of the government warnings?] About right Exaggerating danger Underestimating danger No opinion CBS News, June, 2002 (N=892) Table 925 Do you know present state of alert? - Last week the federal government changed the level of alert in the Homeland Security Advisory System. Do you happen to know what color or alert level the country is now under? (DO NOT READ) SCALE: 1. (Correct = orange or high or second highest) 2. (Incorrect/not sure) (Correct) (Incorrect/Not sure) 9-10 Jul 02* Feb * Wording: Earlier this year the federal government announced the development of a color-coded terror alert system called the Homeland Security Advisory System. Do you happen to know what color. Correct = yellow or elevated or middle Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) February, 2003 N=900 Table 926 Concerned about restrictions on individual freedom? - How concerned are you that new measures to fight terrorism in this country could end up restricting our individual freedom? Are you very concerned, somewhat concerned, not too concerned, not concerned at all? Very Concerned Somewhat Concerned Not Too Concerned Not Concerned At All DK ICR/Associated Press, 4-8 September, 2003 (N=1,008) Table 927 Has government violated legal rights of people living in U.S.? - Do you think that in its efforts against terrorism, the United States has or has not violated the legal rights and individual freedom of people living in the United States? Has Violated Has Not Violated Don't Know ICR/Associated Press, 4-8 September, 2003 (N=1,008). Table 928 Will it be necessary to give individual freedoms? In order to curb terrorism in this country, do you think it will be necessary for the average person to give up some individual freedom or not? Will Will Not Don't Know ICR/Associated Press, 4-8 September, 2003 (N=1,008) Table 929 Concerned about losing civil liberties? - How concerned are you about losing some of your civil liberties as a result of the recent measures enacted by the Bush administration to fight terrorism - are you very concerned, somewhat concerned, not very concerned, or not at all concerned? 217

218 Very Somewhat Not Very Not At All DK Concerned Concerned Concerned Concerned Jan. 5-6, Jan , May 27-28, Aug , CBS News Other measures Table 930 Should government put Arabs and Arab-Americans under special surveillance? - In response to the terrorist attacks, do you think the United States should put Arabs and Arab-Americans in this country under special surveillance, OR that it would be a mistake to target a nationality group, as was done with Japanese-Americans after Pearl Harbor? Put under special surveillance A mistake to target a nationality group Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, September, 2001 (N=1,001) Table 931 Support covert action to assassinate individuals overseas that support terrorism? - Would you support a covert operation to assassinate individuals overseas who give major financial support to terrorists, or not? Would support Would not Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, October, 2001 (N=1,004) Views of policies of other countries Table 932 More likely to buy products from other countries? - Are you currently more likely, less likely or no more or less likely to buy products or services from the following countries than you were six months ago? 1. More likely Less likely Great Britain Canada Germany 9 42 France 8 53 Ipsos Public Affairs, April 2-4, 2003 (N=1003) USA Table 933 Boycot of products of other countries - Tell me how you personally feel about boycotting the products of countries that do NOT support U.S. military actions in Iraq today, using a 0 to 10 scale, where 0 means you personally would definitely NOT boycott the products of a country solely because it did not support U.S. military action in Iraq and 10 means you would DEFINITELY boycott the products of a country that did not support U.S. military action in Iraq. You can use any number between 0 and 10, depending on how strongly you feel. 218

219 10, would definitely boycott would definitely not boycott 4 Ipsos Public Affairs, April 2-4, 2003 (N=1003) Table 934 Countries member of coalition of the willing against terrorism - A number of countries are supporting the United States in its war against Saddam Hussein. President Bush has referred to these countries as the 'coalition of the willing.' To the best of your knowledge, is Canada a member of the coalition of the willing? Yes No DK Ipsos Public Affairs, April 2-4, 2003 (N=1,003) Table 935 More or less likely to buy products from Canada - Now, if I told you that the government of Canada does not support the war in Iraq and has not joined the coalition of the willing, would that make you more likely, less likely or no more or less likely to buy products or services made in Canada than you were before? More likely Less likely No more or less likely 51DK Ipsos Public Affairs, April 2-4, 2003 (N=1,003) Table 936 Is Canada doing enough against terrorism? - Do you think Canada is doing enough in securing the U.S.-Canadian border to make sure no terrorists enter the U.S. from Canada? Yes No DK Ipsos Public Affairs, April 2-4, 2003 (N=1,003) Expectations of risks and casualties Risks Table 937 Will large numbers of troops be killed and wounded in military action to come? - Just your best guess, do you think large numbers of U.S. troops will be killed and wounded in the military action to come, or not that many? Yes No No opinion

220 ABC News/Washington Post, 20 September, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation (N=526) Table 938 How much confidence in government to achieve goals without casualties among Afghan people? - How much confidence do you have in the ability of the U.S. government to achieve its military goals WITHOUT significant casualties among the Afghan people? Would you say you're very confident, somewhat confident, not too confident, or not at all confident? Very confident Somewhat confident Not too confident Not at all confident Don't know 8/10/ /10/ CBS News Table 939 Is U.S. doing all it reasonably can to try to avoid casualties? - Do you think the United States is doing all it reasonably can do to try to avoid U.S. military casualties in Afghanistan, or do you think the United States should be doing more to avoid U.S. military casualties? US doing all it can US should do more No opinion Washington Post-ABC News, 7-10 March, 2002 (N= 1008) Table 940 How many casualties in military action to be expected? - Now that the United States has begun military action, looking ahead, do you think the number of Americans killed or injured in the fight against terrorism will be...less than 100, several hundred, up to a thousand, several thousand, or tens of thousands? Less than 100 Several hundred Up to a thousand Several thousand Tens of thousands Don't know PRSA/Newsweek, 12 October, 2001 Table 941 How likely is large number of military casualties in Afghanistan? - How likely do you think it is that there will be a large number of US military casualties in Afghanistan? Very likely Somewhat likely Somewhat unlikely Very unlikely No opinion ABC/Washington Post, 27 November,

221 Role and acceptance of risks and casualties Risks Table 942 Support war in Afghanistan even if it would last up to five years? - Would you support or oppose the military action (in Afghanistan being taken in response to the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, September 11, 2001) even if it means a war lasting up to five years? (Asked of those who said they support the military action in response to the terrorist attacks/not sure (94 %)) Support Oppose Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), October, 2001 (N=900) Table 943 Support war if it could last for many years? - What if that meant that the United States could be engaged in a war for many years, then do you think the United States should take military action against whoever is responsible for the attacks? [Asked of those who supported military action in preceding question: 92 %] Yes No Don't know CBS News/New York Times, September, 2001 (N=1,216) Table 944 Supportive of war of 6 months to 2 years? - Would you be very supportive, somewhat supportive, or not at all supportive of a war that lasts 6 months to 2 years? Very Somewhat Not DK Very Somewhat Not DK Supportive Supportive Supportive Supportive Supportive Supportive Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Nov Nov Nov Zogby International Table 945 Supportive of war of 2 to 5 years? - Would you be very supportive, somewhat supportive, or not at all supportive of a war that lasts 2 years to 5 years? Very Somewhat Not DK Very Somewhat Not DK Supportive Supportive Supportive Supportive Supportive Supportive Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct

222 Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Oct Nov Nov Nov Zogby International Table 946 Were civilian casualties in Afghanistan avoidable? - There have been reports recently about civilian casualties in Afghanistan as a result of the U.S. military action there. Which comes closer to your view -- [ROTATED: these civilian casualties are an unavoidable aspect of war, (or) these civilian casualties could have been avoided if the U.S. took proper care]? Casualties are unavoidable Casualties could be avoided No opinion Gallup, October, 2001 Table 947 Combating terrorism worth risking retaliation against U.S.? - Do you think that combating terrorism is worth risking retaliation against the United States, or do you think that it is not worth risking retaliation? Worth risking retaliation Not worth risking retaliation Not sure 7/10/ /11/ Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal Table 948 Use only diplomatic and economic pressures? - In dealing with the problem of terrorism, which do you think the United States government should do -- [ROTATED: use only diplomatic and economic pressure (or) use military forces in combat along with diplomatic and economic pressure]? Use diplomatic/ economic only Use military forces in combat OTHER (vol.) No opinion Gallup/CNN/USA Today, 2-4 November, 2001 Table 949 How long willing to use combat forces to deal with terrorism? - How long would you be willing to use combat forces to deal with the problem of terrorism -- less than one year, one to two years, three to five years, or more than five years if it takes that long? [Asked of those who say use military force in combat along with diplomatic/economic pressures, N=901] Less than one year One-two years Three-five years More than five years No opinion COMBINED RESPONSES: Use diplomatic/economic pressure only 6 222

223 Use military forces in combat along with diplomatic/economic pressure 89 For less than one year (7) For one-two years (13) For three-five years (9) For more than five years if it takes that long (56) Unspecified length of time (4) OTHER (vol.) 1 No opinion 4 Gallup, 2-4 November, 2001 Casualties Military Table 950 Support war if large numbers of U.S. troops killed or injured? - What if it meant getting into a long war with large numbers of US troops killed or injured? In that case would you support or oppose taking military action against the groups or nations responsible for these attacks? [Asked those who support taking military action against the groups or nations responsible for the recent terrorist attacks in preceding question ] Strongly Somewhat Oppose No Opinion 13 September, September, November, 2001 (% of full sample) ABC/Washington Post Table 951 Support military action in Afghanistan if thousands of lives of soldiers would be lost? - Would you support or oppose the military action in Afghanistan being taken in response to the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, September11, 2001 even if it means thousands of American soldiers lives would be lost? [Asked of those who said they supported the military action in response to the terrorist attacks/ not sure: 94 %] Support Oppose Not sure 68 (net 64) Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), October, 2001 (N=900) Table 952 War on terrorism worth risking substantial numbers of American military casualties? - Do you think the war on terrorism is or is not worth risking substantial numbers of American military casualties? Yes No Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC/Wall Street Journal, 9-11 November, 2002 Table 953 Worth risking large number of U.S. military casualties to capture or kill Osama bin Laden? - Do you think it's worth risking a large number of U.S. military casualties in order to capture or kill Osama bin Laden, or not? Yes No No opinion 27/11/

224 10/03/ ABC News/Washington Post, 7-10 March, 2002 (N= 1008) Table 954 Support war if thousands of American military personnel would be killed? - What if that meant that thousands of American military personnel will be killed, then do you think the United States should take military action against whoever is responsible for the attacks? Yes No Don't know CBS News/New York Times, September, 2001 (N=1,216) Table 955 War worth the costs if several thousands American troops lose their lives? - Suppose several thousand American troops lose their lives in Afghanistan -- do you think the war in Afghanistan would be worth that cost or not? Worth it Not worth it Don't know CBS News/New York Times, October, 2001 (N=1,024) Table 956 Support campaign against terrorism if 5000 troops would be killed? - Would you support or oppose the US continuing a campaign against terrorism if you knew that 5,000 US troops would be killed? Support Oppose No opinion Gallup, September, 2001 (N=519) Table 957 Continue use of combat forces regardless of people killed? - Continuing to think about how the U.S. government should deal with terrorism -- which would you prefer -- [ROTATED: to continue with the use of combat forces regardless of how many U.S. military service people are killed, (or) to stop using combat forces if the number of U.S. military service people who are killed becomes too high]? [Asked of those who say use military force in combat along with diplomatic/economic pressures, N=901] Continue regardless of service Stop if number of service people killed No opinion people killed becomes too high [47, 36 and 17 % of full sample] COMBINED RESPONSES: Use diplomatic/economic pressure only 6 Use military forces in combat along with diplomatic/economic pressure 89 Continue with combat forces regardless of service people killed (47) Stop using combat forces if number of service people killed becomes too high (36) Unsure ( 6) OTHER (vol.) 1 No opinion 4 Gallup, 2-4 November,

225 Table 958 What would be a too high number of people killed? - How many U.S. military service people do you think would be too high a number killed and would cause you to stop supporting the use of military forces -- one hundred, one thousand, five thousand, ten thousand, or some higher number? [Asked of those who say stop using combat forces if number of U.S. service people killed becomes too high, N=355] 100 1,000 5,000 10,000 Some higher number No opinion COMBINED RESPONSES Use diplomatic/economic pressure only 6 Use military forces in combat along with diplomatic/economic pressure 89 Continue with combat forces regardless of service people killed (47) Stop using combat forces if number of service people killed becomes too high (36) Stop if 100 U.S. service people killed (9) Stop if 1,000 U.S. service people killed (10) Stop if 5,000 U.S. service people killed (5) Stop if 10,000 U.S. service people killed (4) Stop if some higher number U.S. service people killed (5) Unspecified number (3) Unsure (6) OTHER (vol.) 1 No opinion 4 Gallup, 2-4 November, 2001 Table 959 How many soldiers should U.S. be prepared to lose in Afghanistan? - How many soldiers do you think the U.S. military should be prepared to lose in Afghanistan before stopping military involvement: under 100, between 100 and 1000, several thousand, or as many as it takes to stop terrorism? Under to 1000 Several thousand As many as it takes Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), October, 2001 (N=900) Civilian casualties Table 960 Take military action even if innocent people are killed? - Should the U.S. take military action against whomever is responsible for the attacks, even if it means that innocent people are killed? Yes No Don't know 11/09/ /09/ /09/ /09/ Many thousands of innocent civilians may be killed Sep , Sep , Going to war with a nation that is harboring those responsible for the attacks 225

226 Sep , Sep , CBS News/New York Times Table 961 Support military action if innocent civilians hurt or killed? - What if it meant innocent civilians in other countries might be hurt or killed - in that case would you support or oppose taking military action? Support, if civilians hurt Oppose No opinion 13 September, September, ABC News/Washington Post Table 962 Support retaliation in Afghanistan even if it could result in civilian casualties? - If it is also determined that the Taliban ruling party in Afghanistan is harboring Osama bin Laden, would you support the United States and its allies retaliating with military action against Afghanistan, even if it could result in civilian casualties, or would you oppose that? Support Oppose Don t know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 963 Support attacking terrorist bases and countries even if high likelihood of civilian casualties? - Thinking about a possible U.S. military response to the terrorist attacks, would you favor or oppose attacking terrorist bases and the countries that allow or support them EVEN IF there is a high likelihood of civilian casualties? Favor Oppose Don't know 13-14/09/ /09/ PSRA/Newsweek Table 964 Take military action if thousands of innocent civilians might be killed? - What if that meant that many thousands of innocent civilians may be killed, then do you think the United States should take military action against whoever is responsible for the attacks? Yes No Don't know CBS News/New York Times, September, 2001 (N=1,216) Table 965 Combating terrorism worth risking civilian casualties in Afghanistan? - Do you think that combating terrorism is worth risking civilian casualties in Afghanistan, or do you think that it is not worth risking civilian casualties? Worth risking civilian casualties Not worth risking civilian casualties Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News, 7 October,

227 Table 966 Support military action in Afghanistan even if it costs lives of thousands of civilians? - Would you support or oppose the military action (in Afghanistan being taken in response to the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, September 11, 2001) even if it cost the lives of thousands of civilians in the countries we attack?[ Asked of those who said they support the military action in response to the terrorist attacks/not sure (94%)] Support Oppose Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), October, 2001 (N=900) Treatment of prisoners Table 967 Treatment of prisoners in Guantanamo acceptable? - Next, we d like to ask you a few questions about the Taliban soldiers who are currently being held at the U.S. base at Guantanamo Bay in Cuba. Based on what you have heard or read, would you consider the way the U.S. is treating the Taliban soldiers being held at the U.S. base at Guantanamo Bay in Cuba to be acceptable or unacceptable treatment, or don t you know enough to say? Acceptable Unacceptable Don t know enough to say No answer * Gallup, January, 2002 Table 968 Is treatment of prisoners proper? - As you may know, some of our European allies have criticized the way the Taliban and Al Qaeda prisoners being detained at the Guantanamo military base have been treated. Do you think the United States has NOT treated them properly and should make changes, OR has treated them properly BUT should take steps to more closely follow Geneva Convention procedures to maintain European support, OR there is no need for any changes in the way the prisoners are being treated? Not treated properly and should make changes 6 Treated properly but should more closely follow Geneva Convention 32 No need for any changes 55 Don't know 7 PSRA/Newsweek, 31 January 1 February, 2002 (N8) Table 969 Conditions of prisoners acceptable-1? - Suppose an American soldier were captured during war and held outdoors in an 8 foot by 8 foot cell, and when traveling from one location to another was blindfolded and had his hands bound. Would you consider that to be acceptable or unacceptable treatment? BASED ON ] Acceptable Unacceptable No opinion Gallup, January,

228 Table 970 Conditions of prisoners acceptable-2? - Suppose a Taliban soldier were captured during war and held outdoors in an 8 foot by 8 foot, cell and when traveling from one location to another was blindfolded and had his hands bound. Would you consider that to be acceptable or unacceptable treatment?[based ON ] Acceptable Unacceptable No opinion Gallup, January, 2002 Treatment of suspected terrorists Table 971 How should people suspected of terrorist attacks be tried? - When it comes to dealing with people suspected of involvement in terrorist attacks against the United States, which would you prefer trying them in open criminal court with a jury, a unanimous verdict, and a civilian judge OR trying them in a secret military court with a military judge and without a unanimous verdict? Regular civilian court Military court No opinion CBS/New York Times, 7-10 December, 2001 ( N=1,052) Table 972 Conduct military tribunals in secret or in public? - If there are military tribunals for this purpose, do you think they should be conducted...? Entirely in Secret Mostly in Secret Mostly in Public Entirely in Public DK PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 Table 973 Only the military to be involved in tribunals or civilian judges too? - Do you think civilian judges should have some involvement in these tribunals or that only the military should be involved? Civilian Judges Involved Only Military DK PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 Table 974 Who should be tried by tribunals? - Do you think these tribunals should be... Yes No DK Limited to foreign suspects captured during the fighting in Afghanistan Also apply to foreign suspects captured in other places around the world Also apply to foreign suspects within the United States who have arrived here in recent years Also apply to non-u.s. citizens who have lived in this country for many years if they are suspected of terrorism PSRA/Newsweek, November,

229 Table 975 Favor tribunals for non-citizens? -And based on what you ve heard, do you favor or oppose military tribunals for non-citizens suspected of terrorism who are arrested inside the United States? Favor Oppose DK NPR/Kaiser/Harvard, Nov , 2001 Table 976 Should people convicted for terrorism have right to appeal to civilian courts? - If military tribunals are used to try non-citizens, do you think people convicted of terrorism by military tribunals should be allowed to appeal their cases to civilian courts or not? Yes No DK NPR/Kaiser/Harvard, Nov , 2001 Table 977 Should military tribunals be able to pass death sentence? - If military tribunals are used to try non-citizens, do you think that the panel of judges on a military tribunal should be able to sentence someone to death for committing terrorism against the United States or not? Yes No DK NPR/Kaiser/Harvard, Nov , 2001 Table 978 Normal procedure of suspected murderers right way to deal with suspected terrorists-1? - In the past, the United States has tried suspected murderers in criminal court, requiring a jury, a unanimous verdict, and a civilian judge. Do you think this is the right way to deal with suspected murderers, or not? Yes No DK CBS News/New York Times, 7-10 December, 2001 Table 979 Normal procedure of suspected murderers right way to deal with suspected terrorists-2?- In the past, the United States has tried suspected terrorists in criminal court, requiring a jury, a unanimous verdict, and a civilian judge. Do you think this is the right way to deal with suspected terrorists involved in attacks against the United States, or not? Yes No DK CBS News/New York Times, 7-10 December, 2001 Table 980 Suspected terrorists to be tried in military courts? - Some people say that in order to preserve national security and intelligence and protect jurors, suspected terrorists who are foreigners should be tried in military courts. There would be a military judge and there would not have to be a unanimous verdict. Trials could be held in secret and evidence against the suspect could be kept secret from the defense. Do you think this is the right way to deal with suspected terrorists involved in attacks against the United States, or not? Yes No DK

230 CBS News/New York Times, 7-10 December, 2001 Table 981 Approve detention of people of Middle Eastern origin? - Do you approve or disapprove of the Bush administration s decision to detain people of Middle Eastern origin as possible links to terrorism without disclosing their identities while they are being questioned? Approve Disapprove DK NBC News/Wall Street Journal,8-10 December, 2001 Table 982 Different set of rules acceptable in terrorist investigations - During terrorist investigations in the United States, do you think that rules and regulations that apply to the investigation of U.S. citizens and non-citizens should be the same, or do you think that a different set of rules is acceptable? Same Rules Different Rules DK NBC News/Wall Street Journal,8-10 December, 2001 Table 983 Military tribunals or Courts martial? - I m going to describe two approaches to trying suspected terrorists that are being discussed. Please tell me which approach you would be more likely to favor using military tribunals, in which there is a limited appeals process and there are special rules that can allow evidence and witnesses to be kept secret from the public, or using a courts martial process, in which there is an appeals process and the trial is open to the public? Military Tribunals Courts Martial DK NBC News/Wall Street Journal,8-10 December, 2001 Table 984 Military court or civilian court? - Some people say that suspected terrorists should be tried in military courts with a military judge and without a unanimous jury verdict in order to preserve national security and protect jurors. Other people say this violates the U.S. Constitution, and that suspected terrorists should be tried in criminal court with a civilian judge and a unanimous jury verdict. Which would you prefer, trying suspected terrorists in a military court, or trying them in a criminal court? Military Court Criminal Court DK CBS News, June 18-20, 2002 Table 985 Should non-u.s. citizens charged with terrorism be tried in special military tribunals-1? - Do you think non-u.s. citizens who are charged with terrorism should be put on trial in the regular U.S. criminal court system or in a special military tribunal? [Split Sample A] Regular criminal court system Special military tribunal No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 27 November, 2001 (N=759) 230

231 Table 986 Should non-u.s. citizens charged with terrorism be tried in special military tribunals-2? - It's been proposed that non-u.s. citizens who are charged with terrorism should be put on trial in a special military tribunal, where trials can be closed to the public, with a military judge and jury, and there's no right to an appeal. Some people say this would protect ongoing investigations and avoid the use of civilian jurors who may fear for their lives. Others say it would be wrong to let the military conduct closed trials under new rules, and to single out non-citizens this way. Do you think non-u.s. citizens who are charged with terrorism should be put on trial in the regular U.S. criminal court system or in a special military tribunal? Regular criminal court system Special military tribunal No opinion 27/11/ /01/ ABC News/Washington Post Table 987 Regular U.S. criminal court system or special tribunals-1? - Do you think that non-u.s. citizens who are charged with terrorism should be put on trial in the regular U.S. criminal court system or in a special military tribunal? Regular U.S. Criminal Court Special Military Tribunal DK ABC News/Washington Post, 27 November, 2001 Table 988 Regular U.S. criminal court system or special tribunals-1? - George W. Bush favors the use of special military tribunals. Knowing Bush s position, what do you think -- should non-u.s. citizens who are charged with terrorism be put on trial in the regular U.S. criminal court system or in a special military tribunal? Regular U.S. Criminal Court Special Military Tribunal DK ABC News/Washington Post, 27 November, 2001 Table 989 Suspected terrorists to be tried by U.S. or by international court? - If suspected terrorists are captured and put on trial, do you think they should be tried by -- [ROTATED]: an international court, (or by) U.S. authorities? International court U.S. authorities No opinion Gallup, December, 2001 (N=534) Table 990 Where should suspected terrorists be tried? - When Osama bin Laden or other terrorists are brought to trial, in which court do you think they should be tried?.. The World Court A regular U.S. court A U.S. military tribunal Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), November, 2001 (N=900) 231

232 Table 991 Should suspected terrorists be tried by regular court or by military tribunal? - If suspected terrorists are captured and put on trial by the U.S., would you rather see that happen in -- [ROTATED: a regular court of law in which evidence would be presented in a public trial, (or) a military tribunal in which U.S. officers would examine evidence in secret hearings]? Regular court of law Military tribunal No opinion December, July, Gallup Table 992 Suspected terrorists to be tried by normal or by special court? - Do you think suspected terrorists should be tried in a non-public military tribunal, in which the names of the defendants and the evidence is withheld, or should they be tried in the normal justice system? The normal justice system A non-public military tribunal Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), November, 2001 (N=900) Table 993 Accept terms of allies for handing over suspected terrorists? - Some U.S. allies say they will not turn over suspected terrorists for trial in the U.S. unless the U.S. agrees to NOT seek the death penalty for them. What should President Bush do in this situation? Should he -- [ROTATED: agree to the terms to not seek the death penalty for those suspected terrorists so that they can be put on trial by the U.S., (or should he) refuse to accept these to terms, in which case those suspected terrorists would be tried in an international court that would not seek the death penalty]? Agree to terms, try in U.S. Refuse terms, try in international court No difference (vol.) No opinion Gallup, December, 2001 (N=534) Table 994 What should be done with captured American Taliban soldier? - Based on what you know about the captured American Taliban soldier, what do you think the U.S. should do with him now? Should the U.S. --[ROTATED: execute him for treason, imprison him for crimes against the U.S., or release him], or don't you know enough to say? Execute for treason Imprison for crimes against U.S. Release him Don t know enough to say No answer Gallup, December, 2001 Table 995 What should be done if American citizen is arrested for planning terrorist attack in the U.S.? - Say an American citizen is arrested on charges of planning an al Qaeda terrorist attack in the United States. Should he be held by the U.S. military as a wartime prisoner, without being put on trial or given access to a lawyer; or should he be given access to a lawyer and put on trial in the U.S. criminal court system? [Asked of those who answered Put on trial in criminal court system] Held by military as a wartime prisoner Put on trial in criminal court system No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, June,

233 Table 996 Should suspect be put on trial even if it jeopardizes intelligence? -What if the U.S. government says that would jeopardize sensitive intelligence -- should he still be put on trial, or held by the military without trial? Should still be put on trial Should be held as a wartime prisoner No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, June, 2002 Table 997 Does the president have the right to bypass normal judicial system? - Do you think the president has the right to bypass the normal judicial system and ask for a military tribunal for suspected terrorists? Yes No Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), November, 2001 (N=900) Table 998 Approve of plans for special military tribunals? - From what you've seen or heard in the news, do you approve or disapprove of the Bush Administration's plan to put non-u.s. citizens charged with terrorism on trial in special military tribunals rather than in the regular criminal court system? Approve Disapprove Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 (N=1,002) Table 999 Plans for special tribunals still good idea despite allies reluctance to cooperate? - Some of our European allies, like Spain and Germany, say their laws prevent them from turning over suspected terrorists to the United States because of the plan for military tribunals and the possibility of the death penalty. Do you think our allies' reluctance to cooperate makes the plan for tribunals more trouble than it's worth, or that it is still a good idea? More trouble than it's worth Still a good idea Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 (N=1,002) Table 1000 What should U.S. do if allies refuse to cooperate in handing over suspected terrorists? - In general, what do you think the United States should do if our ALLIES refuse to turn over suspected terrorists: use covert operations to seize suspected terrorists and bring them here for trial; modify the Bush plan for tribunals or set it aside to get our allies to cooperate; OR, agree to try suspected terrorists in some kind of INTERNATIONAL tribunal acceptable to both countries? Seize suspected terrorists Modify or set aside tribunals Use international tribunals Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 (N=1,002) Table 1001 Should government be allowed to use torture to obtain information? - Do you favor or oppose allowing the government to use any means necessary, including physical torture, to obtain information from prisoners that might protect the United States from terrorist attacks? 233

234 Favor Oppose Depends (vol.) Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), March, 2003 (N=900) Table 1002 What should be done with John Walker? - Now thinking about John Walker, the American citizen who was captured as part of the Taliban forces in Afghanistan: Do you think Walker should be charged with treason and put on trial for fighting on the side of the enemy, OR should only be charged and tried if there is evidence he committed specific crimes during the fighting? Charged for fighting on side Charged if evidence of Shouldn't be charged/ Don't know of enemy specific crimes Mentally unfit PSRA/Newsweek, 6-7 December, 2001 (N=1,003) Table 1003 Should John Walker be tried for treason? - Based on what you know about John Walker, the American who was captured while fighting with the Taliban in Afghanistan, do you think he should be charged with treason or not? Should be charged with treason Should not be Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), December, 2001 (N=900) Table 1004 Agree with decision not to charge John Walker with treason? - Now I have a few questions about John Walker Lindh, the U.S. citizen who fought with the Taliban troops in Afghanistan. As you may know, the U.S. government has formally charged John Walker Lindh with several crimes, including conspiracy to kill U.S. citizens abroad, but he has not been charged with treason. Do you agree or disagree with the decision not to charge him with treason? Agree Disagree No opinion Gallup, January, 2002 Table 1005 Torture justifiable? - Do you think the use of torture against suspected terrorists in order to gain important information can often be justified, sometimes be justified, rarely be justified, or never be justified? Often justified Sometimes justified Rarely justified Never justified Don't know/refused PSRA/Pew, 8-18 July 2004 The anthrax attacks Table 1006 Worried about news of anthrax letters? - There's been news lately about letters contaminated with the anthrax bacteria being distributed by mail. Is this situation something that worries you a great deal, somewhat, not too much or not at all? A Great Deal Somewhat Not Too Much Not At All No Opinion 234

235 ABC News/Washington Post, 15 October, 2001 (N=509). Table 1007 How concerned about anthrax attack? - How concerned are you about the chance that you personally, or a close friend or relative, might be the victim of an anthrax attack? Does that worry you a great deal, somewhat, not too much or not at all? A Great Deal Somewhat Not Too Much Not At All No Opinion 15/10/, /10/, /11/ ABC Table 1008 How worried that you will exposed to anthrax? - How worried are you that you or someone in your family will be exposed to anthrax -- very worried, somewhat worried, not too worried, or not worried at all? Very Somewhat Not too Not worried ALREADY No opinion worried worried worried at all EXPOSED (vol.) 26-27/11/ * * 2-4/11/01^ /10/ * ^ Gallup Based on half sample Table 1009 How worried that you or someone in family will be exposed to anthrax through mail? - How worried are you that you or someone in your family will be exposed to anthrax through the mail -- very worried, somewhat worried, not too worried, or not worried at all? BASED ON Very Somewhat Not too Not worried ALREADY No opinion worried worried worried at all EXPOSED (vol.) 2-4/11/ * Gallup, 2-4 November, 2001 Table 1010 Worried about likelihood of getting anthrax? - Apart from a friend or relative, what about the chance that you yourself might get anthrax? Does that worry you a great deal, somewhat, not too much or not at all? A Great Deal Somewhat Not Too Much Not At All No Opinion ABC News, 24 October, 2001, (N=508) Table 1011 How worried about exposure to anthrax? - How worried are you that you personally or a family member or friend will be exposed to bioterrorism, such as anthrax.? Very Somewhat Not Very Not At All Don't Know 17-18/10/ /10-1/11/

236 Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) Table 1012 How worried about use of smallpox by terrorists? - How worried are you about the possibility that terrorists may use smallpox in attacks in the future? Would you say you are very worried, somewhat worried, not too worried or not worried at all? Very worried Somewhat worried Not too worried Not worried at all Don't know \ ICR/Associated Press, 9-13 November, 2001 (N=1,003) Table 1013 Scared or concerned about anthrax? - How would you describe your own personal reaction to the anthrax situation? On a personal level would you say you're scared about it, concerned about it but not scared, or not concerned? Scared Concerned Not Concerned ABC News, 24 October, 2001 (N=508) Table 1014 Is the mail safe? - Overall, do you think the mail you receive at home is safe, or unsafe? Safe Unsafe No opinion ABC News, 24 October, 2001 (N=508) Table 1015 Guarding against terrorism in the United States? [- Guarding Against Terrorism In The U.S.] Never can be really safe Enough security Don t know CBS News, 11 September, 2001 (N= 402) Table 1016 Which is more serious threat to Americans: domestic or international terrorism? - Which do you think is the more serious threat to Americans: international terrorism committed by citizens from other countries, or domestic terrorism committed by American citizens? International terrorism Domestic terrorism Both equally(vol.) Don't know CBS News, May, 2002 Table 1017 Confident in ability of government to prevent additional anthrax incidents-1? - How confident are you in the ability of the United States government to prevent additional people from being exposed to anthrax? Are you -- very confident, somewhat confident, not too confident, or not at all confident? Very confident Somewhat confident Not too confident Not at all confident No opinion 2-4/11/01^ /11/ * 236

237 ^ Gallup Based on half sample. Table 1018 Confident in ability of government to prevent additional anthrax incidents-2? - How much confidence do you have in the U.S. government to protect its citizens from future terrorist attacks involving anthrax: a great deal, fair amount, not very much, or none at all? A great deal Fair amount Not very much None at all DK 25-28/10/ /01/ CBS News/New York Times Table 1019 Confidence in ability of government to respond effectively to health threats? - How confident are you in the ability of the United States to respond effectively to the health threats posed by each of the following -- are you -- very confident, somewhat confident, not too confident, or not at all confident? How about -- [RANDOM ORDER]? Very confident Somewhat confident Not too confident Not at all confident No opinion A major outbreak of anthrax A major outbreak of small pox A nuclear attack Gallup, October, 2001 Table 1020 Has handling of anthrax problems made you more or less confident of government s ability to protect citizens? - Has the U.S. government's handling of the anthrax situation made you more confident, less confident or has it not affected your confidence in the government's ability to protect citizens from terrorist attacks?" More confident Less confident Has not affected confidence Don't know ICR/Associated Press, 9-13 November, 2001 (N=1,003) Table 1021 Enough information on anthrax provided by the government? - In releasing information to the public about anthrax and the recent anthrax cases, do you think the Bush Administration has been giving people as much reliable information as they need about the anthrax cases and the threat to public health, OR, has not been giving people enough reliable information because they really don't know themselves, OR, has not been giving people the information they need in an effort to avoid overreaction and panic? As much information Not enough information, because they Not enough information, Don't know as they need they don t know themselves in an effort to avoid overreaction and panic PSRA/Newsweek, October, 2001 (N=1,005) Table 1022 What do you think about Americans reactions to anthrax threats? - Do you think Americans are -- [ROTATED: overreacting, reacting about right, or underreacting] -- to the threat of anthrax? Would you say this overreaction is giving the terrorists what they want, or not? 237

238 COMBINED RESPONSES: Overreacting 47 Giving terrorists what they want (42) Not giving terrorists what they want ( 4) Unsure ( 1) Reacting about right 45 Underreacting 5 No opinion 3 Gallup, October, 2001 Table 1023 What do you think of reactions of the media to anthrax threats? - Do you think news media are -- [ROTATED: overreacting, reacting about right, or underreacting] -- to the threat of anthrax? Would you say this overreaction is giving the terrorists what they want, or not? COMBINED RESPONSES: Overreacting 60 Giving terrorists what they want (54) Not giving terrorists what they want ( 5) Unsure ( 1) Reacting about right 35 Underreacting 4 No opinion 1 Gallup, October, 2001 Table 1024 What do you think of reactions of Congress to anthrax threats? - As you may know, the U.S. House of Representatives shut down this week because of threats of anthrax. Would you say the U.S. House of Representatives overreacted, or did they react about right? Would you say this overreaction is giving the terrorists what they want, or not? COMBINED RESPONSES: Overreacted 29 Giving terrorists what they want (28) Not giving terrorists what they want (1) Unsure (*) Reacting about right 69 Underreacting 2 No opinion 0 Gallup October, 2001 Table 1025 Reactions to anthrax threats by Congress - More than 30 people who work in Congress were exposed to Anthrax this week. The House decided to close its offices in order to determine whether any more Anthrax was present. The Senate decided to stay in session while those additional tests were being done. In your opinion, who showed better judgment, the House or the Senate? The House The Senate Both used good judgment (vol.) Neither used good judgment (vol.) D.K

239 Ipsos-Reid, October, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 1026 Anthrax incidents beginnings of sustained campaign-1? -Do you think the recent incidents involving anthrax do -- or do not -- represent the beginning of a sustained campaign against the U.S. involving anthrax? Do represent Do not represent No opinion Gallup, October, 2001 Table 1027 Anthrax incidents beginnings of sustained campaign-2? - Do you think the recent incidents involving anthrax do or do not represent the beginning of a sustained campaign against the United States involving anthrax? Do think so Do not think so Don't know ICR/Associated Press, 9-13 November, 2001 (N=1,003) Table 1028 Osama bin Laden s network responsible for anthrax incidents? - Just your best guess, do you think members of Osama bin Laden's terrorist network are responsible for -- [ROTATED: all of the recent incidents involving anthrax, some of them, or none of the recent incidents involving anthrax]? All Some of them None of the incidents No opinion Gallup, October, 2001 Table 1029 Who is responsible for anthrax incidents? - Who do you think is responsible for most, if not all, of the recent cases involving anthrax -- U.S. citizens, or people who are not U.S. citizens? U.S. citizens People who are not U.S. citizens No opinion Gallup, November, 2001 Table 1030 Is foreign terrorist group responsible for anthrax attacks? - Do you think that a foreign terrorist group is or is not responsible for the anthrax attacks? Is Is Not Not Sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 9-11 November, 2001 (N=809) Table 1031 Anthrax scare related to terrorist attacks or work of unrelated disgruntled people? - Do you think the anthrax scares across the country are more likely to be related to the September 11 terrorist attacks and Osama bin Laden, or is it more likely these anthrax scares are the work of disgruntled people unrelated to bin Laden? Related to Osama bin Laden Work of other disgruntled people Could be both (vol.) Not sure

240 Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), October, 2001 (N=900) Table 1032 Anthrax scares work of foreign or of domestic terrorists? - Do you think the anthrax scares across the country are more likely being done by terrorists from foreign countries or homegrown terrorists from the U.S.? Terrorists from foreign countries Homegrown terrorists Could be both (vol.) Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 31 October- 1 November, 2001 (N=900) Table 1033 Recent cases of anthrax an act of terrorism? - Thinking about the recent news stories about cases of anthrax at a newspaper company in South Florida: From what you've seen, heard, or read, do you think this was probably an act of terrorism, or not? Was an act of terrorism Was not Not aware of cases (vol.) Don't know 11-12/10/ /10 Only /10 Only PSRA/Newsweek, October, 2001 (N=1,004) Table 1034 Is anthrax contagious? - Do you think anthrax is contagious or not? Is contagious Is not Don't know ICR/Associated Press, 9-13 November, 2001 (N=1,003) Table 1035 Would you get smallpox vaccination if offered-1? - Americans have not gotten smallpox vaccinations for years, but the vaccines would protect people if terrorists released smallpox into the air. The vaccine carries some serious side effects, however, and can be fatal for a small percentage who get it. If you were offered the vaccine, would you get it to protect yourself or not? Would get it Would not get it Don't know ICR/Associated Press, 9-13 November, 2001 (N=1,003) Table 1036 Would you get smallpox vaccination if offered-2? - There's a vaccine that would protect people from smallpox, but the vaccine itself can kill a small number of the people who get it -- about 1 out of every 500, and make another 1 out of 150,000 seriously ill. Some people say all Americans should be vaccinated against smallpox to protect them in case terrorists try to spread the disease. Others say the chance that terrorists could get a hold of smallpox is too slight to justify the risk of the vaccine itself. If a smallpox vaccine became available, would you yourself get the shot, or not? Would Would Not No Opinion ABC News, 28 November - 2 December, 2001 (N=1,022) 240

241 Table 1037 Postal workers treated fairly in dealing with anthrax cases? - In dealing with the anthrax cases in Washington, some people feel that government officials treated postal workers unfairly by testing and treating people in congressional offices days before they began doing the same in post offices. Others feel that government officials were NOT being unfair, but simply made an honest mistake in underestimating the risks involved in handling contaminated mail. Which comes closer to your view? Treated postal workers unfairly Made an honest mistake Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, October, 2001 (N=1,005) Table 1038 Life in the U.S. changed permanently since terrorist attacks and antrax cases? - Since the September 11th terrorist attacks and recent anthrax cases, do you think life in the United States has permanently changed for the worse, has changed for the time being but will return to the way it was, or will not only return to normal but actually improve? Has permanently changed Will return to the way it was Will actually improve Don't know for the worse PSRA/Newsweek, October, 2001 (N=1,005) Evaluation of President Bush performance Rating of handling of the situation after terrorist attacks Table 1039 Confidence in Bush handling of international crisis? [- Bush's Handling Of International Crisis] Confident Uneasy No opinion Jan., Jan., May, CBS News Table 1040 Approval of way Bush is handling policies to prevent and minimize terrorism at home? -.do you approve or disapprove of the way Bush is handling policies to prevent and minimize terrorism at home? Approve Disapprove No Opinion 2/ / /09/ /04/ /05/ /05/ /07/ /09/ /09/ /09/ /10/ /11/ PSRA/Knight Ridder/Newsweek 241

242 Table 1041 Approve or disapprove of the way President Bush is handling the U.S. campaign against terrorism? Date % Approve % Disapprove % Other% Error Interviewed Poll CBS News/New York Times ,006 CNN-USA Today Gallup ABC-Washington Post Marist Institute ,006 NBC-Wall Street Journal ,287 CBS News/New York Times ,286 Associated Press-Ipsos ,009 CBS News Associated Press-Ipsos ,052 CBS News Washington Post ,053 CBS News/New York Times ,201 ABC-Washington Post ,806 Pew Research Center ,113 CBS News CNN-USA Today Gallup ,016 Quinnipiac Poll ,000 Gallup ,042 CBS News/New York Times ,001 Associated Press-Ipsos ,001 CNN-USA Today Gallup ,206 CBS News/New York Times ,202 ABC-Washington Post ,221 CBS News ,003 ABC-Washington Post ,036 ABC-Washington Post ,022 CBS News/New York Times CBS News ,001 ABC-Washington Post ,003 NBC-Wall Street Journal ,002 Newsweek ,207 ABC-Washington Post ,104 ABC-Washington Post Table 1042 Approval of Bush handling of campaign against terrorism-1? - Do you approve or disapprove of the way Bush is handling the U.S. campaign against terrorism? Do you approve/disapprove strongly or somewhat? Approve Disapprove No opinion Total Strongly Somewhat Total Strongly Somewhat 15/10/ /12/ /01/ NA NA 10 NA NA /03/ April, May, July, NA NA 15 NA NA /07/02 81 NA NA 17 NA NA 2 5-8/09/02 74 NA NA 24 NA NA 2 242

243 23-26/09/02 70 NA NA 28 NA NA /10/02 74 NA NA 23 NA NA 4 2/11/02 78 NA NA 21 NA NA 2 3/11/02 77 NA NA 22 NA NA 3 4/11/02 76 NA NA 22 NA NA /12/02 79 NA NA 20 NA NA /01/03 71 NA NA 25 NA NA 4 27/01/03 72 NA NA 26 NA NA 2 28/01/03 75 NA NA 21 NA NA 3 30/1/-1/02/03 75 NA NA 21 NA NA 3 6-9/02/03 74 NA NA 23 NA NA 4 4/03 79 NA NA 19 NA NA 2 4-7/09/03 67 NA NA 28 NA NA /09/03 70 NA NA 27 NA NA /10/03 66 NA NA 30 NA NA /10/03 63 NA NA 35 NA NA /12/ /01/ /02/ /03/ /04/ /05/ /06/ /07/ ABC News Table 1043 Approval of Bush handling of campaign against terrorism-2? - Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling the campaign against terrorism? Approve Disapprove Don t know November, December, /01/ /01/ /01/ /02/ /004/ /05/ /05/ /06/ /07/ /07/ /08/ /09/ /09/ /10/ /11/ /12/ /01/ /02/ /02/ /03/ /03-1/04/

244 23-27/04/ /05/ /05/ /06/ /07/ /07-1/08/ /08/ /09/ /09/ /10/ CBS News Table 1044 Approval of Bush handling of campaign against terrorism-3? - Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon? Approve Disapprove Don't Know 12/09/ /09/ /09/ /10/ /10/ /10/ CBS News/New York Times Table 1045 Approval of Bush handling of recent terrorist attacks - Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush has handled the situation resulting from the terrorist attacks two weeks ago in New York City and Washington, D.C.? Approve Disapprove Don't know 13-14/ /09/ /09/ /10/ /11/ PSRA/Newsweek Table 1046 Approval of way Bush is dealing with terrorism - Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling terrorist threats? Approve Disapprove Unsure Clinton: Early Sept., Mid-September, / / / / / /04/ /04/ /06/ /07/

245 5-10/08/ PSRA/Pew Research Center/Council on Foreign Relations, 5-10 August, 2004 (N=773) Table 1047 Approval of way president is dealing with terrorist attacks - Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is dealing with the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center in New York City and the Pentagon in Washington? Approve Disapprove Don't know/refused PSRA/Pew Research Center, September, 2001 Table 1048 How good a job has Bush done in responding to terrorist attacks? - Based on what you have heard or read, would you say that George W. Bush has done a very good job, a good job, a poor job, or a very poor job responding to the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon? Very good Good Poor Very poor Not sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 13 September, 2001 Table 1049 Approval of way Bush is handling events surrounding terrorist attacks - Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling the events surrounding the terrorist attacks that occurred in the United States on September 11th? Approve Disapprove No opinion September, October, Gallup Table 1050 Approval of Bush handling of terrorist attack? - Do you approve or disapprove of the way President Bush is handling the terrorist attack and its aftermath? Approve Disapprove Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 1051 Approval of Bush handling U.S. response to terrorist attacks? - Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling the U.S. response to last month's terrorist attacks in New York and Washington? Approve Disapprove No opinion 13/09/01* /09/01** /10/ *13/09/01 text: this week's **/20/09/01 text: last week's Gallup 245

246 Table 1052 Approval of job Bush has done in responding to terrorist attacks - Do you approve or disapprove of the job Bush has done in responding to the terrorist attacks on September 11th? Approve Disapprove Not Sure 19-20/09/ /10/ /10/ Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) Table 1053 Approval of Bush handling of terrorism - Do you approve or disapprove of the job President Bush is doing on the following issues? Terrorism Approve Disapprove Don't know Jan Dec 02** Oct 02** Sep 02** Jul 02** Jun 02** Apr-1 May 02** Mar 02* Jan 02** Oct 01* Oct 01* Sept 01* ** Handling terrorism * Responding to the terrorist attacks Terrorist attacks in the United States Very Somewhat Not very Not (NS) Jan Dec 02* Oct 02* LV * Terrorist attacks Gallup Table 1054 Approval of Bush handling of campaign against terrorism-4? - Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling the war against terrorism? Approve Disapprove Don't know 25-28/10/ Split sample (N=502) 13-14/11/ Split sample (N=405) 20-21/10/ CBS News Table 1055 Approval of Bush handling of campaign against terrorism-5? - Do you approve or disapprove of the way the following people are handling the war on terrorism since Sept. 11? How about George W. Bush? 246

247 Approve Disapprove No opinion 8-11 November, 2001 ^ December, September, ^ Based on half sample. Gallup Table 1056 Approval of Bush handling of campaign against terrorism-6? - When it comes to dealing with the war on terrorism, do you approve or disapprove of the job George W. Bush is doing? Approve Disapprove Not Sure 4/ / / / / / / / / / /12/ /124/ / / /08/ Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal Table 1057 Approval of Bush policies to deal with threat of terrorism? - Do you approve or disapprove of George W. Bush's policies to deal with the threat of terrorism? Approve Disapprove No opinion 2-4 September, Gallup Table 1058 Approval of way president is dealing with terrorist threat-1 - Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling the threat of terrorism in the country? (IFAPPROVE OR DISAPPROVE) Do you (approve/disapprove)strongly or do you approve/disapprove) somewhat? Approve strongly Approve somewhat Disapprove somewhat Disapprove strongly DK 12-15/12/ /01 2/02/ /27-30/03/ Los Angeles Times Table 1059 How good a job is Bush doing in handling terrorism? - Do you think President Bush is doing a good job or a poor job handling the war on terrorism? Prior to 5/04: Do you think President Bush is doing a good job or a poor job handling terrorism? 247

248 Good Poor Not Sure 1/ / / / /05/ Harris Interactive/Time/CNN Table 1060 Approval of way president is dealing with terrorist threat-2 - Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling the threat of terrorism in the country? Approve Disapprove Don t know Los Angeles Times, 30 January- 2 February, 2003 (N=1,385) Table 1061 Approval of Bush handling of terrorism? - Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling terrorism? Approve Disapprove No Opinion Nov. 2-4, Mar , Apr. 5-7, May 20-22, /02/ /08/ /09/ /12/ /03/ /04/ /05/ /05/ /06/ /06/ Gallup/CNN/USAToday Table 1062 Approval of Bush handling of campaign against terrorism-7? - We're interested in your opinion of the way George W. Bush is handling certain aspects of his job. Do you approve or disapprove of the way Bush is handling terrorism and homeland security?. Approve Disapprove Don't Know 19-20/02/ /03/ /04/ PSRA/Newsweek, 8-9 April, 2004 (N=1,005) Table 1063 Approval of Bush handling of campaign against terrorism-8? - Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling the war on terrorism?. Approve Disapprove DK 248

249 1-15 March, July, July - 5 August, August, Schulman, Ronca, Bucuvalas, Inc /University of Pennsylvania National Annenberg Election Survey Table 1064 Approval of Bush handling of campaign against terrorism-9? - Do you approve or disapprove of how the Bush Administration handled the country's response to the 9/11 terrorist attacks? Approve Disapprove Not Sure 23-24/03/ /04/ Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only). Table 1065 Approval of Bush handling of campaign against terrorism-10? - Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling the war on terrorism? Approve Disapprove Don't Know Los Angeles Times Poll, March, 2004 (N=1,616) Table 1066 Approve job president has done handling terrorism-1 - Do you approve or disapprove of the job President Bush is doing handling the issue of terrorism?. Approve Disapprove Unsure 24-25/09/ Oct , 2002* /12/ /05/ /09/ /11/ /01/ /06/ NOTE: *Likely voters. Opinion Dynamics/ Fox News Table 1067 Approval of Bush handling of terrorism-2? - Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling terrorism? Approve Disapprove Not Sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 8 April, 2004 (N=1,005) Table 1068 Approval of Bush handling of terrorism-3? - Do you approve or disapprove of the job President Bush is doing in each of these areas? Handling the war on terrorism. 249

250 Approve Disapprove Unsure 20-22/07/ /08/ SRBI Public Affairs/Time, 3-5 August, 2004 (N=976) Table 1069 Does the Bush administration have well thought plan to fight bioterrorism? - Do you think the Bush Administration has a well thought-out plan for fighting bioterrorism and other terrorist threats at home, or not? Yes No Don't Know 25-26/10/ /11/ /11/ /11/ PSRA/Newsweek Table 1070 How good a job has president done in speaking to the nation? - How good a job has George W. Bush done in SPEAKING TO THE NATION about the terrorist attacks... excellent, good, only fair, or poor? Excellent Good Only fair Poor Don't Know/Refused PSRA/Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=868) Table 1071 How do you rate speech of Bush to Congress and nation? - From what you have heard or read, would you rate George W. Bush s speech to Congress and the nation on Thursday night as -- excellent, good, just okay, poor, or terrible? Excellent Good Just okay Poor Terrible Did not see No opinion 4-5/08/2000^ /09/ * 3 1 ^ From what you have heard or read, would you rate George W. Bush s acceptance speech at the Republican convention [on Thursday night] as -- excellent, good, just okay, poor, or terrible? Gallup Table 1072 Bush reaction too strong or not enough? - Do you think George Bush's reaction to the terrorist attack has been too strong, not strong enough, or would you say it has been just about right? Too strong Not strong enough Just about right Not sure 13/09/ /09/ /10/ Table 1073 Confidence in Bush ability to handle events resulting from 9/11? - How confident are you in President Bush s ability to handle the events that resulted from the September 11 th terrorist attacks -- are you -- very confident, somewhat confident, not very confident, or not confident at all? Very confident Somewhat confident Not too confident Not confident at all D.K. 250

251 8-09/11/01^ /03/ ^ WORDING: How confident are you in President Bush s ability to handle this situation -- are you -- very confident, somewhat confident, not very confident, or not confident at all? Gallup Table 1074 Expected effectiveness of proposed measures against terrorism - Do you think the proposals Bush outlined tonight to deal with terrorism will be -- very effective, somewhat effective, not very effective, or not effective at all? Very effective Somewhat effective Not very effective Not effective at all No opinion * Gallup, 29 January, 2002 Table 1075 Support Bush future decisions concerning where and when to send troops - Thinking about the decisions President Bush might make in the future concerning where to send troops or other military decisions, do you think you would -- [ROTATED: definitely support Bush s decisions, probably support them, probably not support them, (or) definitely not support Bush s decisions]? Definitely support Probably support Probably not support Definitely not support No opinion Gallup, 8-9 March, 2002 Table 1076 In whom do you have more confidence to handle issue of terrorism? - Who do you have more confidence in when it comes to handling the following issues -- [ROTATED: President Bush (or) the Democrats in Congress]? How about Terrorism? Bush Democrats BOTH (vol.) NEITHER (vol.) No opinion Gallup, January, 2002 Table 1077 Confidence in handling of international crisis [- Confident In Their Handling Of International Crisis] Yes No No opinion President Bush Members of his administration CBS June, 2002 Table 1078 Approval of Bush dealing with homeland security issues and keeping America safe? - When it comes to dealing with homeland security issues and keeping America safe from terrorist attacks, do you approve or disapprove of the job George W. Bush is doing? Approve Disapprove Not Sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 5-7 April,

252 Table 1079 Should Bush have returned to Washington to reassure American people? - Some top White House officials argued that President Bush should have returned to Washington, D.C., immediately after the attack on Tuesday to reassure the American people, while others urged him to follow the advice of the Secret Service to stay away from Washington and possible danger. What do you think? Should Bush have returned to Washington, D.C., immediately after the attack or was it appropriate for him to follow the advice of the Secret Service to stay away? Should have returned immediately Appropriate to stay away Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 1080 Has George Bush come across as strong leader? - Do you think George W. Bush has come across as a strong leader in the way he has handled the situation resulting from the terrorist attacks, or not? Yes No Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 1081 Approve of Bush way of handling the war against terrorism overseas? - Please tell me whether you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling each of the following specific aspects of his job. Do you approve or disapprove of the way he is handling The war against terrorism overseas? Approve Disapprove Don't Know 2/ / /09/ Table 1082 Have policies of George W. Bush addressed the fundamental security risks? - Do you think George W. Bush's policies since September 11, 2001 have or have not addressed the fundamental security risks that existed before September 11 th? Yes, have No, have not No opinion Gallup, 9-11 January, 2004 (N=?) Table 1083 Does Bush handling of terrorist threat make it more or less likely to vote to reelect him? - Please tell me if each of the following makes you more likely or less likely to vote to reelect George W. Bush this year, or if it won't have much effect on your vote. What about the way George W. Bush and his Administration have responded to the terrorist threat since the September 11th attacks? Does this make you more likely or less likely to vote to reelect Bush, or will it not have much effect on your vote? More Likely Less Likely Not Much Effect Don'tKnow 23-24/10/ /12/ /12/ /01/ /25-26/ PSRA/Newsweek 252

253 Table 1084 Personal responsibility for not doing more - Do you think (NAME) does or does not bear any personal responsibility for not doing more to prevent the September 11th terrorist attacks? IF YES: Does he bear a great deal of the responsibility or just some? Yes No No opinion NET Great deal Just some a. George W. Bush b. Bill Clinton ABC News, 18 April, 2004 Satisfaction with and confidence in government policies Approval of government Table 1085 How much trust in government s ability to handle international problems - Now, I d like to ask you several questions about our governmental system. First, how much trust and confidence do you have in our federal government in Washington when it comes to handling [READ A] -- a great deal, a fair amount, not very much, or none at all? International Problems Great deal Fair amount Not very much None at all No opinion May April June /5-1/06/ /12/ /05/ /07/ /02/ /09/ /10/ Gallup Table 1086 How much trust in ability of government to prevent further terrorist attacks? - How much confidence do you have in the ability of the U.S. government to prevent further terrorist attacks against Americans in this country: a great deal, a good amount, only a fair amount or none at all? A Great Deal A Good Amount Only A Fair Amount None At All No Opinion 5/ / / /09/ /11/ /11/ / / / / / /

254 9/ Gallup Table 1087 Confident that government will reduce terrorist attacks against U.S.? - How confident are you that the United States will be able to significantly reduce terrorist attacks against the United States: are you very confident, somewhat confident, not too confident or not at all confident? Confident Not confident No opinion Very Somewhat Not too At all ABC/Washington Post, September, 2001 (N= 1215) Table 1088 Approval of politicians and institutions - Do you approve or disapprove of the way the following people are handling the war on terrorism since Sept. 11? How about -- [RANDOM ORDER]? Approve Disapprove No opinion Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld 8-11 November, 2001 ^ December, Attorney General John Ashcroft 8-11 November, 2001 ^ December, Homeland Security Director Tom Ridge 8-11 November, 2001 ^ December, The news media 8-11 November, 2001 ^ December, The American people 6-9 December, September, Congress November, September, ^ half sample Gallup/CNN/USA Today Table 1089 Performance of politicians - How would you rate the job [see below] has done since the attacks excellent, pretty good, only fair or poor? Excellent Pretty Good/Only Fair Poor/Not Sure New York City Mayor Rudolph Giuliani President George Bush Secretary of State Colin Powell

255 The Congress New York Governor George Pataki Vice President Dick Cheney Harris, September, 2001 Table 1090 Approval of Mayor Giuliani - Do you approve or disapprove of the way New York City Mayor Rudolph Giuliani [JU-Lee-On-ee] is handling the events surrounding the terrorist attacks that occurred in the United States this past Tuesday? Approve Disapprove No opinion Gallup, September, 2001 Table 1091 How good a job has Mayor Giuliani doing in speaking to the nation? - How good a job has New York Mayor Rudy Giuliani done in SPEAKING TO THE NATION about the situation in New York City after the terrorist attacks... excellent, good, only fair, or poor? Excellent Good Only fair Poor Don't Know/Refused PSRA/Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=868) Table 1092 Mayor Giuliani a strong leader? - Do you think New York City Mayor Rudy Giuliani has come across as a strong leader in the way he has handled the situation resulting from the terrorist attacks, or not? Yes No Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 1093 Handling of topics by Bush administration members - Now, thinking about the members of the Bush administration, including his Cabinet secretaries and top advisors -- but not Bush himself -- do you approve or disapprove of the way the Bush administration is handling each of the following? How about -- [ITEMS ROTATED]? Approve Disapprove No opinion The economy U.S. military action abroad to fight terrorism Efforts to prevent future terrorism in the U.S. in general The response to the recent incidents involving anthrax Gallup, 2-4 November, 2001 [N=544] Table 1094 Does Bush administration have clear policy to deal with terrorism? - Based on what you have heard or read, do you think the Bush Administration does or does not have a clear and well thought out policy to deal with terrorism? Does Does not Not sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 27 September,

256 Table 1095 Does Bush administration have clear policy for dealing with war on terrorism or just reacting to events? - Do you think President Bush and his Administration have formulated a clear policy for dealing with the war on terrorism, or do you think the Bush Administration is reacting to events as they happen? Clear policy Reacting Don't know Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 1096 Satisfied with government handling of anthrax situation? - Are you satisfied or dissatisfied with the way government authorities have been handling the anthrax situation? Satisfied Dissatisfied No Opinion 15/10/, /10/, /11/, ABC Table 1097 Approve job of Bush administration in dealing with anthrax attacks? - Do you approve or disapprove of the job the Bush Administration has done in responding to the anthrax attacks? Approve Disapprove Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 31 October- 1 November, 2001 (N=900) Table 1098 Approval of communication by Bush Administration with Congress over war on terrorism? - Do you approve or disapprove of the way the Bush Administration is handling communication with Congress over the war on terrorism? Approve Disapprove No opinion Gallup, 4-7 March, 2002 Table 1099 Have government warnings helped people? - Do you think the government warnings of further terrorist attacks have mostly -- [ROTATED: helped people, (or) just scared people]? Helped people Just scared people No opinion October, November, Gallup Table 1100 Appreciation of Colin Powell - What about Secretary of State Colin Powell...How good a job has he done in SPEAKING TO THE NATION about the terrorist attacks... excellent, good, only fair, or poor? Excellent Good Only fair Poor Don't Know/Refused

257 PSRA/Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=868) Table 1101 Has government done enough to make country more secure? From what you know, since the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, has the government done enough to make the country more secure against another terrorist attack or has the government not done enough? Has done enough Has not done enough Don't know 20-23/09/ N=1,216 8/10/ CBS News, 8 October, 2001 (N=436) Table 1102 Have government efforts to protect Americans made the U.S. safer? - Would you say the efforts by the government to protect Americans since the September 11 th attacks have made the U.S. safer, or not? Would you say a lot safer or only a little safer? (COMBINED RESPONSES) A lot safer Only a little safer Not safer No opinion Gallup, October, 2001 Table 1103 Views on performance of individuals and institutions-1 -For each individual or group I name, please tell me what kind of job you think it's done dealing with the events of September 11th and the war on terrorism: excellent, good, not so good or poor... Excellent/Good Not So Good/Poor No opinion The U.S. armed forces The people of New York City The country in general Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld The Red Cross, United Way and other charities The Bush Administration The news media Attorney General John Ashcroft The U.S. Justice Department The FBI The CIA and other intelligence agencies The Immigration and Naturalization Service ABC News, 5-8 September, 2002 (N=1,011). Table 1104 Views on performance of individuals and institutions-2 - For each individual or group I name, please tell me what kind of job you think it's done dealing with the events of September 11th and the war on terrorism: excellent, good, not so good or poor..each item asked of half the sample Excellent/ Good Not So Good/Poor DK The people of New York City The U.S. armed forces The country in general The Department of Homeland Security Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld The news media The U.S. Justice Department

258 The Bush Administration Attorney General John Ashcroft The FBI The CIA and other intelligence agencies ABC News, 4-7 September, 2003 (N=1,004) Table 1105 Performance of the United States - For each item I name, please tell me whether you think the United States has done an excellent job on it, a good job, a notso-good job or a poor job... Excellent/ Not so good No opinion good poor Preventing further terrorist attacks in the United States Reorganizing government agencies to improve anti-terrorism efforts Improving U.S. intelligence-gathering and coordination Breaking up the al Qaeda terrorist network Winning the cooperation of other countries in fighting Terrorism ABC News, 4-7 September, 2003 (N=1,004) Preventing further terrorist attacks in the United States Improving U.S. intelligence-gathering and coordination Reorganizing government agencies to improve antiterrorism efforts Breaking up the al Qaeda terrorist network Winning the cooperation of other countries in fighting Terrorism ABC News, 5-8 September, 2002 (N=1,011) Table 1106 Approval of conduct of war in Afghanistan? - Do you approve or disapprove of the way the U.S. military action in Afghanistan is being conducted? Approve Disapprove Not Sure / /10-1/11/ Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) Table 1107 How well is government doing in reduction of terrorism? - In general, how well do you think the U.S. government is doing in reducing the threat of terrorism? Very well Fairly well Not too well Not at all well Don't know/refused October, October, Oct.-7 Nov., June, November, 2002* /07-5/08/ /07/

259 NOTE: *Asked of registered voters. PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 1108 How well is the military effort to destroy terrorist groups going? - How well is the MILITARY effort to destroy the terrorist groups going? October, October, Oct.-7 Nov., PSRA/Council on Foreign Relations Table 1109 Rating of the job government is doing in building defenses at home to prevent terrorist attacks? - How would you rate the job the government is doing in BUILDING DEFENSES at home to prevent future terrorist attacks? Would you say the government is doing an excellent job, a good job, only a fair job, or a poor job? [READ] Excellent Good Only fair Poor Don't know/refused 10-14/10/ /10/ /10-7/11/01 (N=507) PSRA/Council on Foreign Relations, October, 2001 (N=1,281). Table 1110 Rating of the job government is doing in defending Americans against terrorist attacks? - How would you rate the job the government is doing defending Americans at home from future terrorist attacks? Would you say the government is doing an excellent job, a good job, only a fair job, or a poor job? Excellent Good Only fair Poor Don't know/refused 31/10-7/11/ / /3-13/ PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 1111 Are news reports from Afghanistan being censored? - To the best of your knowledge are news reports from Afghanistan being censored by the American military? IF YES, ASK Do you think such restrictions on news reports are a good idea or bad idea? Yes, censored No D.K./Ref. Good idea Bad idea D.K../Ref. January, 1991 (Gulf War) /11/ PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (Form 1, N=769) Table 1112 How well has government handled response to events of 9/11? - Overall, how would you say that the federal government has handled the response to the events of September 11 th and the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon? Excellent Pretty good Only fair Poor Don t know

260 Harris Poll, 26 August- 3 September, 2002 (N=2,200) Table 1113 Have government efforts made the country more safe? - Since the attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon on September 11, 2001, the United States government has done a number of things both at home and abroad intended to protect Americans from future attacks. How safe have these efforts made you feel: much more safe, somewhat more safe, somewhat less safe, or much less safe?. Much More Somewhat More Somewhat Less Much Less DK Schulman, Ronca, Bucuvalas, Inc /University of Pennsylvania National Annenberg Election Survey, 1-15 March, 2004 (N=2,575) Table 1114 More safe as a country now? - Do you think that, as a country, we are more safe, about as safe, or less safe than we were before September 11th?. More Safe About As Safe Less Safe Not Sure 9/ /08/ Hart and Teeter/NBC/Wall Street Journal, August, 2004 (N=806) * Confidence in government Table 1115 How much trust in ability of government to prevent further terrorist attacks? - How much confidence do you have in the ability of the U.S. government to prevent further terrorist attacks against Americans in this country: a great deal, a good amount, only a fair amount or none at all? A Great Deal A Good Amount Only A Fair Amount None At All No Opinion 5/ / / /09/ /11/ /11/ / / / / / / / Gallup Table 1116 Confident that government will reduce terrorist attacks against U.S.? - How confident are you that the United States will be able to significantly reduce terrorist attacks against the United States: are you very confident, somewhat confident, not too confident or not at all confident? Confident Not confident No opinion Very Somewhat Not too At all

261 ABC/Washington Post, September, 2001 (N= 1215) Table 1117 Confident that government will kill or capture Osama bin Laden - How confident are you that the United States will capture or kill Osama Bin Laden: are you very confident, somewhat confident, not too confident or not at all confident? Confident Not confident No opinion Very Somewhat Not too At all 25-27/09/ ABC/Washington Post, September, 2001 (N= 1215) Table 1118 Confidence in ability of government to find and punish people responsible for terrorist attacks of 9/11? - How confident are you in the ability of the U.S. government to find and punish the people responsible for these attacks - are you very confident, somewhat confident, not too confident, or not at all confident? Confident Not confident No opinion Very Somewhat Not too Not at all 20/04/95 (OKC) /05/95 (OKC) /08/96 (TWA 800) /08/96 (Atlanta) * 11/09/ /09/ * ABC etc Table 1119 Confidence in ability of government to prevent further terrorist attacks-1? - How much confidence do you have in the ability of the U.S. government to prevent further terrorist attacks against Americans in this country: a great deal, a good amount, only a fair amount or none at all? A Great Deal A Good Amount Only A Fair Amount None At All NoOpinion 03/04/ * 28/06/ /04/ /05/ /08/ * 02/06/ /09/ /09/ N=1, /11/ /11/ /01/ /03/ May, June, /07/ /09/ /09/ /01/ /04/

262 ABC etc Table 1120 Confidence in ability of government to prevent further terrorist attacks-2? - How much confidence do you have in the ability of the U.S. government to prevent further terrorist attacks against Americans in this country: a great deal, a good amount, only a fair amount or none at all? Great deal Fair amount Not very much None at all No opinion September, March, May, May, June, September, Febr, * Aug, * Gallup/CNN/USA Today Table 1121 Confidence in ability of government to prevent further terrorist attacks-3? - How much confidence do you have in the ability of the U.S. government to protect its citizens from future terrorist attacks: a great deal, a fair amount, not very much, or none at all? A great deal A fair amount Not very much None at all Don't know 20-23/09/ /10/ /10/ /12/ /11/ /01/ / /07/ / CBS News Table 1122 Confidence in ability of government to prevent further terrorist attacks-4? - How much confidence do you have in the U.S. government to protect its citizens from future terrorist attacks -- a great deal, a fair amount, not very much, or none at all? Great deal Fair amount Not very much None at all No opinion Sep, Mar, May, June, Sep, Feb, * Aug 25-26, * 2-5 January, April, Gallup Table 1123 How much confidence in Bush administration tot protect citizens from future terrorist attacks? 262

263 How much confidence do you have in the Bush administration to protect its citizens from future acts of terrorism -- a great deal, a moderate amount, not much, or none at all? Great deal Moderate amount Not much None at all No opinion 19-21/05/ /07/ /07-1/81/ Gallup/CNN/USA Today Table 1124 How much confidence in military to protect from terrorist attacks? - How much confidence do you have that the United States military will be able to protect the country from terrorist attacks.? A lot Some Not too much None at all Don't know Los Angeles Times, August, 2002 (N=1,372) Table 1125 How well prepared are local authorities to handle terrorist attack? - How well prepared do you think your local authorities are to handle a terrorist attack in your area: very well prepared, somewhat prepared, not very prepared, or not at all prepared? Very Well Somewhat Not Very Not At All Don't Know 7/ / Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 8-9 September, 2002 (N=900) Table 1126 How much confidence in government to catch terrorists? - How much confidence do you have in the ability of the U.S. government to catch the people who planned the attacks? Would you say you're very confident they will be caught, somewhat confident, not too confident, or not at all confident? Very confident Somewhat confident Not confident Not at all confident D.K. 11/09/ /09/ /09/ /09/ Not too/not at all October, Jan., July, CBS News Table 1127 How much confidence in government to capture or kill Osama bin Laden? - How much confidence do you have in the ability of the U.S. government to capture or kill Osama bin Laden, who is believed to have planned the September 11 attacks on the U.S.? Would you say you're very confident he will be caught, somewhat confident, not too confident, or not at all confident? Very Somewhat Not too Not at all Don't know 8/10/ /10/ /11/

264 7-10/12/ /01/ /01/ /01/ /02/ CBS News Table 1128 How confident in government ability to respond effectively to biological or chemical attack-1? - How confident are you in the federal government's ability to respond effectively to a biological or chemical attack in the United States: very confident, somewhat confident, not too confident or not confident at all? Very Somewhat Not Too Not At All No Opinion ABC News, 8-9 October, 2001 Table 1129 How confident in government ability to respond effectively to biological or chemical attack-2? - How confident are you in the federal government's ability to respond effectively to a large-scale biological or chemical attack in the United States: very confident, somewhat confident, not too confident or not confident at all? Very Somewhat Not Too Not At All No Opinion 15/10/ /10/ ABC etc Table 1130 How confident in government ability to respond effectively to biological or chemical attack-3? - How confident are you that national and local governments in this country are prepared to deal with a terrorist attack using chemical or biological weapons and prevent many deaths? Are you [see below]? Very Confident Somewhat Confident Not Too Confident Not At All Confident Don'tKnow 27-28/09/ /10/ /10/ /10/ /11/ PSRA/Newsweek Table 1131 How confident in government ability to maintain international alliance? - How much confidence do you have in the ability of the U.S. government to maintain the international alliance of countries who are supporting U.S. military efforts? Would you say you're very confident, somewhat confident, not too confident, or not at all confident the alliance will hold together? Very Somewhat Not too Not at all Don't know 8/10/ /10/ /11/ CBS News 264

265 Table 1132 How confident in ability of local government to respond effectively to biological or chemical attack? - How confident are you in the ability of your local government, police and health agencies to respond effectively to a biological or chemical attack in the area where you live: very confident, somewhat confident, not too confident or not confident at all? Very Somewhat Not Too Not At All No Opinion ABC News, 8-9 October, 2001 (N=1,009) Table 1133 Confident that persons responsible for the attacks will be captured and brought to justice? - How confident are you that the persons responsible for today's terrorist attacks will be identified, captured, and brought to justice? Do you have a great deal of confidence, quite a bit of confidence, only some confidence, very little confidence, or no confidence at all? A great deal Quite a bit Only some Very little None at all Not sure IPSOS-Reid, 11 September, 2001 (N=500) Table 1134 Confidence in persons or things - I am going to read you a list of things that are brought to people's attention by today's events. For each of the following, please tell me how much confidence you have in the person or thing today. For each one I read, please tell me if you have a great deal, quite a bit, only some, very little, or no confidence at all.. Great Deal Quite A Bit Only Some Very Little None Not Sure U.S. military defense Emergency response plans President Bush's handling of the job of president President Bush's ability to handle a crisis such as this Your own personal safety from terrorist attack Law enforcement agencies such as the FBI U.S. diplomatic relations with the world The support the U.S. gets from other countries around the world U.S. anti-terrorist efforts The safety of U.S. landmarks and tourist attractions Airport security Table 1135 Has confidence gone up or down? - And, for each, please tell me whether your confidence has gone up a lot, gone up a little, gone down a little, or gone down a lot, or has not been changed one way or the other by today's events.. Up a Lot Up a Little Down a Little Down a Lot No Change Not Sure U.S. military defense Emergency response plans

266 President Bush's handling of the job of president President Bush's ability to handle a crisis such as this Your own personal safety from terrorist attack Law enforcement agencies such as the FBI U.S. diplomatic relations with the world The support the U.S. gets from other countries around the world U.S. anti-terrorist efforts The safety of U.S. landmarks and tourist attractions Airport security IPSOS-Reid, 11 September, 2001 (N=500) Table 1136 Does sending troops to other countries increase confidence in wining war on terrorism? - In addition to the military troops in Afghanistan, U.S. troops were recently sent to the Philippines, the former Soviet Republic of Georgia, and the country of Yemen. Does this military action make you feel more confident about winning the war on terrorism, or does it make you concerned that the war is spreading our military resources too thin? Confident Concerned Neither (vol.) Both (vol.) Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), March, 2002 (N=900) Table 1137 Confidence in law enforcement agencies to break up terrorist plots - How confident are you that national and local law enforcement agencies in the United States are capable of breaking up terrorist plots by radical groups here? Are you [see below]? Very confident Somewhat confident Not too confident Not at all confident Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, November, 2001 (N=1,000) Table 1138 Confidence in politicians - Please tell how much confidence you have in each of the following to deal with this situation. How much confidence do you have in [see below]: a lot of confidence, some, only a little, or no confidence at all? A Lot Some A Little None Don't Know Secretary of State Colin Powell George W. Bush Vice President Dick Cheney Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld National security advisor Condoleeza Rice PSRA/Newsweek, September, 2001 (N=1,005) 266

267 Table 1139 Confidence in U.S. forces to destroy terrorist networks - How confident are you that U.S. forces will be able to complete their mission to destroy terrorist networks around the world? Are you Very confident Somewhat confident Not too confident Not at all confident Don't Know/Refused PSRA/ Pew Research Center, September, 2001 (N=1,488) Table 1140 Confidence that government is giving accurate picture - How much confidence do you have that the government is giving the public an accurate picture of how efforts to deal with terrorism in the U.S. are going? A great deal of A fair amount Not too much confidence No confidence at all D.K./Ref. of confidence of confidence PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (Form 2, N=731) Table 1141 Is federal government doing all it can to prevent terrorism? - Do you think the federal government is doing everything it can to prevent terrorist activity in the U.S.? Yes No Not Sure 6/ / Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) (N=900) Table 1142 Is foreign policy of Bush administration making country more safe from terrorism? - Do you think the foreign policy of the Bush Administration is making the United States more safe from terrorist attacks, less safe, or isn't it making any difference? Safer Less Safe Not Making a Difference Don't Know 19-22/01/ / /10/ CBS News Table 1143 Approve of job of government to protect country from terrorism? - Do you approve or disapprove of the job the government is doing to protect the country from terrorism? Approve Disapprove DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), February, 2003 (N=900) Table 1144 Is federal government issuing terror alerts responsibly? - Do you think the federal government is issuing terror alerts responsibly or has the alert level been raised and lowered too often? Issuing Responsibly Raised/Lowered Too Often Not Sure. 6-7/

268 Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), June 30-July 1, 2003 (N=900) Table 1145 Do people take terror alerts seriously? Do you think most people take these terror alerts seriously or do they ignore them? Take Seriously Ignore Not Sure 6-7/ / / Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only) Table 1146 Has terror alert system prevented acts of terrorism? - Do you believe that the terror-alert system has prevented any acts of terrorism from happening? Yes No Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), June 30-July 1, 2003 (N=900) Table 1147 Has Bush administration gone too far in using new laws to government more power? - Do you think the Bush Administration has gone too far, not gone far enough, or has been about right in using new laws that give the government more power to fight terrorism? Too Far Not Far Enough About Right Don't Know ICR/Associated Press, 4-8 September, 2003 (N=1,008) Table 1148 Confidence in terror alert system - How much confidence do you have in the government's terror alert system: a great deal, some, not much, or no confidence at all? A Great Deal Some Not Much None At All Unsure 8/3-5/ SRBI Public Affairs/Time, 3-5 August, 2004 (N=976) Table 1149 How well is government dealing with problems? - How well do you think the US government is dealing with the following international problems and issues? Please answer on a scale of 0 to 10 with 0 being very poorly and 10 being very well. Negative Neutral Positive DK/ (0-4) (5) (6-10) Refused Homeland security from terrorism Nov, Jan, Feb, March, International terrorism Nov, Jan, Feb,

269 March, The situation with North Korea Nov, Jan, Feb, March, PIPA Table 1150 Confidence in other countries - In the coming months do you have confidence or no confidence in each of the following countries with respect to the military action which has begun against terrorism? Confidence No confidence No opinion Great Britain Canada Europe in general Germany France Israël Russia China IPSOS, September, 2001 (N=1,000) Other aspects of policymaking Table 1151 Has Congress done a good job in responding to terrorist attacks? - Based on what you have heard or read, would you say that the U.S. Congress has done a very good job, a good job, a poor job, or a very poor job responding to the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon? Very good Good Poor Very poor Not sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 13 September, 2001 Table 1152 Which party would do better in dealing with terrorist threat? - Next, please tell me if you think the REPUBLICAN Party or the DEMOCRATIC Party could do a better job in each of the following areas... (First,) which party could do a better job of... Dealing with the terrorist threat at home Republican Democratic Both Neither DK Party Party Equally (vol.) January, Early September, Early October, October, PSRA 269

270 Table 1153 Support or oppose approach of Bush administration in campaign against terrorism-1? - President Bush and his Administration have outlined a number of steps that they plan to take in the campaign against terrorism. Would you say that you totally support, mainly support, have mixed feelings about, or oppose the approach that President Bush and his Administration are taking in the campaign against terrorism? Totally support Mainly support Mixed feelings Oppose Not sure 20 September, 2001 ALL Watched Speech /10/ /11/ Hart and Teeter/NBC News, 20 September, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation (N=513), 7 October, 2001, 9-11 November, 2001 (N=809) Table 1154 U.S. government prepared to prevent terrorist attack? - Do you think that the United States government is prepared to prevent another terrorist attack on the United States, or is it not yet prepared? Prepared Not yet prepared Not sure ALL Watched Speech Hart and Teeter/NBC News, 20 September, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation (N=513) Table 1155 Satisfied with measures of Bush administration? - Are you satisfied or dissatisfied with the measures the Bush Administration took based on the information they had prior to September eleventh? Satisfied Dissatisfied Not Sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 18 May, 2002 Table 1156 Bush administration too assertive in relation to other countries? -Thinnking about how the Bush administration has been acting in relation to other countries over the last two years, overall would you say that the Bush administration has tended to be: Much too assertive 20 Somewhat too assertive 17 A little too assertive 17 Has the balance just right 28 A little too cooperative. 10 Somewhat too cooperative 2 Much too cooperative. 2 No answer 5 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 1157 Have Bush administration policies made you feel safer? - Thinking about the various efforts the Bush administration has made over the past two years that it has said were aimed at reducing the risk of terrorist attacks would you say that these efforts have made you feel: Much safer A little safer Neither safer nor less safe A little less safe Much less safe. DK 270

271 PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Table 1158 Should Bush administration be more cooperative in relations with other countries? - In its relations with other countries do you think the Bush administration should or should not be more cooperative? Should. Should not No answer PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) (Half sample) Handling of intelligence Table 1159 Did Bush administration do enough to follow up on intelligence reports? - Do you think the Bush Administration did or did not do enough to follow up on these intelligence reports, given what was known at the time? Did enough Did not do enough No opinion May, 2002* April, ABC News/Washington Post *"Do you think the Bush administration did or did not do enough to follow up on these intelligence reports, given what was known at the time?" Table 1160 Were intelligence reports detailed enough? - Does it sound to you like these intelligence reports were detailed enough for the government to have taken specific action to increase security, or do you think these reports were too vague for the government to know what action to take? Detailed enough Too vague No opinion May, April, ABC News/Washington Post Table 1161 Negligence on the part of the FBI? - It's also been reported that an FBI agent last July proposed an investigation of Arabs taking flight-school training in the United States. The FBI did not follow up on this proposal. Do you regard this more as a missed opportunity, or more as negligence on the part of the FBI? Missed opportunity Negligence Both (vol.) Neither(vol.) No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, May, 2002 (N=803) Table 1162 Should administration publicly release intelligence information? - Do you think the Administration should or should not publicly release the intelligence information about terrorist threats that it had last summer? Should Should not No opinion 271

272 ABC News/Washington Post, May, 2002 (N=803) Table 1163 Should Congress investigate what Bush administration knew before 9/11? - Do you think the U.S. Congress should or should not conduct an investigation into what the Bush Administration knew about terrorist threats before September 11th and how it handled that intelligence? Should Should not No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, May, 2002 (N=803) Table 1164 Should there be Congressional investigation? - As you may know, the Bush administration said today that it was aware before September 11 that Osama bin Laden s terrorist organization had plans to hijack U.S. airplanes. However, the administration was not aware that the airplanes would be used to blow up buildings, and they were not aware of a specific date or location of attack. Do you think there should or should not be a Congressional investigation into the fact that the Bush administration did not release this information sooner? Should Investigate Should Not Investigate DK Gallup/CNN/USA Today, 16 May, 2002 Table 1165 Should government conduct an investigation? - Do you think the federal government should or should not conduct an investigation into whether the CIA or other government agencies could have prevented the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and Pentagon? Should Investigate Should Not Investigate DK Harris Interactive, Sep. 27, 2001 Table 1166 Is Bush administration now doing a better job? - Compared to the way it handled intelligence reports about terrorist threats last summer, do you think the Bush Administration is now doing a better job handling intelligence about terrorist threats, a worse job, or what? Better Worse About the same (vol.) No opinion May, April, ABC News/Washington Post Table 1167 Rating of job done by intelligence agencies before 9/11 - How would you rate the job done by the FBI, CIA and other U.S. intelligence agencies in analyzing and sharing information about possible terrorist attacks before last September 11? Would you say they did an excellent job, a good job, a not-so-good job, or a poor job analyzing and sharing intelligence information? Excellent Good Not-so-good Poor No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 7-9 June, 2002 (N=1,004) 272

273 Table 1168 Rating of job done by intelligence agencies now - How about now? In analyzing and sharing information about possible future terrorist attacks, would you say the FBI, CIA and other U.S. intelligence agencies are now doing an excellent job, a good job, a not-so-good job, or a poor job? Excellent Good Not-so-good Poor No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 7-9 June, 2002 (N=1,004) Table 1169 Did intelligence agencies have enough information to prevent attacks? - Given what you've heard about the information U.S. intelligence agencies had before the September 11th attacks, do you think U.S. intelligence agencies had enough information to prevent the attacks, if they'd been able to pull it together; or do you think the information was too vague and incomplete for the September 11th attacks to have been prevented? Had enough Too vague No opinion ABC News/Washington Post, 7-9 June, 2002 (N=1,004) Table 1170 Should intelligence agencies have known about the attacks in advance? - Should U.S. Intelligence Have Known About Attacks In Advance? Yes No Don t know CBS News, 11 September, 2001 (N= 402) Table 1171 Is Bush administration telling the truth about what they knew before 9/11? - When it comes to what they knew prior to September 11th about possible terrorist attacks against the United States, do you think members of the Bush Administration are telling the entire truth, are mostly telling the truth but hiding something, or are they mostly lying? Entire truth Hiding something Mostly lying Don't know May, March-1 April, April, CBS News Table 1172 Should Congress hold hearings about the Bush administration knew before 9/11? - Do you think Congress should hold hearings to investigate what the White House knew about possible terrorist attacks, or don't you think that is necessary? Should hold hearings Not necessary Don't know CBS News, May, 2002 Table 1173 Views on intelligence agencies [- Opinion Of FBI] Favorable Unfavorable No opinion May,

274 June, Now (?) [- Opinion Of The CIA] 19-20/05/ CBS News Table 1174 Have revelations about intelligence affected your views on Pres. Bush? - As you may know, the Bush Administration said today that it was aware before September 11th that Osama bin Laden's terrorist organization had plans to hijack U.S. airplanes. However, the Administration was not aware that the airplanes would be used to blow up buildings, and they were not aware of a specific date or location of attack. Has this made you feel less favorably toward President Bush, or has it not affected your opinion of him? Less favorably Not affected opinion More favorably (vol.) No opinion Gallup, 16 May, 2002 Table 1175 Did Bush administration act on available information in proper way? - Do you think the Bush Administration did or did not act on the information available to them in a proper way? Did Did not No opinion Gallup, 16 May, 2002 Table 1176 Did Bush administration give enough warnings to airlines? - Do you think the Bush Administration did or did not give airlines as much warning about hijacking threats as was possible? Did Did not No opinion Gallup, 16 May, 2002 Table 1177 Should Bush administration discuss the fact that it had information before 9/11? - Do you think the Bush Administration should or should not have discussed the fact before now that it had this information prior to September 11th? Should Should not No opinion Gallup, 16 May, 2002 Table 1178 Was enough information available to prevent terrorist attacks? - Do you think there was enough information available so that the terrorist attacks on September 11th could have been prevented, or not? Was Enough Was Not Enough Unsure 20-22/05/ /06/ Gallup/CNN/USA Today 274

275 Table 1179 Should there be full scale investigation of handling of intelligence before 9/11? - Do you think that there should be a full-scale investigation into the handling of intelligence before September eleventh, or do you feel that this would be unproductive and too political? Should be a full-scale investigation Investigation would be unproductive Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 18 May, 2002 Table 1180 Confidence in intelligence agencies to anticipate future terrorist attacks? - How much confidence do you have in the ability of the United States' intelligence agencies to anticipate future terrorist attacks: a great deal of confidence, quite a bit, just some, or very little confidence? Great Deal Quite A Bit Just Some Very Little Not Sure 12/ / /06/ Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal Table 1181 Bush administration open and candid with respect to investigation on handling of terrorism? - In dealing with the investigation AFTER September eleventh, do you feel that the Bush Administration has been open and candid on this issue, or have they been withholding information that should have been made public? Open Withholding Not Sure 5/ / Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 8-10 June, 2002 Table 1182 Should there be independent investigation into intelligence failures? - In addition to the current congressional hearings into the intelligence failures of the CIA, FBI, and the Bush Administration, do you think there should be an independent investigation conducted by experts in foreign policy and security matters? Yes No Not Sure 6/ Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 8-10 June, 2002 Table 1183 Confidence in abilities of intelligence agencies - When it comes to the American intelligence agencies' ability to protect the United States, how much confidence do you have? Would you say you have a lot of confidence, some confidence, not too much confidence or no confidence at all? A lot Some Not too much None at all Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 1184 Should intelligence agencies have higher priority in budget? Senator McCain and others have alleged that the country's intelligence operations have become less effective over the past decade. They say this is the result of fewer covert operations abroad and lack of expertise to analyze intelligence 275

276 data here in the United States. Do you think support of American intelligence operations should be a higher national budget priority than it is now, a lower budget priority or is it about the right level of priority now? Higher Lower Right level Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 1185 More funding for intelligence agencies if it implied higher taxes? - Would you support funding intelligence operations at a higher level even if that means higher taxes for all Americans, or not? [Asked of those who answered Higher:] Yes No Depends (vol.) Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 1186 More funding for intelligence agencies if it implied reduced government benefits? - Would you support funding intelligence operations at a higher level even if that means reduced government benefits, such as health care, farm aid or dipping into the Social Security fund, or not? Yes No Depends (vol.) Don't know Los Angeles Times, September, 2001 (N=1,561) Table 1187 Should Bush fire head of CIA? - In the wake of the recent developments, do you think President Bush should fire the head of the CIA and other CIA officials who were in charge at the time of the attacks? Yes No Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, May, 2002 (N=1,002) Table 1188 Should Bush fire top officials at FBI? - In the wake of the recent developments, do you think President Bush should fire top officials who were in charge at the FBI at the time at the time of the attacks? Yes No Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, May, 2002 (N=1,002) Table 1189 National interest for Congress not to start intelligence investigation after 9/11? - Immediately after September 11th, Congress did not quickly begin a public investigation of intelligence failures of the CIA and FBI. Do you think it was in the national interest for Congress NOT to start such an investigation at that time or should Congress have started a probe immediately? In national interest NOT to start probe Should have started probe immediately DK PSRA/Newsweek, May, 2002 (N=1,002) 276

277 Table 1190 Investigation by Congress of intelligence failures a national interest? - Now, do you think it is in the national interest for Congress to investigate intelligence failures of the CIA and FBI in connection with the September 11th terrorist attacks, or would such a public investigation at this time not be in the national interest? In national interest to investigate Would not be in national interest Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, May, 2002 (N=1,002) Table 1191 Intelligence failures appropriate issues in election campaign? - Do you think that the intelligence failures of the CIA and FBI in connection with the September 11th terrorist attacks are appropriate issues to be debated during the upcoming congressional campaign or are they not appropriate issues for political debate? Appropriate Not appropriate Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, May, 2002 (N=1,002) Table 1192 Confidence in intelligence and law enforcement agencies - Now I have some questions related to the terrorist attacks that took place last September 11th. How confident are you that U.S. intelligence and law enforcement agencies will be able to prevent future terrorist attacks in the United States in which large numbers of Americans are killed? Are you.? Very confident Somewhat confident Not too confident Not at all confident Don't know 27-28/06/ /08/ PSRA/Newsweek Table 1193 Expect new information from independent commission to investigate 9/11 attacks - Do you think the recently created independent commission to investigate how terrorists were able to strike on September 11 will come up with new information, or is everything already pretty much known? Will come up with new information Everything pretty much known Not sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 3-4 December, 2002 (N=900) Table 1194 Approve selection of Henry Kissinger to head investigation committee? - Do you approve or disapprove of the selection of former Secretary of State Henry Kissinger to head the commission investigating the September 11 terrorist attacks? Approve Disapprove Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), 3-4 December, 2002 (N=900) Table 1195 Why did government fail to prevent 9/11 attacks? - Which of the following do you think contributed more to the government's failure to prevent the September 11th attacks? Not enough focus by the Bush Administration on Al Qaeda and its terrorist capabilities. Not enough information from intelligence agencies like the FBI and CIA about terrorist threats inside the United States. [Options rotated] 277

278 . Not Enough Focus Not Enough Information Both Equally(vol.) Neither(vol.) DK PSRA/Newsweek, 8-9 April, 2004 (N=1,005) Table 1196 Were restrictions on law enforcement authorities responsible for failure to prevent 9/11 attacks? Do you think that restrictions on U.S. law enforcement authorities were mostly responsible, partly responsible, not very responsible, or not at all responsible for the government's inability to detect the actions of the terrorists who conducted the attacks on 9/11? Mostly Partly Not Very Not At All Not Sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 8 April, 2004 (N=1,005) Table 1197 Have former president Clinton and his administration taken threat of terrorism seriously enough? - Do you think that former President Clinton and his Administration took the threat of global terrorism as seriously as they should have or did they not take the threat seriously enough? Did Did Not Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, March, 2004 Table 1198 Was Clinton Administration paying enough attention to terrorism? - Was the Clinton Administration paying enough or not enough attention to terrorism before they left office? Enough Not Enough Don't Know CBS News, 30 March-1 April, 2004 (N=1,024) Table 1199 Did Clinton administration do all it could be expected to do to prevent terrorist attacks-1? - Based on the information available to the Clinton Administration in the, 1990s, do you think the Clinton Administration did or did not do all that could be expected to prevent terrorist attacks? Did Did Not No Opinion Gallup/CNN/USAToday, March, 2004 (N=1,001) Table 1200 Did Clinton administration do all it could be expected to do to prevent terrorist attacks-2? - Do you think the Clinton Administration did all it could before they left office to prevent the 9/11 terrorist attacks, or could they have done more? Did All It Could Could Have Done More Don't Know CBS News, 30 March-1 April, 2004 (N=1,024) Table 1201 Have president Bush and his administration taken threat of terrorism seriously enough? - Do you think that President Bush and his Administration have taken the threat of global terrorism as seriously as they should have or have they not taken the threat seriously enough? 278

279 Have Have Not Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, March, 2004 Table 1202 Has the attention to Iraq distracted from efforts to fight terrorism generally? - Do you think the attention that the Bush Administration has given to Iraq has seriously distracted from the Administration's efforts to fight terrorism generally? Yes No Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, March, 2004 (N=1,002) Table 1203 Has Bush administration focused too much on Iraq war? - Do you think the Bush Administration has focused too much on the Iraq war and not enough on the Al Qaeda terrorists, OR too much on the Al Qaeda terrorists and not enough on the Iraq war, OR has the balance been about right? Too Much On Iraq Too Much On Al Qaeda About Right Don't Know 30/03-1/04/ /04/ CBS News Table 1204 Did Bush administration do all it could be expected to do to prevent 9/11 attacks-1? - Based on the information available to the Bush Administration before the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001, do you think the Bush Administration did or did not do all that could be expected to prevent the terrorist attacks? Did Did Not No Opinion Mar , Apr. 8, Harris Interactive Table 1205 Did Bush administration do all it could be expected to do to prevent 9/11 attacks-2? - Do you think the Bush Administration did all it could to prevent the 9/11 terrorist attacks, or could they have done more? Did All It Could Could Have Done More Don't Know CBS News, 30 March-1 April, 2004 (N=1,024) Table 1206 Did Bush administration do all it could be expected to do to prevent 9/11 attacks-3? - Based on the information available to the Bush Administration before the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001, do you think the Bush Administration did or did not do all that could be expected to prevent the terrorist attacks? Did Did Not Not Sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 8 April, 2004 (N=1,005) 279

280 Table 1207 Should Bush administration have been able to prevent 9/11 terrorist attacks? - Do you think the Bush Administration should have been able to prevent the terrorist attacks on September 11th, or not? Should Have Should Not Have No Opinion Gallup/CNN/USAToday, March, 2004 (N=1,001) Table 1208 Is Bush administration covering about something about its handling of intelligence? - Do you think the Bush Administration is or is not covering up something about its handling of intelligence information concerning possible terrorist attacks before September 11, 2001? Is Is Not No Opinion Gallup/CNN/USAToday, March, 2004 (N=1,001) Table 1209 Did Bush pay enough attention to terrorism before 9/11 attacks? - Was the Bush Administration paying enough or not enough attention to terrorism before September 11, 2001? Enough Not Enough Don't Know 30/03-1//04/ /04/ CBS News Table 1210 Did Bush pay enough attention to terrorism after 9/11 attacks? - Which comes closer to your view of George W. Bush's actions concerning terrorism after the terrorist attacks on September 11th? Bush did not pay enough attention to the threat against the United States from al Qaeda because he was too concerned about Saddam Hussein. OR, Bush paid the right amount of attention to the threat against the United States from al Qaeda. Options rotated Not Enough Right Amount No Opinion Gallup/CNN/USAToday, March, 2004 (N=1,001) Table 1211 Have policies of Bush made country more secure-1? - Thinking back over the past three years, do you think George W. Bush's policies on terrorism and national security have made the country more secure, or less secure, or has it not made a difference one way or the other? More Secure Less Secure No Difference Don't Know Los Angeles Times Poll, March, 2004 (N=1,616) Table 1212 Have policies of Bush made country more secure-2? - Do you think the policies of the Bush Administration have made the United States safer from terrorism, less safe from terrorism, or have the policies of the Bush Administration not affected the U.S.'s safety from terrorism? Safer Less Safe Not Affected Don't Know Sep. 28-Oct. 1, /01/

281 10-14/03/ /03 1/04/ /04/ / /06/ /08/ /09/ /09/ /10/ CBS News Table 1213 Did intelligence agencies do all they could to prevent 9/11 attacks? - Do you think the intelligence agencies -- the FBI and CIA -- did all they could to prevent the 9/11 terrorist attacks, or could they have done more? Did All They Could Could Have Done More Don't Know Clinton Administration Bush Administration Intelligence Agencies-- FBI and CIA CBS News, 30 March-1 April, 2004 (N=1,024) Table 1214 Did Bush administration have a strategy to eliminate Osama bin Laden before 9/11? - Do you think the Bush Administration had developed a strategy before 9/11 to eliminate Osama bin Laden's terrorist group known as al Qaeda, or don t you think the Bush Administration had developed such a strategy before 9/11? Had a Plan Did Not Not Sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 8 April, 2004 (N=1,005) Table 1215 Which administration is more to blame for not preventing 9/11? - Given what each administration knew at the time, do you think the Bush Administration or the Clinton Administration is more to blame for not preventing the September 11th attacks -- OR that the two administrations are equally to blame?. Bush Clinton Both Equally Neither (vol.) Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, 8-9 April, 2004 (N=1,005) Table 1216 How much Bush administration to blame? Overall, how much do you blame the Bush Administration for not taking the warnings about the al-qaeda terrorist network seriously enough before the September 11th terrorist attacks: a great deal, a moderate amount, only a little, or not at all?. Great Deal Moderate Amount Only a Little Not At All No Opinion Gallup/CNN/USA Today, April, 2004 (N=1,003) Table 1217 How much Clinton administration to blame? - Overall, how much do you blame the Clinton Administration for not taking the warnings about the al-qaeda terrorist network seriously enough while in office: a great deal, a moderate amount, only a little, or not at all? 281

282 . Great Deal Moderate Amount Only a Little Not At All No Opinion Gallup/CNN/USA Today, April, 2004 (N=1,003) Table 1218 Complete overhaul of intelligence agencies necessary? - Based on what you have heard or read, do you think the government agencies responsible for preventing terrorist attacks in the United States are in need of a complete overhaul, major reforms, minor reforms, or no reforms at all?. Complete Overhaul Major Reforms Minor Reforms None At All No Opinion Gallup/CNN/USA Today, April, 2004 (N=1,003) Table 1219 Heard about Richard Clarke? - How much, if anything, have you heard about a former aide to President Bush who claims that the president ignored serious warnings prior to the Sept 11 terrorist attacks... a lot, a little, or nothing at all? A Lot A Little Nothing dk PSRA/Pew Research Center, March, 2004 Table 1220 Read or heard about Richard Clarke s criticism of Bush administration? - Retired national security official Richard Clarke recently released a book in which he criticizes the Bush Administration's handling of the war on terrorism. Have you heard or read anything about Richard Clarke's criticism of the Bush Administration? Yes No Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), March, 2004 (N=900) If have heard/read about Clarke's criticism (N=580): Table 1221 Richard Clarke s accusations believable? - Do you find Richard Clarke's accusations to be very believable, somewhat believable, not very believable, or not believable at all? Very Somewhat Not Very Not At All Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), March, 2004 (N=900) Table 1222 Statements on Richard Clarke s criticism Richard Clarke -- the Bush Administration's former counter-terrorism chief -- recently wrote a book which is critical of how the Bush Administration has handled the threat of terrorism. Here are some statements that have been made by both Clarke and the Bush Administration. Do you agree or disagree with the next four statements?.. Agree Disagree Don't Know President Bush failed to take the threat of terrorism seriously enough before the September 11, 2001, al Qaeda attacks on the World Trade Center in New York, and the Pentagon

283 President Bush was more focused on attacking Iraq than dealing with terrorism as his top priority Richard Clarke is attacking the Bush Administration because he was turned down for the job of deputy secretary of the Department of Homeland Security Richard Clarke's book is politically motivated and released at this time to impact the presidential election Los Angeles Times Poll, March, 2004 (N=1,616) Table 1223 Whom do you believe more: Richard Clarke or Bush administration? - Who are you more likely to believe in this matter: Richard Clarke or current members of the Bush Administration? Clarke Current Members No Opinion Gallup/CNN/USAToday, March, 2004 (N=1,001) Table 1224 Clarke dedicated public servant or motivated by personal reasons? - From what you have heard and read, do you think Clarke is a dedicated public servant speaking out about government mistakes or do you think he is motivated by personal and political reasons? Dedicated Public Servant Personal/Political Reasons Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, March, 2004 Table 1225 How much attention given to Richard Clarke s declarations? - How much attention have you paid to what former government official Richard Clarke told the commission investigating the September 11th attacks this week.? A Lot Some Not Too Much Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, March, 2004 Table 1226 Has Bush administration done all it could? - As you may know, Clarke told the commission that the Bush Administration did not do all it could to fight terrorism. What do you think -- has the Bush Administration done all it could to fight terrorism or has it not done all it could? Has Has Not Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, March, 2004 Table 1227 Effects of Clarke s statements on feelings towards Bush - Has what Clarke said about Bush made you more favorable toward Bush or less favorable toward Bush, or hasn't it made much difference either way? More Less Not Much Difference Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, March, 2004 (N=1,002) 283

284 Table 1228 Should Bush testify in public? - Some government officials have testified in public before the commission investigating the September 11th attacks, while some have only testified in private. President Bush has chosen to testify in private. Do you think he should testify in public, testify in private, or doesn't it make much difference either way? Public Private Not Much Difference Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, March, 2004 (N=1,002) Table 1229 Should Condoleezza Rice testify in public? - And, do you think Condoleezza Rice, National Security Advisor to President Bush, should testify in public, testify in private, or doesn t it make much difference either way? Public Private Not Much Difference Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, March, 2004 (N=1,002) Table 1230 Is White House cooperating with investigations on 9/11? - Overall, do you think the White House is or is not cooperating with the hearings investigating the September 11th terrorist attacks on the United States? Is Is Not Don't Know CBS News, 30 March-1 April, 2004 (N=1,024). Table 1231 Following testimony of Condoleezza Rice? - As you may know, National Security Adviser Condoleezza Rice testified today before the commission currently examining the terrorist attacks which occurred on September 11, How much have you read or heard about what Condoleezza Rice said when she spoke today: a great deal, a moderate amount, only a little, or nothing at all? Great Deal Moderate Amount Only a Little Nothing At All Not Sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 8 April, 2004 (N=1,005) Table 1232 More likely to believe Richard Clarke or Condoleezza Rice? - Two weeks ago, former White House terrorism official Richard Clarke criticized the Bush Administration's policy on terrorism before 9/11 when he testified before the commission. Today, Condoleezza Rice defended the Bush Administration's record on terrorism in her testimony. If you had to choose, are you more likely to believe Richard Clarke or Condoleezza Rice on this matter? Clarke Rice Not Sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, 8 April, 2004 (N=1,005) Table 1233 Has testimony of Condoleezza Rice made you more likely to believe that Bush administration did all it could to prevent attacks? - Has Condoleezza Rice's testimony before the commission made you more likely or less likely to think the Bush Administration did all it could to prevent the September 11th attacks -- or has her testimony not made much difference? 284

285 More Likely Less Likely Not Much Difference Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, 8-9 April, 2004 (N=1,005) Table 1234 Did Bush administration take threat of global terrorism seriously before 9/11 - From what Condoleezza Rice and Richard Clarke have told the commission, do you think the Bush Administration took the threat of global terrorism as seriously as it should have prior to September 11th, or that they underestimated the terrorist threat and focused too much on other security issues like missile defense and Iraq? Took Seriously Underestimated Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, 8-9 April, 2004 (N=1,005). Table 1235 Too partisan in questioning Condoleezza Rice? - In questioning Condoleezza Rice and other government officials, do you think commission members have generally been fair, or have been too partisan?. Fair Partisan Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, 8-9 April, 2004 (N=1,005). Table 1236 Condoleezza Rice forthcoming enough? - Do you think Condoleezza Rice was reasonably cooperative in answering commission members' questions, or that she was not as forthcoming as she should have been? Cooperative Not Forthcoming Don't Know PSRA/Newsweek, 8-9 April, 2004 (N=1,005) Table 1237 Hearing fair and impartial? Overall, do you think the 9/11 commission hearings have been mostly fair and impartial, or not? Fair Not Fair DK CBS News, 8 April, 2004 NOTE: Poll is re-interview of individuals surveyed from Mar. 30-Apr. 1, Table 1238 Investigattion commission fairly objective? - When you think of the federal commission investigating the U.S. government s performance prior to the terrorist attacks of September eleventh, 2001, would you say that it has been fairly objective or that it has been too partisan? Fairly Objective Too Partisan Mixed Not Sure NBC/Wall Street Journal, 1-3 May, 2004 NOTE: Asked of registered voters. Mixed was a volunteered answer. Table 1239 Best description of 9/11 commission-1? 285

286 - Which of the following... do you think better describes the 9/11 commission investigation? Constructive, bi-partisan activity Destructive, partisan activity DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox New, April, 2004 Table 1240 Best description of 9/11 commission-2? - Which of the following... best describes how you feel about the 9/11 Commission? Commission is an important, bi-partisan panel 29 Commission could have been useful, but it has become a partisan joke 40 Commission was always a joke 16 Not sure 15 Opinion Dynamics/Fox New, April, 2004 Table 1241 Creation of domestic intelligence agency advisable? - Do you think the creation of a domestic intelligence agency in the United States, similar to Great Britain's MI5, would be more likely to help in the fight against terrorism or hurt the privacy and civil liberties of Americans?. Help Hurt Both/Neither(vol.) Not Sure Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, April, 2004 (N=1,001).. Table 1242 Would Bush administration use terrorism alert for political reasons - Do you think that the Bush Administration would ever use a terrorism alert for political reasons, or not? They Would They Would Not Unsure SRBI Public Affairs/Time, 3-5 August, 2004 (N=976) Table 1243 Bush handling of intelligence reports - Please say whether you agree or disagree with the following statements? Agree Disagree DK Before 9/11 there were so many intelligence reports indicating so many different things that it was very difficult for the government to know which ones were real threats and which were not President Bush did everything that a reasonable person would have done under the circumstances before 9/11to protect the United States Before 9/11 President Bush and his advisors did not take enough notice of intelligence reports indicating that terrorists might hijack airplanes and fly them into major buildings in the United States Harris Interactive, 8-15 April, 2004 Bush vs Kerry Table 1244 Who would be better in handling terrorism-1? 286

287 -Regardless of which presidential candidate you support, please tell me if you think John Kerry or George W. Bush would better handle each of the following issues. How about terrorism? Bush Kerry DK Mar. 5-7, May 7-9, June 21-23, Gallup/CNN/USA Today Table 1245 Who would be better in handling terrorism-2? - Regardless of who you support, which one of the presidential candidates, George W. Bush or John Kerry, do you think would do the best job of defending the country from future terrorist attacks? Bush Kerry DK Mar , Mar , May 3-9, PSRA/Pew Research Center Table 1246 Who would be better in handling terrorism-3? - Regardless of which presidential candidate your support, please tell me if you trust George W. Bush or John Kerry to do a better job handle each of the following issues. First, what about terrorism and homeland security? Which do you trust to do a better job handling this issue...bush or Kerry? Bush Kerry DK Mar , PSRA/Newsweek Table 1247 Who would be better in handling terrorism-4? - Regardless of how you intend to vote, who do you think would do a better job on terrorism - George W. Bush or John Kerry? Bush Kerry DK Mar , Quinnipiac NOTE: Asked of registered voters. Table 1248 Who would be better in handling terrorism-5? - Who do you trust to do a better job handling the U.S. campaign against terrorism, George W. Bush or John Kerry? Bush Kerry DK Feb , Mar. 4-7, Apr , May , Jun , ABC News/Washington Post Table 1249 Who would be better in handling terrorism-5? 287

288 -Now I would like to read you a list of issues that some people from this part of the country have said are important for the next President to deal with. Please listen as I read the list and tell me, for each one, who would do a better job of handling this issue...the war on terrorism, President George W. Bush or John Kerry? Bush Kerry DK Mar , Battleground Table 1250 Who would be better in handling terrorism-6? -Which candidate do you think would do a better job on the following issues... the war on terrorism? Bush Kerry DK Apr. 6-7, May 4-5, June 8-9, Opinion Dynamics/Fox News Table 1251 Who would be better in handling terrorism-7? -Which candidate do you think would be more effective in fighting terrorism... Kerry or Bush? Bush Kerry DK Jun. 2-4, Harris Interactive/Time/CNN Table 1252 Who would be better in protecting the country? - Who do you trust to do a better job of protecting the country George W. Bush or John Kerry? Bush Kerry DK Apr. 5-7, AP/Ipsos-Reid Table 1253 Trust John Kerry? - If John Kerry is elected President in November, how much confidence do you have that he would make the right decisions when it comes to protecting the country from terrorist attack a lot, some, not much, or none at all? A Lot Some Not Much None DK CBS News/NYT. Apr ,

289 Various Table 1254 Democratic leaders in Congress too supportive of Bush policies in war on terrorism? - Do you think the Democratic leaders in Congress -- [ROTATED: have been too supportive, have shown the right amount of support, or have not been supportive enough] -- toward the Bush administration s policies in the war on terrorism? Too supportive Right amount of support Not supportive enough No opinion Gallup, 8-9 March, 2002 Table 1255 Why are Democrats asking question about available information before 9/11? [- Why Are Democrats Asking Questions About Pre-9/11 Info? ] They believe the public They want to damage Both reasons No opinion should know Bush Administration CBS News, May, 2002 Table 1256 All right to criticize president s decisions on military issues? - These days, if someone disagrees with the president's decisions on military issues, do you think it's okay to criticize him publicly, or should people not publicly criticize the president on military issues Okay to criticize Not okay DK/NA 8/10/ Nov , /12/ /09/ /10/ Feb. 5-6, Mar , Dec , 2003* Dec , 2003* NOTE: *Question wording was,...issues relating to terrorism? CBS Table 1257 All right to criticize president s decisions on economic or domestic issues? - These days, if someone disagrees with the president's proposals on economic or other domestic issues, do you think it's okay to criticize him publicly or should people not criticize the president publicly on economic or domestic issues? Okay to criticize Not okay DK/NA 8/10/ Nov , /12/ /09/ /10/ CBS 289

290 Table 1258 Should government permit continued anti-war protests? - Do you think the government should permit continued anti-war protests in this country under the free speech guarantees of the Constitution, OR that they should ban protests in order to support the U.S. military operation in Afghanistan? Permit Ban Don't know PSRA/Newsweek, October, 2001 (N=2,004) Table 1259 Should Americans be allowed peaceful protest rallies against military actions? - Do you think Americans who oppose taking military action should be allowed to carry out peaceful protest rallies or should they not be allowed to do this? Should be allowed to protest Should NOT be allowed to protest Don't know/refused PSRA, 1-3 October, 2001 (N=1,001) Table 1260 Should Americans who say U.S. policies were to blame be allowed to express their views in media? - Do you think Americans who say U.S. policies were to blame for the terrorist attacks should or should not be allowed to express their views in the media? Should be allowed to express their views Should NOT be allowed to express their views DK PSRA, 1-3 October, 2001 (N=1,001) Table 1261 Right or wrong to publicly criticize the government over Afghanistan? - Thinking about America s war in Afghanistan, which comes closer to your own point of view...it s wrong for Americans to publicly criticize the government s policy during a time or war or it s as important as ever that people speak their minds, even if they disagree with the government s policy.? Speak Mind Wrong To Criticize DK Public Agenda, 2-23 January, 2002 Table 1262 Too much or too little discussion of other means to stop terrorists than military force? - In your view, has there been too much, too little, or the right amount of discussion of ways to stop terrorists other than using military force? Too much Too little Right amount Don't know/refused 1-3 October, November, PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (Form 2, N=731) Table 1263 Has country done enough to support U.S. campaign against terrorism? - Now for each country I name, please tell me if you think it has or has not done enough to support the U.S. campaign against terrorism... Has done enough Has not No opinion Great Britain

291 Germany France Russia Pakistan Saudi Arabia ABC News, 5-8 September, 2002 (N=1,011) Great Britain Pakistan Germany Russia Saudi Arabia France ABC News, 4-7 September, 2003 (N=1,004) Table 1264 Should World Trade Center be rebuilt as it was-1? - Would you like to see the twin towers of the World Trade Center rebuilt as they were, would you prefer to see completely different buildings there, or should there be a monument and no building? Rebuilt as they were Completely different buildings A monument and no building Not sure Harris, 9-14 September, 2001 Table 1265 Should World Trade Center be rebuilt as it was-2? - Do you think that the World Trade Center should be rebuilt or turned into a memorial? Rebuilt Turned into memorial Both (vol.) Not sure Hart and Teeter/NBC News, 20 September, 2001, following President Bush's address to the nation (N=513) Table 1266 Should World Trade Center be rebuilt as it was-3? - As you may know, there are plans to build a memorial at the site where the Twin Towers at the World Trade Center previously stood. What do you think should be built in addition to the memorial at this site -- [ROTATED: the Twin Towers should be rebuilt as they were, smaller office buildings should be built, or do you think no office building should be built at all]? Rebuilt as they were Smaller offices built No office building at all No opinion Gallup, 2-4 September, 2002 Table 1267 Should World Trade Center be rebuilt as it was-4? - Do you think the World Trade Center in New York City should or should not be rebuilt? Should Should Not DK

292 Gallup/CNN/USA Today, Sep , 2001 Table 1268 Should Twin Towers in World Trade Center in New York be rebuilt? - Do you think the Twin Towers in the World Trade Center in New York City should -- or should not -- be rebuilt? [FORM B; N=514] Should Should not No opinion Gallup, September, 2001 Table 1269 Should World Trade Center be rebuilt as it was-5? - Do you think the World Trade Center should be rebuilt in some form, or not? Should Should Not DK Quinnipiac, Nov. 29-Dec. 5, 2001 Table 1270 Should World Trade Center be rebuilt as it was-6? - Would you like to see the twin towers of the World Trade Center rebuilt as they were, would you prefer to see completely different buildings there, or do you think there should be a monument and no building? Rebuilt Buildings Different Monument/Buildings No Building DK Opinion Dynamics/Fox News, Nov , 2001 Table 1271 U.S. well prepared to deal with threat of terrorists with biological weapons? - Do you think the US is well prepared to deal with the threat of terrorists armed with biological weapons, or is not well prepared to deal with this threat? Well prepared Not well prepared Don t Know/Refused PRSA/Newsweek, 28 February, 1998 Table 1272 U.S. adequately prepared for nuclear, biological or chemical attack? - Do you think that the United States is adequately prepared for a nuclear, biological, or chemical attack, or not? Is adequately prepared Is not adequately prepared Not sure 8-10 June, September, Hart and Teeter/NBC News/Wall Street Journal, 8-10 June, 2002 CBS News/New York Times, 2-5 September, 2002 (N=937) Table 1273 U.S. well prepared for nuclear, biological or chemical attack? - How well prepared do you think the U.S. government is to handle terrorist attacks using chemical or biological weapons.? Very Somewhat Not Very Not At All Not Sure

293 Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), November, 2002 (N=900) Table 1274 How well prepared are you and your family for chemical or biological attack? - How well prepared would you say you and your family are if a chemical or biological attack were to happen in your area.? Very Somewhat Not Very Not At All Not Sure Opinion Dynamics/Fox News (registered voters only), November, 2002 (N=900) Table 1275 More worried about not doing enough to avoid civilian casualties or about not doing enough to win victory? - What do you worry about more when the United States uses military force [READ] That the U.S. doesn't do enough That the U.S. doesn't go far enough Don't know/refused to avoid civilian casualties [or] to achieve military victory PSRA/Pew Research Center, November, 2001 (N=1,500) Table 1276 Paying more attention to terror alerts than before? - Do you find that you, personally, are currently paying [ROTATED: more attention, the same amount, or less attention] to government terror alerts than you did a year ago? More attention Same amount Less attention No opinion 2002 May Feb Gallup Table 1277 Satisfaction with Republican/Democratic handling of war on terrorism 293

294 Table 1278 Have terrorism warnings been useful or harmful? Since the terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon, the government has issued warnings about possible attacks on Americans abroad and in the United States. Do you think the warnings have been useful, or harmful or neither? Useful Harmful Neither Don't Know 9/ / CBS News/New York Times, February, 2003 (N=747 ) Table 1279 Is war in Iraq part of war on terrorism-1? - Do you consider the war in Iraq to be part of the war on terrorism which began on September 11, 2001, or do you consider it to be an entirely separate military action? Part of war on terrorism Separate military action No opinion Sep , 2002* Jan , 2003* August, Mar , NOTE: *Question wording was, If the United States goes to war with Iraq, would you consider that to be part of the war...? Gallup Table 1280 Is war in Iraq part of war on terrorism-2? - Do you think of the war with Iraq as part of the war on terrorism, or do you think of it as separate from the war on terrorism? (If Part) Is it a major part of the war on terrorism or a minor part of the war on terrorism? 294

295 Major Minor Not Part DK Part Part Apr. 2-3, Apr , May 9-12, Sep , Sep. 28-Oct. 1, Nov , Dec , Mar. 30-Apr. 1, June 23-27, CBS News/New York Times Table 1281 Is war in Iraq part of war on terrorism-3? - Do you think of the war with Iraq as part of the war against terrorism, or as separate from the war against terrorism? Part Separate DK Apr. 16, Sep. 4-7, Sep , Oct , 2003* *Question wording was, U.S. military presence in Iraq is part of the war...? ABC News/Washington Post Table 1282 Is war in Iraq part of war on terrorism-4? - Do you think of the war with Iraq as part of the war on terrorism, or do you think of it as separate from the war on terrorism? Part Separate DK Mar , Mar. 30-Apr. 1, Apr , CBS News/NYT Table 1283 Is war in Iraq part of war on terrorism-5? - Do you think of the war with Iraq as part of the war against terrorism, or as separate from the war against terrorism? Part Separate DK Los Angeles Times,15-18 November, 2003 Table 1284 France and Germany doing their fair share? - Do you think European countries like France and Germany are or are not willing to do their fair share in the war on terrorism? Yes, are willing No, are not No opinion Gallup, January,

296 Table 1285 Reactions to terrorist attacks Americans remain committed to a military response to the attack, with 71 percent saying they support military action against terrorists and the countries that harbor them But 59 percent say they are willing to wait until the government has a plan that works. 85 percent say they have not canceled or postponed at trip they had planned to take; 84 percent have not canceled or postponed making a major household purchase; 69 percent have not decided to cut back on spending for holiday gifts this year. 79 percent say they've displayed an American flag; 64 percent have donated money, food or other supplies to the relief efforts; 60 percent have lit a candle and 50 percent have attended a special religious or ecumenical service, the poll shows. 68 percent said they feel more secure after hearing Bush speak, while 73 percent say they have a better understanding of how terrorism needs to be fought. PSRA/Newsweek, September, 2001 (N=1,005) Table 1286 Rights of witnesses in terrorism trials - Suppose the government says that a witness in a terrorism trial should not be allowed to testify because that testimony could be harmful to national security. Now suppose the defendant in the trial says he needs that witnesses' testimony in order to prove his innocence. What should the judge in this case do [ROTATED: rule in favor of the defendant and allow the witness to testify, (or) rule in favor of the government and prevent the witness from testifying]? In favor of the defendant In favor of the government No opinion Gallup, July, 2003 (N=?) Table 1287 Heard about the Patriot Act? - How much have you heard or read about the USA Patriot Act, adopted in 2001, which is now up for renewal in Congress a lot, some, not much, or nothing so far? A Lot Some Not Much Nothing DK CBS News/New York Times, Apr , 2004 Table 1288 Familiar with the Patriot Act? - As you may know, shortly after the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001, a law called the Patriot Act was passed which makes it easier for the federal government to get information on suspected terrorists through court-ordered wiretaps and searches. How familiar are you with the Patriot Act -- very familiar, somewhat familiar, not too familiar, or not at all familiar? Very familiar Somewhat familiar Not too familiar Not at all familiar DK Aug., Nov., Gallup Table 1289 Does the Patriot Act go too far? 296

297 Table 1290 Patriot Act a good thing or a bad thing? - After the 9/11 terrorist attacks, Congress passed the Patriot Act which, in part, gives federal officials wider authority to use wiretaps and other surveillance techniques. Some people say the Patriot Act is a necessary and effective tool in preventing terrorist attacks, while others say the act goes too far and could violate the civil liberties of average Americans. Which comes closer to your view? Overall, would you say the Patriot Act is a good thing for America or a bad thing for America?. Good Thing Bad Thing Mixed (vol.) Not Sure 29-30/07/ /05/ Harris Interactive/Time/CNN, May 12-13, 2004 (N=1,001) Table 1291 Do you understand Patriot Act? - As you may know, shortly after September 11th Congress passed new legislation, called the USA Patriot Act, which removes certain limitations on the government s ability to monitor and detain individuals. How well do you feel you understand what is in that legislation? Very well Somewhat Not very well Not at all. No answer PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) Table 1292 Have American citizens been detained? - Is it your impression that American citizens have or have not been detained by the US under suspicion of being involved with a terrorist group? Have Have not No answer PIPA, 26 Aug - 3 Sep., 2003 (N=1,217) 297

Threats to Peace and Prosperity

Threats to Peace and Prosperity Lesson 2 Threats to Peace and Prosperity Airports have very strict rules about what you cannot carry onto airplanes. 1. The Twin Towers were among the tallest buildings in the world. Write why terrorists

More information

President Obama and National Security

President Obama and National Security May 19, 2009 President Obama and National Security Democracy Corps The Survey Democracy Corps survey of 1,000 2008 voters 840 landline, 160 cell phone weighted Conducted May 10-12, 2009 Data shown reflects

More information

SSUSH23 Assess the political, economic, and technological changes during the Reagan, George H.W. Bush, Clinton, George W.

SSUSH23 Assess the political, economic, and technological changes during the Reagan, George H.W. Bush, Clinton, George W. SSUSH23 Assess the political, economic, and technological changes during the Reagan, George H.W. Bush, Clinton, George W. Bush, and Obama administrations. a. Analyze challenges faced by recent presidents

More information

Commitment to Restore Order in Iraq Balances Criticisms of Bush & the War

Commitment to Restore Order in Iraq Balances Criticisms of Bush & the War ABC NEWS/WASHINGTON POST POLL: THE WAR IN IRAQ 6/26/05 EMBARGOED FOR RELEASE AFTER 5 p.m. Monday, June 27, 2005 Commitment to Restore Order in Iraq Balances Criticisms of Bush & the War A sense of obligation

More information

Intro. To the Gulf War

Intro. To the Gulf War Intro. To the Gulf War Persian Gulf War, conflict beginning in August 1990, when Iraqi forces invaded and occupied Kuwait. The conflict culminated in fighting in January and February 1991 between Iraq

More information

Bush Faces Rising Public Doubts On Credibility and Casualties Alike

Bush Faces Rising Public Doubts On Credibility and Casualties Alike ABC NEWS/WASHINGTON POST POLL: BUSH and IRAQ 7/10/03 EMBARGO: 6:30 P.M. BROADCAST, 8 P.M. PRINT/WEB, Friday, July 11, 2003 Bush Faces Rising Public Doubts On Credibility and Casualties Alike Americans

More information

RECOMMENDED CITATION: Pew Research Center, October 2014, Support for U.S. Campaign Against ISIS; Doubts About Its Effectiveness, Objectives

RECOMMENDED CITATION: Pew Research Center, October 2014, Support for U.S. Campaign Against ISIS; Doubts About Its Effectiveness, Objectives NUMBERS, FACTS AND TRENDS SHAPING THE WORLD FOR RELEASE OCTOBER 22, 2014 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON THIS REPORT: Carroll Doherty, Director of Political Research Alec Tyson, Senior Researcher Rachel Weisel,

More information

AFGHANISTAN, THE THREAT OF TERRORISM, AND IRAQ September 19-23, 2009

AFGHANISTAN, THE THREAT OF TERRORISM, AND IRAQ September 19-23, 2009 CBS NEWS/NEW YORK TIMES POLL For Release: Thursday, September 24, 2009 6:30 pm (EDT) AFGHANISTAN, THE THREAT OF TERRORISM, AND IRAQ September 19-23, 2009 Americans are divided as to whether the U.S. is

More information

q1 Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling his job as President?

q1 Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling his job as President? CBS NEWS POLL Rebuilding Iraq September 15-16, 2003 q1 Do you approve or disapprove of the way George W. Bush is handling his job as President? Approve 52 91 28 43 55 Disapprove 39 4 63 44 37 DK/NA 9 5

More information

q14 Do you consider Saudi Arabia an ally of the United States, friendly but not an ally, unfriendly, or an enemy of the United States?

q14 Do you consider Saudi Arabia an ally of the United States, friendly but not an ally, unfriendly, or an enemy of the United States? CBS NEWS POLL THE MIDDLE EAST, IRAQ AND IRAN May 27-28, 2003 q14 Do you consider Saudi Arabia an ally of the United States, friendly but not an ally, unfriendly, or an enemy of the United States? Total

More information

THE WAR IN IRAQ September 4 8, 2007

THE WAR IN IRAQ September 4 8, 2007 CBS NEWS/NY TIMES POLL For release: Sunday September 9, 2007 6:30 PM EDT THE WAR IN IRAQ September 4 8, 2007 The reports on Iraq from General David Petraeus, Ambassador Ryan Crocker and the Administration

More information

Sep. 11, 2001 Attacks are made against USA

Sep. 11, 2001 Attacks are made against USA 10 Years Later Sep. 11, 2001 Attacks are made against USA Terrorist hijack four commercial aircraft making cross-country journeys and fly two into the World Trade Center in NYC, one into the Pentagon in

More information

Middle Eastern Conflicts

Middle Eastern Conflicts Middle Eastern Conflicts Enduring Understanding: Since the fall of the Soviet Union in 1991, the world s attention no longer focuses on the tension between superpowers. Although problems rooted in the

More information

ISSUES: AFGHANISTAN, FORT HOOD, TRYING TERRORISTS AND THE ECONOMY November 13-16, 2009

ISSUES: AFGHANISTAN, FORT HOOD, TRYING TERRORISTS AND THE ECONOMY November 13-16, 2009 CBS NEWS POLL For release: Tuesday, November 17, 2009 6:30 PM (ET) ISSUES: AFGHANISTAN, FORT HOOD, TRYING TERRORISTS AND THE ECONOMY November 13-16, 2009 President Barack Obama must confront a number of

More information

RECOMMENDED CITATION: Pew Research Center, July, 2015, A Year Later, U.S. Campaign Against ISIS Garners Support, Raises Concerns

RECOMMENDED CITATION: Pew Research Center, July, 2015, A Year Later, U.S. Campaign Against ISIS Garners Support, Raises Concerns NUMBERS, FACTS AND TRENDS SHAPING THE WORLD FOR RELEASE JULY 22, 2015 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON THIS REPORT: Carroll Doherty, Director of Political Research Rachel Weisel, Communications Associate 202.419.4372

More information

CHAPTER 8. Key Issue Four: why has terrorism increased?

CHAPTER 8. Key Issue Four: why has terrorism increased? CHAPTER 8 Key Issue Four: why has terrorism increased? TERRORISM Terrorism by individuals and organizations State support for terrorism Libya Afghanistan Iraq Iran TERRORISM Terrorism is the systematic

More information

SHOWDOWN IN THE MIDDLE EAST

SHOWDOWN IN THE MIDDLE EAST SHOWDOWN IN THE MIDDLE EAST IRAN IRAQ WAR (1980 1988) PERSIAN GULF WAR (1990 1991) WAR IN IRAQ (2003 Present) WAR IN AFGHANISTAN (2001 Present) Iran Iraq War Disputes over region since collapse of the

More information

SEPTEMBER 11 ATTACKS

SEPTEMBER 11 ATTACKS Social Studies/United States History/September 11 SEPTEMBER 11 ATTACKS On the morning of September 11, 2001, the United States of America suffered a terrorist attack. It was the worst attack in the nation

More information

SS.7.C.4.3 Describe examples of how the United States has dealt with international conflicts.

SS.7.C.4.3 Describe examples of how the United States has dealt with international conflicts. SS.7.C.4.3 Benchmark Clarification 1: Students will identify specific examples of international conflicts in which the United States has been involved. The United States Constitution grants specific powers

More information

RECOMMENDED CITATION: Pew Research Center, September 2014, Bipartisan Support for Obama s Military Campaign Against ISIS

RECOMMENDED CITATION: Pew Research Center, September 2014, Bipartisan Support for Obama s Military Campaign Against ISIS NUMBERS, FACTS AND TRENDS SHAPING THE WORLD FOR RELEASE SEPTEMBER 15, 2014 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON THIS REPORT: Carroll Doherty, Director of Political Research Alec Tyson, Senior Researcher Rachel Weisel,

More information

The Iraqi Public on the US Presence and the Future of Iraq -A WorldPublicOpinion.org Poll-

The Iraqi Public on the US Presence and the Future of Iraq -A WorldPublicOpinion.org Poll- The Iraqi Public on the US Presence and the Future of Iraq A WorldPublicOpinion.org Poll Questionnaire and Methodology Dates of Survey: September 4, 26 Margin of Error: +/ 3 % Sample Size: + 5 oversample

More information

The Global War on Terrorism

The Global War on Terrorism The Global War on Terrorism - Operation ENDURING FREEDOM - Operation IRAQI FREEDOM The Global War on Terrorism Almost every captain in the Air Force who flies airplanes has combat experience virtually

More information

Monday Warm-Up 9/12 What do you know about September 11, 2001?

Monday Warm-Up 9/12 What do you know about September 11, 2001? Monday Warm-Up 9/12 What do you know about September 11, 2001? Know 9/11 Terrorism Al-Qaeda Do Summarize the events of September 11, 2001 by completing a timeline Overview September 11 th, 2001: 19 extremist

More information

Activity: Persian Gulf War. Warm Up: What do you already know about the Persian Gulf War? Who was involved? When did it occur?

Activity: Persian Gulf War. Warm Up: What do you already know about the Persian Gulf War? Who was involved? When did it occur? Activity: Persian Gulf War Warm Up: What do you already know about the Persian Gulf War? Who was involved? When did it occur? DESERT STORM PERSIAN GULF WAR (1990-91) WHAT ABOUT KUWAIT S GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION

More information

Chapter 17: Foreign Policy and National Defense Section 3

Chapter 17: Foreign Policy and National Defense Section 3 Chapter 17: Foreign Policy and National Defense Section 3 Objectives 1. Summarize American foreign policy from independence through World War I. 2. Show how the two World Wars affected America s traditional

More information

Public Backs Diplomatic Approach in Syria, But Distrusts Syria and Russia

Public Backs Diplomatic Approach in Syria, But Distrusts Syria and Russia SEPTEMBER 16, 2013 Just 26% Think Syria Will Give up Chemical Arms Public Backs Diplomatic Approach in Syria, But Distrusts Syria and Russia FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT THE PEW RESEARCH CENTER FOR

More information

Conflict and Change. Chapter 10

Conflict and Change. Chapter 10 Conflict and Change Chapter 10 Lesson 1 Conflicts After WWII The United Nations was created in 1945 at the end of WWII. Countries joined the UN to work together for peace. The United States and the Soviet

More information

War in Yemen Congress Member s Wreck CDC Director Loses Job Ten-second Trivia

War in Yemen Congress Member s Wreck CDC Director Loses Job Ten-second Trivia Assignment 35 Thursday February 1,2018 Story War in Yemen Congress Member s Wreck CDC Director Loses Job Ten-second Trivia Now Playing: Rock a Insert Bye by Clean Bandit Student Music 1 paragraph summary

More information

Criticism of War Eases, but Still a Majority; Three-Quarters Want Substantial Withdrawal

Criticism of War Eases, but Still a Majority; Three-Quarters Want Substantial Withdrawal ABC NEWS/WASHINGTON POST POLL: The War in Afghanistan EMBARGOED FOR RELEASE AFTER 5 p.m. Monday, June 6, 2011 Criticism of War Eases, but Still a Majority; Three-Quarters Want Substantial Withdrawal Public

More information

Operational Security (OPSEC)

Operational Security (OPSEC) Operational Security (OPSEC) The success of military and intelligence operations depend upon secrecy; without secrecy, they generally fail. Paraphrase of Gen. George Washington, First President of the

More information

Before an audience of the American people, the Commission must ask President Bush in sworn testimony, the following questions:

Before an audience of the American people, the Commission must ask President Bush in sworn testimony, the following questions: The Family Steering Committee Statement and Questions Regarding the 9/11 Commission Interview with President Bush February 16, 2004 www.911independentcommission.org The Family Steering Committee believes

More information

THE WAR IN IRAQ: FAMILIES OF THOSE WHO SERVE March 9-12, 2006

THE WAR IN IRAQ: FAMILIES OF THOSE WHO SERVE March 9-12, 2006 CBS NEWS POLL For release: March 13, 2006 6:30 P.M. THE WAR IN IRAQ: FAMILIES OF THOSE WHO SERVE March 9-12, 2006 The war in Iraq has affected the lives of a wide group of people. 54% of Americans say

More information

Public Backs Same Goals, Different Means In Dealing With Iraq and North Korea

Public Backs Same Goals, Different Means In Dealing With Iraq and North Korea ABC NEWS POLL: NORTH KOREA/IRAQ 1/5/03 EMBARGOED FOR RELEASE AFTER 6:30 P.M. Monday, Jan. 6, 2003 Public Backs Same Goals, Different Means In Dealing With Iraq and North Korea Eight in 10 Americans say

More information

The good news is we are making great advances in Iraq and I wanted to bring us all together today so can we can hear first hand the positive news.

The good news is we are making great advances in Iraq and I wanted to bring us all together today so can we can hear first hand the positive news. MEMO To: Chairman Pryce From: Press Shop What: Iraq Conference Call When: Tuesday, January 24 Time: 10:00 am EST Dial in: 1-800-369-1121 Pass Code: House of Representatives Participants: General Casey,

More information

SSUSH23 Assess the political, economic, and technological changes during the Reagan, George H.W. Bush, Clinton, George W.

SSUSH23 Assess the political, economic, and technological changes during the Reagan, George H.W. Bush, Clinton, George W. SSUSH23 Assess the political, economic, and technological changes during the Reagan, George H.W. Bush, Clinton, George W. Bush, and Obama administrations. a. Analyze challenges faced by recent presidents

More information

GLOBAL WAR ON TERRORISM

GLOBAL WAR ON TERRORISM Adjunct Professor of International Affairs United States Military Academy at West Point GLOBAL WAR ON TERRORISM BARRY R. McCAFFREY GENERAL, USA (RETIRED) ADJUNCT PROFESSOR OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT

More information

Global Terrorism. Traditional Motives: Primary Goal: Popular Methods: Traditional Targets: Recent Developments: Biological & Chemical terrorism

Global Terrorism. Traditional Motives: Primary Goal: Popular Methods: Traditional Targets: Recent Developments: Biological & Chemical terrorism Traditional Motives: Primary Goal: Global Terrorism Gain Independence or Political Freedom Expel Foreigners or their influences Cause Change in Society Preserve Religious or Cultural Beliefs Destruction

More information

1 Nuclear Weapons. Chapter 1 Issues in the International Community. Part I Security Environment Surrounding Japan

1 Nuclear Weapons. Chapter 1 Issues in the International Community. Part I Security Environment Surrounding Japan 1 Nuclear Weapons 1 The United States, the former Soviet Union, the United Kingdom, France, and China. France and China signed the NPT in 1992. 2 Article 6 of the NPT sets out the obligation of signatory

More information

Foreign Policy and Homeland Security

Foreign Policy and Homeland Security Foreign Policy and Homeland Security 1 Outline Background Marshall Plan and NATO United Nations Military build-up and nuclear weapons Intelligence agencies and the Iraq war Foreign aid Select issues in

More information

SS.7.C.4.3 International. Conflicts

SS.7.C.4.3 International. Conflicts SS.7.C.4.3 International Conflicts WORLD WAR I 1914-1918 (US JOINED IN 1915) BRAINPOP: HTTPS://WWW.BRAINPOP.COM/SOCIALSTUDIES/USHISTORY/WORLDWARI/ Why did the U.S. become involved? On May 7, 1915 the British

More information

U.S. is not losing Iraq war: Rumsfeld

U.S. is not losing Iraq war: Rumsfeld www.breaking News English.com Ready-to-use ESL / EFL Lessons U.S. is not losing Iraq war: Rumsfeld URL: http://www.breakingnewsenglish.com/0506/050624-rumsfeld.html Today s contents The Article 2 Warm-ups

More information

Foreign Policy and National Defense. Chapter 22

Foreign Policy and National Defense. Chapter 22 Foreign Policy and National Defense Chapter 22 Historical Perspective 1 st 150 years of U.S. existence Emphasis on Domestic Affairs vs. Foreign Affairs Foreign Policy The strategies and goals that guide

More information

A Secondary Analysis of U.S. Public Opinion Polls about the War in Iraq

A Secondary Analysis of U.S. Public Opinion Polls about the War in Iraq A Secondary Analysis of U.S. Public Opinion Polls about the War in Iraq By Lee B. Becker James M. Cox Jr. Center for International Mass Communication Training and Research Grady College of Journalism and

More information

SSUSH20 The student will analyze the domestic and international impact of the Cold War on the United States.

SSUSH20 The student will analyze the domestic and international impact of the Cold War on the United States. SSUSH20 The student will analyze the domestic and international impact of the Cold War on the United States. The Cold War The Cold War (1947-1991) was the era of confrontation and competition beginning

More information

Decade of Service 2000s

Decade of Service 2000s Decade of Service 2000s Immediately following the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks, a DAV mobile service office delivered thousands of articles of clothing and comfort kits to first responders at the Twin Towers.

More information

Case 1:05-cv RJL Document Filed 12/03/2008 Page 1 of 13 EXHIBIT A

Case 1:05-cv RJL Document Filed 12/03/2008 Page 1 of 13 EXHIBIT A Case 1:05-cv-00429-RJL Document 163-2 Filed 12/03/2008 Page 1 of 13 J I EXHIBIT A Case 1:05-cv-00429-RJL Document 163-2 Filed 12/03/2008 Page 2 of 13 IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT

More information

U.S. Forces in Afghanistan

U.S. Forces in Afghanistan Order Code RS22633 March 27, 27 U.S. Forces in JoAnne O Bryant and Michael Waterhouse Information Research Specialists Knowledge Services Group Summary As interest in troop level deployments continue,

More information

Hostile Interventions Against Iraq Try, try, try again then succeed and the trouble

Hostile Interventions Against Iraq Try, try, try again then succeed and the trouble Hostile Interventions Against Iraq 1991-2004 Try, try, try again then succeed and the trouble US Foreign policy toward Iraq from the end of the Gulf war to the Invasion in 2003 US policy was two fold --

More information

Reaction to Facts Summary HISTORY Sep, Shortly after the Twin Towers fell on September,, the nation began to mourn, and around the country Americans

Reaction to Facts Summary HISTORY Sep, Shortly after the Twin Towers fell on September,, the nation began to mourn, and around the country Americans Reaction to Facts Summary HISTORY Sep, Shortly after the Twin Towers fell on September,, the nation began to mourn, and around the country Americans began to commemorate the victims and demonstrate their

More information

Syllabus Law 654 Counterterrorism Law Seminar. George Mason University Antonin Scalia Law School Spring 2018

Syllabus Law 654 Counterterrorism Law Seminar. George Mason University Antonin Scalia Law School Spring 2018 Brief Course Description: Syllabus Law 654 Counterterrorism Law Seminar George Mason University Antonin Scalia Law School Spring 2018 This seminar course will provide students with exposure to the laws

More information

Questions & Answers about the Law of the Sea:

Questions & Answers about the Law of the Sea: Questions & Answers about the Law of the Sea: Q: Would the U.S. have to change its laws if we ratified the treaty? A: In 1983, Ronald Reagan directed U.S. agencies to comply with all of the provisions

More information

Retire The Colors: Veterans & Civilians On Iraq & Afghanistan By Ron Capps - Introduction, Dario DiBattista - Editor READ ONLINE

Retire The Colors: Veterans & Civilians On Iraq & Afghanistan By Ron Capps - Introduction, Dario DiBattista - Editor READ ONLINE Retire The Colors: Veterans & Civilians On Iraq & Afghanistan By Ron Capps - Introduction, Dario DiBattista - Editor READ ONLINE If searched for a book by Ron Capps - Introduction, Dario DiBattista - Editor

More information

If searched for the ebook Saddam's Attacks on America: 1993; September 11, 2001; and the Anthrax Attacks: A freewheeling and hard-hitting commentary

If searched for the ebook Saddam's Attacks on America: 1993; September 11, 2001; and the Anthrax Attacks: A freewheeling and hard-hitting commentary Saddam's Attacks On America: 1993; September 11, 2001; And The Anthrax Attacks: A Freewheeling And Hard-hitting Commentary On The Life-threatening... America And The Prescription For Their Cure. By Hugh

More information

HART/McINTURFF Study # page 1. Interviews: 1000 Adults, including 300 cell phone only respondents Date: May 30 June 2, 2013

HART/McINTURFF Study # page 1. Interviews: 1000 Adults, including 300 cell phone only respondents Date: May 30 June 2, 2013 HART/McINTURFF Study #13200 -- page 1 Interviews: 1000 Adults, including 300 cell phone only respondents Date: May 30 June 2, 2013 Study #13200 48 Male 52 Female Please note: all results are shown as percentages

More information

NUMBERS, FACTS AND TRENDS SHAPING THE WORLD FOR RELEASE JANUARY 24, 2017 FOR MEDIA OR OTHER INQUIRIES:

NUMBERS, FACTS AND TRENDS SHAPING THE WORLD FOR RELEASE JANUARY 24, 2017 FOR MEDIA OR OTHER INQUIRIES: NUMBERS, FACTS AND TRENDS SHAPING THE WORLD FOR RELEASE JANUARY 24, 2017 FOR MEDIA OR OTHER INQUIRIES: Carroll Doherty, Director of Political Research Jocelyn Kiley, Associate Director, Research Bridget

More information

WikiLeaks Document Release

WikiLeaks Document Release WikiLeaks Document Release February 2, 2009 Congressional Research Service Report RS22537 Iraqi Civilian Casualtiess Estimates Hannah Fischer, Information Research Specialist January 12, 2009 Abstract.

More information

Why did Britain become involved in conflict in the twentieth century?

Why did Britain become involved in conflict in the twentieth century? 18 Why did Britain become involved in conflict in the twentieth century? Use this table to help you with Activity 2 on page 53. Conflict Code 1914 1918 The First World War 1939 1945 The Second World War

More information

The United States Enters the War Ch 23-3

The United States Enters the War Ch 23-3 The United States Enters the War Ch 23-3 The Main Idea Isolationist feeling in the United States was strong in the 1930s, but Axis aggression eventually destroyed it and pushed the United States into war.

More information

Transition in Afghanistan: The Road Ahead Prepared Statement of LTG David W. Barno, USA (Ret.)

Transition in Afghanistan: The Road Ahead Prepared Statement of LTG David W. Barno, USA (Ret.) Testimony before the House Armed Services Committee Senior Advisor and Senior Fellow, Center for a New American Security February 27, 2013 Chairman McKeon, Ranking Member Smith, Members of the Committee,

More information

Chapter 17: Foreign Policy and National Defense Section 2

Chapter 17: Foreign Policy and National Defense Section 2 Chapter 17: Foreign Policy and National Defense Section 2 Objectives 1. Summarize the functions, components, and organization of the Department of Defense and the military departments. 2. Explain how the

More information

U.S. Government Collecting and Interpreting Intelligence, Conducting Covert Action and Counterintelligence

U.S. Government Collecting and Interpreting Intelligence, Conducting Covert Action and Counterintelligence It is the responsibility of the federal government to protect its citizens and interests. Good intelligence, or information, about threats to our national security whether from within our country or from

More information

Does 9/11 look like an "inside job"? Consider the evidence for yourself.

Does 9/11 look like an inside job? Consider the evidence for yourself. WAS 9/11 AN "INSIDE JOB"? Jim Fetzer (READER WEEKLY 2 September 2004, pp. 24-25) Does 9/11 look like an "inside job"? Consider the evidence for yourself. At the Pentagon: * How could a Boeing 757, with

More information

CRS Report for Congress

CRS Report for Congress Order Code RS22441 Updated September 14, 2006 CRS Report for Congress Received through the CRS Web Iraqi Civilian, Police, and Security Forces Casualty Estimates Summary Hannah Fischer Information Research

More information

Counter-Improvised Explosive Device Overview

Counter-Improvised Explosive Device Overview Counter-Improvised Explosive Device Overview April 2012 The IED Is a Global Threat //FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY Mumbai, 13 Jul 2011 Multiple explosions (26 Killed / 130 Wounded) Nigeria, 12 Apr 2012 SVBIED

More information

Foreign Policy and National Defense. Chapter 22

Foreign Policy and National Defense. Chapter 22 Foreign Policy and National Defense Chapter 22 Historical Perspective 1 st 150 years of U.S. existence Emphasis on Domestic Affairs vs. Foreign Affairs Foreign Policy The strategies and goals that guide

More information

NATIONAL DEFENSE UNIVERSITY NATIONAL WAR COLLEGE. The Strategic Implications of Sensitive Site Exploitation

NATIONAL DEFENSE UNIVERSITY NATIONAL WAR COLLEGE. The Strategic Implications of Sensitive Site Exploitation NATIONAL DEFENSE UNIVERSITY NATIONAL WAR COLLEGE The Strategic Implications of Sensitive Site Exploitation COL Thomas S. Vandal, USA 5605 Doing Military Strategy SEMINAR H PROFESSOR Dr. David Tretler ADVISOR

More information

Non-fiction: Always Remember. Americans Remember the Victims and Heroes of Sept. 11, 2001

Non-fiction: Always Remember. Americans Remember the Victims and Heroes of Sept. 11, 2001 Always Remember Americans Remember the Victims and Heroes of Sept. 11, 2001 Ask most adults, and they ll tell you where they were on Sept. 11, 2001. The morning started like any other in New York City,

More information

Chapter Nineteen Reading Guide American Foreign & Defense Policy. Answer each question as completely as possible and in blue or black ink only

Chapter Nineteen Reading Guide American Foreign & Defense Policy. Answer each question as completely as possible and in blue or black ink only Chapter Nineteen Reading Guide American Foreign & Defense Policy Answer each question as completely as possible and in blue or black ink only 1. What are the roots of U.S. Foreign and Defense Policy? 1.

More information

MULTIPLE CHOICE. Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question.

MULTIPLE CHOICE. Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. Exam Name MULTIPLE CHOICE. Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 1) The realm of policy decisions concerned primarily with relations between the United States

More information

Global Interventions From 1990

Global Interventions From 1990 Global Interventions From 1990 Overview The significance of stealth aircraft The role of air power in the Gulf War (Operation Desert Storm) The role of air power in Operation Enduring Freedom The role

More information

Statement of. Michael P. Downing Assistant Commanding Officer Counter-Terrorism/Criminal Intelligence Bureau Los Angeles Police Department.

Statement of. Michael P. Downing Assistant Commanding Officer Counter-Terrorism/Criminal Intelligence Bureau Los Angeles Police Department. Statement of Michael P. Downing Assistant Commanding Officer Counter-Terrorism/Criminal Intelligence Bureau Los Angeles Police Department Before the Committee on Homeland Security s Subcommittee on Intelligence,

More information

** INTRODUCTION ** SINCE THE ONSET OF THE PETROLEUM AGE IN THE 1860 s, WHAT NATION HAS BEEN THE LEADING CONSUMER OF OIL?

** INTRODUCTION ** SINCE THE ONSET OF THE PETROLEUM AGE IN THE 1860 s, WHAT NATION HAS BEEN THE LEADING CONSUMER OF OIL? LIGHTHOUSE CPA SOCIAL SCIENCES DEPARTMENT ECONOMICS VIDEO STUDY GUIDE # 3 - RECENT HISTORY OF OIL BLOOD AND OIL THIS VIDEO NOT ONLY COVERS THE CONTEMPORARY HISTORY OF OIL ( 1945 TO THE PRESENT ), BUT ALSO

More information

Annual Report 2015 Japan's Actions against Piracy off the Coast of Somalia and in the Gulf of Aden

Annual Report 2015 Japan's Actions against Piracy off the Coast of Somalia and in the Gulf of Aden March 2016 The Cabinet Secretariat The Government of Japan 1 Annual Report 2015 Japan's Actions against Piracy off the Coast of Somalia and in the Gulf of Aden Somalia and the Surroundings (off the Coast

More information

Iraq Casualties: U.S. Military Forces and Iraqi Civilians, Police, and Security Forces

Iraq Casualties: U.S. Military Forces and Iraqi Civilians, Police, and Security Forces Iraq Casualties: U.S. Military Forces and Iraqi Civilians, Police, and Security Forces Hannah Fischer Information Research Specialist February 25, 2010 Congressional Research Service CRS Report for Congress

More information

Recent U.S. Foreign Policy. Two takes on Empire

Recent U.S. Foreign Policy. Two takes on Empire Recent U.S. Foreign Policy Two takes on Empire Bacevich Take One American Empire from the End of the Cold War to 9/11 Globalization Is the international system that replaced the Cold War The desired NSC-68

More information

SECTION 4 IRAQ S WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION

SECTION 4 IRAQ S WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION SECTION 4 IRAQ S WEAPONS OF MASS DESTRUCTION Introduction 1. Section 4 addresses: how the Joint Intelligence Committee s (JIC) Assessments of Iraq s chemical, biological, nuclear and ballistic missile

More information

IT S ALL IN THE NUMBERS. The major US Wars: a look-see at the cost in American lives and dollars. Anne Stemmerman Westwood Middle School

IT S ALL IN THE NUMBERS. The major US Wars: a look-see at the cost in American lives and dollars. Anne Stemmerman Westwood Middle School IT S ALL IN THE NUMBERS. The major US Wars: a look-see at the cost in American lives and dollars. Anne Stemmerman Westwood Middle School Lesson Plan Summary: This lesson plan is designed for students to

More information

2 Articles on Just Published State Department Country Reports on

2 Articles on Just Published State Department Country Reports on 2 Articles on Just Published State Department Country Reports on Terrorism 2017 Worldwide terrorist attacks decreased by 23 percent in 2017 THE HILL BY JOHN BOWDEN 09/19/18 N i l i l i a l k. a t h a Nathan

More information

Cold War History on the World Wide Web

Cold War History on the World Wide Web St. Cloud State University therepository at St. Cloud State Library Faculty Publications Library Services 1-2010 Cold War History on the World Wide Web Thomas D. Steman St. Cloud State University, tdsteman@stcloudstate.edu

More information

1 PEW RESEARCH CENTER

1 PEW RESEARCH CENTER 1 2016 NATIONAL SURVEY OF LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICERS CONDUCTED BY THE NATIONAL POLICE RESEARCH PLATFORM FINAL TOPLINE MAY 19-AUGUST 14, 2016 NOTE: ALL NUMBERS ARE PERCENTAGES. THE PERCENTAGES LESS THAN.5%

More information

JH WEEKLIES ISSUE # The 10 th ANNIVERSARY OF SEPTEMBER 11

JH WEEKLIES ISSUE # The 10 th ANNIVERSARY OF SEPTEMBER 11 JH WEEKLIES ISSUE #2 2011-2012 The 10 th ANNIVERSARY OF SEPTEMBER 11 Synopsis The September 11 attacks were a series of four coordinated airplane attacks that occurred in New York City (NYC), near Washington,

More information

The president received highly classified intelligence reports containing information at odds with his justifications for going to war.

The president received highly classified intelligence reports containing information at odds with his justifications for going to war. ADMINISTRATION What Bush Was Told About Iraq By Murray Waas, National Journal National Journal Group Inc. Thursday, March 2, 2006 Two highly classified intelligence reports delivered directly to President

More information

THE VIEW BEFORE 9/11: AMERICA S PLACE IN THE WORLD A Special Analysis on Foreign Policy Attitudes Before the Attacks

THE VIEW BEFORE 9/11: AMERICA S PLACE IN THE WORLD A Special Analysis on Foreign Policy Attitudes Before the Attacks COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS THE VIEW BEFORE 9/11: AMERICA S PLACE IN THE WORLD A Special Analysis on Foreign Policy Attitudes Before the Attacks FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Andrew Kohut, Director

More information

Combatants in World War I quickly began to use total war tactics

Combatants in World War I quickly began to use total war tactics Combatants in World War I quickly began to use total war tactics Governments committed all their nation s resources and took over industry to win the war Soldiers were drafted, the media was censored,

More information

1

1 Understanding Iran s Nuclear Issue Why has the Security Council ordered Iran to stop enrichment? Because the technology used to enrich uranium to the level needed for nuclear power can also be used to

More information

Defending the Homeland: The Role of the Alaskan Command

Defending the Homeland: The Role of the Alaskan Command NCTR Annual Convention Defending the Homeland: The Role of the Alaskan Command A L A S K A N A C O M M N D Lt Gen Howie Chandler Commander, Alaskan Command, Alaskan North American Aerospace Defense Command

More information

Homeland Security in Israel

Homeland Security in Israel Homeland Security in Israel The Societal and First Responder Environments NADAV MORAG CENTER FOR HOMELAND DEFENSE AND SECURITY DEPT. OF NATIONAL SECURITY AFFAIRS NAVAL POSTGRADUATE SCHOOL Slide 1 Opening

More information

Chapter , McGraw-Hill Education. All Rights Reserved.

Chapter , McGraw-Hill Education. All Rights Reserved. Chapter 17 The Roots of U.S. Foreign and Defense Policy The cold war era and its lessons Containment Vietnam Bipolar (power structure) 17-2 The Roots of U.S. Foreign and Defense Policy The post-cold war

More information

Chapter 20: Foreign and Military Policy

Chapter 20: Foreign and Military Policy Chapter 20: Foreign and Military Policy Kinds of Foreign Policy Majoritarian Politics Decision to go to war Interest Group Politics Decisions regarding tariffs Client Politics Aid to American business

More information

Statement by the Administrative Board of the United States Catholic Conference (1980).

Statement by the Administrative Board of the United States Catholic Conference (1980). "[W]e support the right of selective conscientious objection as a moral conclusion which can be validly drawn from the classical moral teaching of just-war theory." Statement by the Administrative Board

More information

GAO WARFIGHTER SUPPORT. DOD Needs to Improve Its Planning for Using Contractors to Support Future Military Operations

GAO WARFIGHTER SUPPORT. DOD Needs to Improve Its Planning for Using Contractors to Support Future Military Operations GAO United States Government Accountability Office Report to Congressional Committees March 2010 WARFIGHTER SUPPORT DOD Needs to Improve Its Planning for Using Contractors to Support Future Military Operations

More information

World History

World History 4.2.1 TERMS (k) Uniting for Peace Resolution: U.N. resolution that gave the General Assembly power to deal with issues of international aggression if the Security Council is deadlocked. Veto: The right

More information

The Cuban Missile Crisis, October 1962

The Cuban Missile Crisis, October 1962 The Cuban Missile Crisis, October 1962 By U.S. State Department, adapted by Newsela staff on 11.30.16 Word Count 697 Level 800L TOP: A briefing is given to President John F. Kennedy (center) at the Cape

More information

1 Create an episode map on the Civil Rights Movement in the U.S.A.

1 Create an episode map on the Civil Rights Movement in the U.S.A. WARM UP 1 Create an episode map on the Civil Rights Movement in the U.S.A. 2 You have 15 minutes to do this assignment with one another before we review as a class 3 You will also turn in the JFK/LBJ Episode

More information

Combating Terrorism Threats and Capability to Counter Historical Setting Fragmented groups Professional Subversive Specific Agendas Causes Support War A Few Major Examples First U.S. Aircraft hijacked,

More information

MARITIME SECURITY & MARITIME COUNTER-TERRORISM

MARITIME SECURITY & MARITIME COUNTER-TERRORISM Published on South Asia Analysis Group (http://www.southasiaanalysis.org) Home > MARITIME SECURITY & MARITIME COUNTER-TERRORISM MARITIME SECURITY & MARITIME COUNTER-TERRORISM Submitted by asiaadmin2 on

More information

National Patient Safety Foundation at the AMA

National Patient Safety Foundation at the AMA National Patient Safety Foundation at the AMA National Patient Safety Foundation at the AMA Public Opinion of Patient Safety Issues Research Findings Prepared for: National Patient Safety Foundation at

More information

Outline. I Love My Intern! How can we involve residents in patient satisfaction?

Outline. I Love My Intern! How can we involve residents in patient satisfaction? I Love My Intern! How can we involve residents in patient satisfaction? APDIM Fall Meeting October 2012 Outline Pre Assessment Introduction Small Groups Small Group Presentations G.U.I.D.E. TM Conclusions

More information

Notes about the USA s War on Terror

Notes about the USA s War on Terror Notes about the USA s War on Terror gene m. stover created Sunday, 2005 July 3 updated Sunday, 2005 July 3 Copyright copyright 2005 Gene Michael Stover. All rights reserved. Permission to copy, store,

More information